Bring etcd support for bucket DNS federation

- Supports centralized `config.json`
- Supports centralized `bucket` service records
  for client lookups
- implement a new proxy forwarder

cmd/admin-handlers.go

@@ -818,8 +818,8 @@ func (a adminAPIHandlers) UpdateCredentialsHandler(w http.ResponseWriter,
 
 	// Update local credentials in memory.
 	globalServerConfig.SetCredential(creds)
-	if err = globalServerConfig.Save(); err != nil {
-		writeErrorResponseJSON(w, ErrInternalError, r.URL)
+	if err = globalServerConfig.Save(getConfigFile()); err != nil {
+		writeErrorResponse(w, ErrInternalError, r.URL)
 		return
 	}
 

cmd/api-errors.go

@@ -17,10 +17,12 @@
 package cmd
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"encoding/xml"
 	"fmt"
 	"net/http"
 
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/auth"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/event"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/hash"
@@ -864,6 +866,29 @@ func toAPIErrorCode(err error) (apiErr APIErrorCode) {
 		apiErr = ErrAdminInvalidAccessKey
 	case auth.ErrInvalidSecretKeyLength:
 		apiErr = ErrAdminInvalidSecretKey
+	// SSE errors
+	case errInsecureSSERequest:
+		apiErr = ErrInsecureSSECustomerRequest
+	case errInvalidSSEAlgorithm:
+		apiErr = ErrInvalidSSECustomerAlgorithm
+	case errInvalidSSEKey:
+		apiErr = ErrInvalidSSECustomerKey
+	case errMissingSSEKey:
+		apiErr = ErrMissingSSECustomerKey
+	case errMissingSSEKeyMD5:
+		apiErr = ErrMissingSSECustomerKeyMD5
+	case errSSEKeyMD5Mismatch:
+		apiErr = ErrSSECustomerKeyMD5Mismatch
+	case errObjectTampered:
+		apiErr = ErrObjectTampered
+	case errEncryptedObject:
+		apiErr = ErrSSEEncryptedObject
+	case errInvalidSSEParameters:
+		apiErr = ErrInvalidSSECustomerParameters
+	case errSSEKeyMismatch:
+		apiErr = ErrAccessDenied // no access without correct key
+	case context.Canceled, context.DeadlineExceeded:
+		apiErr = ErrOperationTimedOut
 	}
 
 	if apiErr != ErrNone {
@@ -871,27 +896,12 @@ func toAPIErrorCode(err error) (apiErr APIErrorCode) {
 		return apiErr
 	}
 
-	switch err { // SSE errors
-	case errInsecureSSERequest:
-		return ErrInsecureSSECustomerRequest
-	case errInvalidSSEAlgorithm:
-		return ErrInvalidSSECustomerAlgorithm
-	case errInvalidSSEKey:
-		return ErrInvalidSSECustomerKey
-	case errMissingSSEKey:
-		return ErrMissingSSECustomerKey
-	case errMissingSSEKeyMD5:
-		return ErrMissingSSECustomerKeyMD5
-	case errSSEKeyMD5Mismatch:
-		return ErrSSECustomerKeyMD5Mismatch
-	case errObjectTampered:
-		return ErrObjectTampered
-	case errEncryptedObject:
-		return ErrSSEEncryptedObject
-	case errInvalidSSEParameters:
-		return ErrInvalidSSECustomerParameters
-	case errSSEKeyMismatch:
-		return ErrAccessDenied // no access without correct key
+	// etcd specific errors, a key is always a bucket for us return
+	// ErrNoSuchBucket in such a case.
+	if e, ok := err.(*client.Error); ok {
+		if e.Code == client.ErrorCodeKeyNotFound {
+			return ErrNoSuchBucket
+		}
 	}
 
 	switch err.(type) {

cmd/bucket-handlers.go

@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ import (
 	"strings"
 	"sync"
 
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
 	"github.com/gorilla/mux"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/cmd/logger"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/event"
@@ -158,11 +159,28 @@ func (api objectAPIHandlers) ListBucketsHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.R
 		return
 	}
 
-	// Invoke the list buckets.
-	bucketsInfo, err := listBuckets(ctx)
-	if err != nil {
-		writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
-		return
+	// If etcd, dns federation configured list buckets from etcd.
+	var bucketsInfo []BucketInfo
+	if globalDNSConfig != nil {
+		dnsBuckets, err := globalDNSConfig.List()
+		if err != nil {
+			writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+			return
+		}
+		for _, dnsRecord := range dnsBuckets {
+			bucketsInfo = append(bucketsInfo, BucketInfo{
+				Name:    dnsRecord.Key,
+				Created: dnsRecord.CreationDate,
+			})
+		}
+	} else {
+		// Invoke the list buckets.
+		var err error
+		bucketsInfo, err = listBuckets(ctx)
+		if err != nil {
+			writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+			return
+		}
 	}
 
 	// Generate response.
@@ -353,12 +371,33 @@ func (api objectAPIHandlers) PutBucketHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Req
 		return
 	}
 
-	bucketLock := globalNSMutex.NewNSLock(bucket, "")
-	if err := bucketLock.GetLock(globalObjectTimeout); err != nil {
-		writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+	if globalDNSConfig != nil {
+		if _, err := globalDNSConfig.Get(bucket); err != nil {
+			if client.IsKeyNotFound(err) {
+				// Proceed to creating a bucket.
+				if err = objectAPI.MakeBucketWithLocation(ctx, bucket, location); err != nil {
+					writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+					return
+				}
+				if err = globalDNSConfig.Put(bucket); err != nil {
+					objectAPI.DeleteBucket(ctx, bucket)
+					writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+					return
+				}
+
+				// Make sure to add Location information here only for bucket
+				w.Header().Set("Location", getObjectLocation(r, globalDomainName, bucket, ""))
+
+				writeSuccessResponseHeadersOnly(w)
+				return
+			}
+			writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+			return
+
+		}
+		writeErrorResponse(w, ErrBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou, r.URL)
 		return
 	}
-	defer bucketLock.Unlock()
 
 	// Proceed to creating a bucket.
 	err := objectAPI.MakeBucketWithLocation(ctx, bucket, location)
@@ -660,6 +699,15 @@ func (api objectAPIHandlers) DeleteBucketHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.
 		logger.LogIf(ctx, nerr.Err)
 	}
 
+	if globalDNSConfig != nil {
+		if err := globalDNSConfig.Delete(bucket); err != nil {
+			// Deleting DNS entry failed, attempt to create the bucket again.
+			objectAPI.MakeBucketWithLocation(ctx, bucket, "")
+			writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+
 	// Write success response.
 	writeSuccessNoContent(w)
 }

cmd/common-main.go

@@ -18,15 +18,19 @@ package cmd
 
 import (
 	"errors"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
 	"os"
 	"path/filepath"
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
 	"time"
 
+	etcdc "github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
 	"github.com/minio/cli"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/cmd/logger"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/auth"
+	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/dns"
 )
 
 // Check for updates and print a notification message
@@ -42,6 +46,18 @@ func checkUpdate(mode string) {
 }
 
 func initConfig() {
+	if globalEtcdClient != nil {
+		if err := loadConfig(); err != nil {
+			if etcdc.IsKeyNotFound(err) {
+				logger.FatalIf(newConfig(), "Unable to initialize minio config for the first time.")
+				logger.Info("Created minio configuration file successfully at", globalEtcdClient.Endpoints())
+			} else {
+				logger.FatalIf(err, "Unable to load config version: '%s'.", serverConfigVersion)
+			}
+		}
+		return
+	}
+
 	// Config file does not exist, we create it fresh and return upon success.
 	if isFile(getConfigFile()) {
 		logger.FatalIf(migrateConfig(), "Config migration failed")
@@ -125,6 +141,31 @@ func handleCommonEnvVars() {
 
 	globalDomainName, globalIsEnvDomainName = os.LookupEnv("MINIO_DOMAIN")
 
+	etcdEndpointsEnv, ok := os.LookupEnv("MINIO_ETCD_ENDPOINTS")
+	if ok {
+		etcdEndpoints := strings.Split(etcdEndpointsEnv, ",")
+		var err error
+		globalEtcdClient, err = etcdc.New(etcdc.Config{
+			Endpoints: etcdEndpoints,
+			Transport: &http.Transport{
+				Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
+				Dial: (&net.Dialer{
+					Timeout:   30 * time.Second,
+					KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
+				}).Dial,
+				TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
+			},
+		})
+		logger.FatalIf(err, "Unable to initialize etcd with %s", etcdEndpoints)
+	}
+
+	globalDomainIP = os.Getenv("MINIO_DOMAIN_IP")
+	if globalDomainName != "" && globalDomainIP != "" && globalEtcdClient != nil {
+		var err error
+		globalDNSConfig, err = dns.NewCoreDNS(globalDomainName, globalDomainIP, globalMinioPort, globalEtcdClient)
+		logger.FatalIf(err, "Unable to initialize DNS config for %s.", globalDomainName)
+	}
+
 	if drives := os.Getenv("MINIO_CACHE_DRIVES"); drives != "" {
 		driveList, err := parseCacheDrives(strings.Split(drives, cacheEnvDelimiter))
 		if err != nil {

cmd/config-current.go

@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ func (s *serverConfig) GetCacheConfig() CacheConfig {
 }
 
 // Save config.
-func (s *serverConfig) Save() error {
+func (s *serverConfig) Save(configFile string) error {
 	// Save config file.
-	return quick.Save(getConfigFile(), s)
+	return quick.Save(configFile, s)
 }
 
 // Returns the string describing a difference with the given
@@ -230,7 +230,10 @@ func newServerConfig() *serverConfig {
 // found, otherwise use default parameters
 func newConfig() error {
 	// Initialize server config.
-	srvCfg := newServerConfig()
+	srvCfg, err := newQuickConfig(newServerConfig())
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
 
 	// If env is set override the credentials from config file.
 	if globalIsEnvCreds {
@@ -269,7 +272,29 @@ func newConfig() error {
 	globalServerConfigMu.Unlock()
 
 	// Save config into file.
-	return globalServerConfig.Save()
+	return globalServerConfig.Save(getConfigFile())
+}
+
+// newQuickConfig - initialize a new server config, with an allocated
+// quick.Config interface.
+func newQuickConfig(srvCfg *serverConfig) (*serverConfig, error) {
+	if globalEtcdClient == nil {
+		qcfg, err := quick.NewLocalConfig(srvCfg)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		srvCfg.Config = qcfg
+		return srvCfg, nil
+	}
+
+	qcfg, err := quick.NewEtcdConfig(srvCfg, globalEtcdClient)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	srvCfg.Config = qcfg
+	return srvCfg, nil
 }
 
 // getValidConfig - returns valid server configuration
@@ -279,7 +304,14 @@ func getValidConfig() (*serverConfig, error) {
 		Browser: true,
 	}
 
-	if _, err := quick.Load(getConfigFile(), srvCfg); err != nil {
+	var err error
+	srvCfg, err = newQuickConfig(srvCfg)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	configFile := getConfigFile()
+	if err = srvCfg.Load(configFile); err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
 

cmd/config-current_test.go

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func TestServerConfig(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 
 	// Attempt to save.
-	if err := globalServerConfig.Save(); err != nil {
+	if err := globalServerConfig.Save(getConfigFile()); err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("Unable to save updated config file %s", err)
 	}
 

cmd/config-versions.go

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ import (
 
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/auth"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/event/target"
+	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/quick"
 )
 
 /////////////////// Config V1 ///////////////////
@@ -585,6 +586,8 @@ type serverConfigV22 struct {
 // IMPORTANT NOTE: When updating this struct make sure that
 // serverConfig.ConfigDiff() is updated as necessary.
 type serverConfigV23 struct {
+	quick.Config `json:"-"` // ignore interfaces
+
 	Version string `json:"version"`
 
 	// S3 API configuration.

cmd/generic-handlers.go

@@ -19,13 +19,17 @@ package cmd
 import (
 	"bufio"
 	"context"
+	"fmt"
 	"net"
 	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
 	"strings"
 	"time"
 
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
 	humanize "github.com/dustin/go-humanize"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/cmd/logger"
+	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/handlers"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/sys"
 	"github.com/rs/cors"
 	"golang.org/x/time/rate"
@@ -611,6 +615,64 @@ func (h pathValidityHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 	h.handler.ServeHTTP(w, r)
 }
 
+// To forward the path style requests on a bucket to the right
+// configured server, bucket to IP configuration is obtained
+// from centralized etcd configuration service.
+type bucketForwardingHandler struct {
+	fwd     *handlers.Forwarder
+	handler http.Handler
+}
+
+func (f bucketForwardingHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if globalDNSConfig == nil || globalDomainName == "" {
+		f.handler.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	bucket, object := urlPath2BucketObjectName(r.URL.Path)
+	if r.Method == http.MethodPut && bucket != "" && object == "" {
+		f.handler.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	sr, err := globalDNSConfig.Get(bucket)
+	if err != nil {
+		if client.IsKeyNotFound(err) {
+			writeErrorResponse(w, ErrNoSuchBucket, r.URL)
+		} else {
+			writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+		}
+		return
+	}
+
+	if sr.Host != globalDomainIP {
+		backendURL := fmt.Sprintf("http://%s:%d", sr.Host, sr.Port)
+		if globalIsSSL {
+			backendURL = fmt.Sprintf("https://%s:%d", sr.Host, sr.Port)
+		}
+		r.URL, err = url.Parse(backendURL)
+		if err != nil {
+			writeErrorResponse(w, toAPIErrorCode(err), r.URL)
+			return
+		}
+		f.fwd.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	f.handler.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+}
+
+// setBucketForwardingHandler middleware forwards the path style requests
+// on a bucket to the right bucket location, bucket to IP configuration
+// is obtained from centralized etcd configuration service.
+func setBucketForwardingHandler(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	fwd := handlers.NewForwarder(&handlers.Forwarder{
+		PassHost:     true,
+		RoundTripper: NewCustomHTTPTransport(),
+	})
+	return bucketForwardingHandler{fwd, h}
+}
+
 // setRateLimitHandler middleware limits the throughput to h using a
 // rate.Limiter token bucket configured with maxOpenFileLimit and
 // burst set to 1. The request will idle for up to 1*time.Second.

cmd/globals.go

@@ -22,11 +22,13 @@ import (
 	"runtime"
 	"time"
 
+	etcdc "github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
 	humanize "github.com/dustin/go-humanize"
 	"github.com/fatih/color"
 	xhttp "github.com/minio/minio/cmd/http"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/auth"
 	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/certs"
+	"github.com/minio/minio/pkg/dns"
 )
 
 // minio configuration related constants.
@@ -160,6 +162,7 @@ var (
 
 	globalIsEnvDomainName bool
 	globalDomainName      string // Root domain for virtual host style requests
+	globalDomainIP        string // Root domain IP address
 
 	globalListingTimeout   = newDynamicTimeout( /*30*/ 600*time.Second /*5*/, 600*time.Second) // timeout for listing related ops
 	globalObjectTimeout    = newDynamicTimeout( /*1*/ 10*time.Minute /*10*/, 600*time.Second)  // timeout for Object API related ops
@@ -174,15 +177,19 @@ var (
 	// Set to store standard storage class
 	globalStandardStorageClass storageClass
 
-	globalIsEnvWORM   bool
+	globalIsEnvWORM bool
+	// Is worm enabled
 	globalWORMEnabled bool
 
 	// Is Disk Caching set up
 	globalIsDiskCacheEnabled bool
+
 	// Disk cache drives
 	globalCacheDrives []string
+
 	// Disk cache excludes
 	globalCacheExcludes []string
+
 	// Disk cache expiry
 	globalCacheExpiry = 90
 
@@ -192,12 +199,18 @@ var (
 	// Current RPC version
 	globalRPCAPIVersion = RPCVersion{3, 0, 0}
 
-	// Add new variable global values here.
+	// Allocated etcd endpoint for config and bucket DNS.
+	globalEtcdClient etcdc.Client
+
+	// Allocated DNS config wrapper over etcd client.
+	globalDNSConfig dns.Config
 
 	// Default usage check interval value.
 	globalDefaultUsageCheckInterval = 12 * time.Hour // 12 hours
 	// Usage check interval value.
 	globalUsageCheckInterval = globalDefaultUsageCheckInterval
+
+	// Add new variable global values here.
 )
 
 // global colors.

cmd/routers.go

@@ -49,6 +49,9 @@ func registerDistXLRouters(router *mux.Router, endpoints EndpointList) {
 var globalHandlers = []HandlerFunc{
 	// set HTTP security headers such as Content-Security-Policy.
 	addSecurityHeaders,
+	// set Bucket forwarding handler to proxy path style requests
+	// when federated backend is enabled.
+	setBucketForwardingHandler,
 	// Ratelimit the incoming requests using a token bucket algorithm
 	setRateLimitHandler,
 	// Validate all the incoming paths.

cmd/server-main.go

@@ -89,6 +89,13 @@ ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES:
   WORM:
      MINIO_WORM: To turn on Write-Once-Read-Many in server, set this value to "on".
 
+  BUCKET-DNS:
+     MINIO_DOMAIN:    To enable virtual-host-style requests.
+     MINIO_DOMAIN_IP: To enable virtual-host-style requests.
+
+  ETCD:
+     MINIO_ETCD_ENDPOINTS: Comma separated list of etcd endpoints.
+
 EXAMPLES:
   1. Start minio server on "/home/shared" directory.
      $ {{.HelpName}} /home/shared

cmd/test-utils_test.go

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ func newTestConfig(bucketLocation string) (rootPath string, err error) {
 	globalServerConfig.SetRegion(bucketLocation)
 
 	// Save config.
-	if err = globalServerConfig.Save(); err != nil {
+	if err = globalServerConfig.Save(getConfigFile()); err != nil {
 		return "", err
 	}
 

cmd/web-handlers.go

@@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ func (web *webAPIHandlers) SetAuth(r *http.Request, args *SetAuthArgs, reply *Se
 	// Update credentials in memory
 	prevCred := globalServerConfig.SetCredential(creds)
 
-	// Save credentials to config file
-	if err := globalServerConfig.Save(); err != nil {
-		// As saving configurstion failed, restore previous credential in memory.
+	// Persist updated credentials.
+	if err = globalServerConfig.Save(getConfigFile()); err != nil {
+		// Save the current creds when failed to update.
 		globalServerConfig.SetCredential(prevCred)
 		logger.LogIf(context.Background(), err)
 		return toJSONError(err)

docs/federation/lookup/Corefile.example

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+. {
+  etcd churchofminio.com {
+      endpoint http://localhost:2379 http://localhost:4001
+      upstream /etc/resolv.conf
+  }
+  debug
+  prometheus
+  cache 160 churchofminio.com
+  loadbalance
+  proxy . /etc/resolv.conf
+}

docs/federation/lookup/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Federation
+There are primarily two types of federation
+
+- Bucket lookup from DNS
+- Bucket is shared across many clusters
+
+This document will explain in detail about how to configure Minio supporting `Bucket lookup`
+
+## Federation (Bucket Lookup)
+Bucket lookup federation requires two dependencies
+
+- etcd (for config, bucket SRV records)
+- coredns (for DNS management based on populated bucket SRV records)
+
+## Architecture
+
+![bucket-lookup](./bucket-lookup.png)
+
+### Run Multiple Clusters
+> cluster1
+```
+export MINIO_ETCD_ENDPOINTS="http://remote-etcd1:2379,http://remote-etcd2:4001"
+export MINIO_DOMAIN=domain.com
+export MINIO_DOMAIN_IP=44.35.2.1
+minio server http://rack{1...4}.host{1...4}.domain.com/mnt/export{1...32}
+```
+> cluster2
+```
+export MINIO_ETCD_ENDPOINTS="http://remote-etcd1:2379,http://remote-etcd2:4001"
+export MINIO_DOMAIN=domain.com
+export MINIO_DOMAIN_IP=44.35.2.2
+minio server http://rack{5...8}.host{5...8}.domain.com/mnt/export{1...32}
+```
+
+In this configuration you can see `MINIO_ETCD_ENDPOINTS` points to the etcd backend which manages Minio's
+`config.json` and bucket SRV records. `MINIO_DOMAIN` indicates the domain suffix for the bucket which
+will be used to resolve bucket from DNS. For example if you have a bucket such as `mybucket`, the
+client can use now `mybucket.domain.com` to directly resolve to the right cluster. `MINIO_DOMAIN_IP`
+points to the public IP address where each cluster might be accessible, this is unique per each cluster.
+
+NOTE: `mybucket` only exists on one cluster either `cluster1` or `cluster2` this is truly random and
+is decided by how `domain.com` gets resolved, if there is a round-robin DNS on `domain.com` then
+it is truly random which cluster might provision the bucket. This control is not provided to the
+client yet, but can be done based on the `region` parameter as supported by `AWS S3` specification.
+
+
+
+

minio.spec

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Minio is an object storage server released under Apache License v2.0.
 It is compatible with Amazon S3 cloud storage service. It is best
 suited for storing unstructured data such as photos, videos, log
 files, backups and container / VM images. Size of an object can
-range from a few KBs to a maximum of 5TB.
+range from a few KBs to a maximum of 5TiB.
 
 %prep
 %setup -qc

pkg/dns/coredns.go

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ * Minio Cloud Storage, (C) 2018 Minio, Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"sort"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/etcd/msg"
+	etcdc "github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
+)
+
+// create a new coredns service record for the bucket.
+func newCoreDNSMsg(bucket string, ip string, port int, ttl uint32) ([]byte, error) {
+	return json.Marshal(&SrvRecord{
+		Host:         ip,
+		Port:         port,
+		TTL:          ttl,
+		CreationDate: time.Now().UTC(),
+	})
+}
+
+// Retrieves list of DNS entries for a bucket.
+func (c *coreDNS) List() ([]SrvRecord, error) {
+	kapi := etcdc.NewKeysAPI(c.etcdClient)
+	key := msg.Path(fmt.Sprintf("%s.", c.domainName), defaultPrefixPath)
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), defaultContextTimeout)
+	r, err := kapi.Get(ctx, key, nil)
+	cancel()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var srvRecords []SrvRecord
+	for _, n := range r.Node.Nodes {
+		var srvRecord SrvRecord
+		if err = json.Unmarshal([]byte(n.Value), &srvRecord); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		srvRecord.Key = strings.TrimPrefix(n.Key, key)
+		srvRecords = append(srvRecords, srvRecord)
+	}
+	sort.Slice(srvRecords, func(i int, j int) bool {
+		return srvRecords[i].Key < srvRecords[j].Key
+	})
+	return srvRecords, nil
+}
+
+// Retrieves DNS record for a bucket.
+func (c *coreDNS) Get(bucket string) (SrvRecord, error) {
+	kapi := etcdc.NewKeysAPI(c.etcdClient)
+	key := msg.Path(fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.", bucket, c.domainName), defaultPrefixPath)
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), defaultContextTimeout)
+	r, err := kapi.Get(ctx, key, nil)
+	cancel()
+	if err != nil {
+		return SrvRecord{}, err
+	}
+	var sr SrvRecord
+	if err = json.Unmarshal([]byte(r.Node.Value), &sr); err != nil {
+		return SrvRecord{}, err
+	}
+	sr.Key = strings.TrimPrefix(r.Node.Key, key)
+	return sr, nil
+}
+
+// Adds DNS entries into etcd endpoint in CoreDNS etcd messae format.
+func (c *coreDNS) Put(bucket string) error {
+	bucketMsg, err := newCoreDNSMsg(bucket, c.domainIP, c.domainPort, defaultTTL)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	kapi := etcdc.NewKeysAPI(c.etcdClient)
+	key := msg.Path(fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.", bucket, c.domainName), defaultPrefixPath)
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), defaultContextTimeout)
+	_, err = kapi.Set(ctx, key, string(bucketMsg), nil)
+	cancel()
+	return err
+}
+
+// Removes DNS entries added in Put().
+func (c *coreDNS) Delete(bucket string) error {
+	kapi := etcdc.NewKeysAPI(c.etcdClient)
+	key := msg.Path(fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.", bucket, c.domainName), defaultPrefixPath)
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), defaultContextTimeout)
+	_, err := kapi.Delete(ctx, key, nil)
+	cancel()
+	return err
+}
+
+// CoreDNS - represents dns config for coredns server.
+type coreDNS struct {
+	domainName, domainIP string
+	domainPort           int
+	etcdClient           etcdc.Client
+}
+
+// NewCoreDNS - initialize a new coreDNS set/unset values.
+func NewCoreDNS(domainName, domainIP, domainPort string, etcdClient etcdc.Client) (Config, error) {
+	if domainName == "" || domainIP == "" || etcdClient == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("invalid argument")
+	}
+
+	if net.ParseIP(domainIP) == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("invalid argument")
+	}
+
+	port, err := strconv.Atoi(domainPort)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &coreDNS{
+		domainName: domainName,
+		domainIP:   domainIP,
+		domainPort: port,
+		etcdClient: etcdClient,
+	}, nil
+}

pkg/dns/dns.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ * Minio Cloud Storage, (C) 2018 Minio, Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"time"
+)
+
+const (
+	defaultTTL            = 30
+	defaultPrefixPath     = "/skydns"
+	defaultContextTimeout = 5 * time.Minute
+)
+
+// SrvRecord - represents a DNS service record
+type SrvRecord struct {
+	Host     string `json:"host,omitempty"`
+	Port     int    `json:"port,omitempty"`
+	Priority int    `json:"priority,omitempty"`
+	Weight   int    `json:"weight,omitempty"`
+	Text     string `json:"text,omitempty"`
+	Mail     bool   `json:"mail,omitempty"` // Be an MX record. Priority becomes Preference.
+	TTL      uint32 `json:"ttl,omitempty"`
+
+	// Holds info about when the entry was created first.
+	CreationDate time.Time `json:"creationDate"`
+
+	// When a SRV record with a "Host: IP-address" is added, we synthesize
+	// a srv.Target domain name.  Normally we convert the full Key where
+	// the record lives to a DNS name and use this as the srv.Target. When
+	// TargetStrip > 0 we strip the left most TargetStrip labels from the
+	// DNS name.
+	TargetStrip int `json:"targetstrip,omitempty"`
+
+	// Group is used to group (or *not* to group) different services
+	// together. Services with an identical Group are returned in
+	// the same answer.
+	Group string `json:"group,omitempty"`
+
+	// Key carries the original key used during Put().
+	Key string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+// Config - represents dns put, get interface. This interface can be
+// used to implement various backends as needed.
+type Config interface {
+	Put(key string) error
+	List() ([]SrvRecord, error)
+	Get(key string) (SrvRecord, error)
+	Delete(key string) error
+}

pkg/handlers/forwarder.go

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * Minio Cloud Storage, (C) 2018 Minio, Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/http/httputil"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+const defaultFlushInterval = time.Duration(100) * time.Millisecond
+
+// Forwarder forwards all incoming HTTP requests to configured transport.
+type Forwarder struct {
+	RoundTripper http.RoundTripper
+	PassHost     bool
+
+	// internal variables
+	rewriter *headerRewriter
+}
+
+// NewForwarder creates an instance of Forwarder based on the provided list of configuration options
+func NewForwarder(f *Forwarder) *Forwarder {
+	f.rewriter = &headerRewriter{}
+	if f.RoundTripper == nil {
+		f.RoundTripper = http.DefaultTransport
+	}
+
+	return f
+}
+
+// ServeHTTP forwards HTTP traffic using the configured transport
+func (f *Forwarder) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, inReq *http.Request) {
+	outReq := new(http.Request)
+	*outReq = *inReq // includes shallow copies of maps, but we handle this in Director
+
+	revproxy := httputil.ReverseProxy{
+		Director: func(req *http.Request) {
+			f.modifyRequest(req, inReq.URL)
+		},
+		Transport:     f.RoundTripper,
+		FlushInterval: defaultFlushInterval,
+	}
+	revproxy.ServeHTTP(w, outReq)
+}
+
+func (f *Forwarder) getURLFromRequest(req *http.Request) *url.URL {
+	// If the Request was created by Go via a real HTTP request,  RequestURI will
+	// contain the original query string. If the Request was created in code, RequestURI
+	// will be empty, and we will use the URL object instead
+	u := req.URL
+	if req.RequestURI != "" {
+		parsedURL, err := url.ParseRequestURI(req.RequestURI)
+		if err == nil {
+			u = parsedURL
+		}
+	}
+	return u
+}
+
+// copyURL provides update safe copy by avoiding shallow copying User field
+func copyURL(i *url.URL) *url.URL {
+	out := *i
+	if i.User != nil {
+		out.User = &(*i.User)
+	}
+	return &out
+}
+
+// Modify the request to handle the target URL
+func (f *Forwarder) modifyRequest(outReq *http.Request, target *url.URL) {
+	outReq.URL = copyURL(outReq.URL)
+	outReq.URL.Scheme = target.Scheme
+	outReq.URL.Host = target.Host
+
+	u := f.getURLFromRequest(outReq)
+
+	outReq.URL.Path = u.Path
+	outReq.URL.RawPath = u.RawPath
+	outReq.URL.RawQuery = u.RawQuery
+	outReq.RequestURI = "" // Outgoing request should not have RequestURI
+
+	// Do not pass client Host header unless requested.
+	if !f.PassHost {
+		outReq.Host = target.Host
+	}
+
+	// TODO: only supports HTTP 1.1 for now.
+	outReq.Proto = "HTTP/1.1"
+	outReq.ProtoMajor = 1
+	outReq.ProtoMinor = 1
+
+	f.rewriter.Rewrite(outReq)
+
+	// Disable closeNotify when method GET for http pipelining
+	if outReq.Method == http.MethodGet {
+		quietReq := outReq.WithContext(context.Background())
+		*outReq = *quietReq
+	}
+}
+
+// headerRewriter is responsible for removing hop-by-hop headers and setting forwarding headers
+type headerRewriter struct{}
+
+// Clean up IP in case if it is ipv6 address and it has {zone} information in it, like
+// "[fe80::d806:a55d:eb1b:49cc%vEthernet (vmxnet3 Ethernet Adapter - Virtual Switch)]:64692"
+func ipv6fix(clientIP string) string {
+	return strings.Split(clientIP, "%")[0]
+}
+
+func (rw *headerRewriter) Rewrite(req *http.Request) {
+	if clientIP, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(req.RemoteAddr); err == nil {
+		clientIP = ipv6fix(clientIP)
+		if req.Header.Get(xRealIP) == "" {
+			req.Header.Set(xRealIP, clientIP)
+		}
+	}
+
+	xfProto := req.Header.Get(xForwardedProto)
+	if xfProto == "" {
+		if req.TLS != nil {
+			req.Header.Set(xForwardedProto, "https")
+		} else {
+			req.Header.Set(xForwardedProto, "http")
+		}
+	}
+
+	if xfPort := req.Header.Get(xForwardedPort); xfPort == "" {
+		req.Header.Set(xForwardedPort, forwardedPort(req))
+	}
+
+	if xfHost := req.Header.Get(xForwardedHost); xfHost == "" && req.Host != "" {
+		req.Header.Set(xForwardedHost, req.Host)
+	}
+}
+
+func forwardedPort(req *http.Request) string {
+	if req == nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+
+	if _, port, err := net.SplitHostPort(req.Host); err == nil && port != "" {
+		return port
+	}
+
+	if req.TLS != nil {
+		return "443"
+	}
+
+	return "80"
+}

pkg/handlers/proxy.go

@@ -26,8 +26,11 @@ import (
 var (
 	// De-facto standard header keys.
 	xForwardedFor    = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-For")
+	xForwardedHost   = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Host")
+	xForwardedPort   = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Port")
 	xForwardedProto  = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Proto")
 	xForwardedScheme = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Scheme")
+	xForwardedServer = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Server")
 	xRealIP          = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Real-IP")
 )
 

pkg/quick/quick.go

@@ -41,21 +41,21 @@ type Config interface {
 	DeepDiff(Config) ([]structs.Field, error)
 }
 
-// config - implements quick.Config interface
-type config struct {
+// localConfig - implements quick.Config interface
+type localConfig struct {
 	data interface{}
 	lock *sync.RWMutex
 }
 
 // Version returns the current config file format version
-func (d config) Version() string {
+func (d localConfig) Version() string {
 	st := structs.New(d.data)
 	f := st.Field("Version")
 	return f.Value().(string)
 }
 
 // String converts JSON config to printable string
-func (d config) String() string {
+func (d localConfig) String() string {
 	configBytes, _ := json.MarshalIndent(d.data, "", "\t")
 	return string(configBytes)
 }
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (d config) String() string {
 // Save writes config data to a file. Data format
 // is selected based on file extension or JSON if
 // not provided.
-func (d config) Save(filename string) error {
+func (d localConfig) Save(filename string) error {
 	d.lock.Lock()
 	defer d.lock.Unlock()
 
@@ -89,19 +89,19 @@ func (d config) Save(filename string) error {
 // Load - loads config from file and merge with currently set values
 // File content format is guessed from the file name extension, if not
 // available, consider that we have JSON.
-func (d config) Load(filename string) error {
+func (d localConfig) Load(filename string) error {
 	d.lock.Lock()
 	defer d.lock.Unlock()
 	return loadFileConfig(filename, d.data)
 }
 
 // Data - grab internal data map for reading
-func (d config) Data() interface{} {
+func (d localConfig) Data() interface{} {
 	return d.data
 }
 
-//Diff  - list fields that are in A but not in B
-func (d config) Diff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
+// Diff  - list fields that are in A but not in B
+func (d localConfig) Diff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
 	var fields []structs.Field
 
 	currFields := structs.Fields(d.Data())
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (d config) Diff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
 }
 
 // DeepDiff  - list fields in A that are missing or not equal to fields in B
-func (d config) DeepDiff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
+func (d localConfig) DeepDiff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
 	var fields []structs.Field
 
 	currFields := structs.Fields(d.Data())
@@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ func writeFile(filename string, data []byte) error {
 	return safeFile.Close()
 }
 
-// New - instantiate a new config
-func New(data interface{}) (Config, error) {
+// NewLocalConfig - instantiate a new config r/w configs from local files.
+func NewLocalConfig(data interface{}) (Config, error) {
 	if err := checkData(data); err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
 
-	d := new(config)
+	d := new(localConfig)
 	d.data = data
 	d.lock = new(sync.RWMutex)
 	return d, nil
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ func GetVersion(filename string) (version string, err error) {
 
 // Load - loads json config from filename for the a given struct data
 func Load(filename string, data interface{}) (qc Config, err error) {
-	if qc, err = New(data); err == nil {
+	if qc, err = NewLocalConfig(data); err == nil {
 		err = qc.Load(filename)
 	}
 	return qc, err
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ func Load(filename string, data interface{}) (qc Config, err error) {
 // Save - saves given configuration data into given file as JSON.
 func Save(filename string, data interface{}) (err error) {
 	var qc Config
-	if qc, err = New(data); err == nil {
+	if qc, err = NewLocalConfig(data); err == nil {
 		err = qc.Save(filename)
 	}
 

pkg/quick/quick_etcd.go

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+ * Quick - Quick key value store for config files and persistent state files
+ *
+ * Quick (C) 2018 Minio, Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+package quick
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"reflect"
+	"runtime"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	etcdc "github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
+	"github.com/fatih/structs"
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+)
+
+// etcdConfig - implements quick.Config interface
+type etcdConfig struct {
+	lock *sync.Mutex
+	data interface{}
+	clnt etcdc.Client
+}
+
+// Version returns the current config file format version
+func (d etcdConfig) Version() string {
+	st := structs.New(d.data)
+	f := st.Field("Version")
+	return f.Value().(string)
+}
+
+// String converts JSON config to printable string
+func (d etcdConfig) String() string {
+	configBytes, _ := json.MarshalIndent(d.data, "", "\t")
+	return string(configBytes)
+}
+
+// Save writes config data to an configured etcd endpoints. Data format
+// is selected based on file extension or JSON if not provided.
+func (d etcdConfig) Save(filename string) error {
+	d.lock.Lock()
+	defer d.lock.Unlock()
+
+	// Fetch filename's extension
+	ext := filepath.Ext(filename)
+	// Marshal data
+	dataBytes, err := toMarshaller(ext)(d.data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+		dataBytes = []byte(strings.Replace(string(dataBytes), "\n", "\r\n", -1))
+	}
+
+	kapi := etcdc.NewKeysAPI(d.clnt)
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), 5*time.Minute)
+	_, err = kapi.Create(ctx, filename, string(dataBytes))
+	cancel()
+	return err
+}
+
+// Load - loads config from file and merge with currently set values
+// File content format is guessed from the file name extension, if not
+// available, consider that we have JSON.
+func (d etcdConfig) Load(filename string) error {
+	d.lock.Lock()
+	defer d.lock.Unlock()
+
+	kapi := etcdc.NewKeysAPI(d.clnt)
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), 5*time.Minute)
+	resp, err := kapi.Get(ctx, filename, nil)
+	cancel()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	var ev *etcdc.Node
+	switch {
+	case resp.Node.Dir:
+		for _, ev = range resp.Node.Nodes {
+			if string(ev.Key) == filename {
+				break
+			}
+		}
+	default:
+		ev = resp.Node
+	}
+
+	fileData := ev.Value
+	if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+		fileData = strings.Replace(ev.Value, "\r\n", "\n", -1)
+	}
+
+	// Unmarshal file's content
+	return toUnmarshaller(filepath.Ext(filename))([]byte(fileData), d.data)
+}
+
+// Data - grab internal data map for reading
+func (d etcdConfig) Data() interface{} {
+	return d.data
+}
+
+//Diff  - list fields that are in A but not in B
+func (d etcdConfig) Diff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
+	var fields []structs.Field
+
+	currFields := structs.Fields(d.Data())
+	newFields := structs.Fields(c.Data())
+
+	var found bool
+	for _, currField := range currFields {
+		found = false
+		for _, newField := range newFields {
+			if reflect.DeepEqual(currField.Name(), newField.Name()) {
+				found = true
+			}
+		}
+		if !found {
+			fields = append(fields, *currField)
+		}
+	}
+	return fields, nil
+}
+
+// DeepDiff  - list fields in A that are missing or not equal to fields in B
+func (d etcdConfig) DeepDiff(c Config) ([]structs.Field, error) {
+	var fields []structs.Field
+
+	currFields := structs.Fields(d.Data())
+	newFields := structs.Fields(c.Data())
+
+	var found bool
+	for _, currField := range currFields {
+		found = false
+		for _, newField := range newFields {
+			if reflect.DeepEqual(currField.Value(), newField.Value()) {
+				found = true
+			}
+		}
+		if !found {
+			fields = append(fields, *currField)
+		}
+	}
+	return fields, nil
+}
+
+// NewEtcdConfig - instantiate a new etcd config
+func NewEtcdConfig(data interface{}, clnt etcdc.Client) (Config, error) {
+	if err := checkData(data); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	d := new(etcdConfig)
+	d.data = data
+	d.clnt = clnt
+	d.lock = &sync.Mutex{}
+	return d, nil
+}

pkg/quick/quick_test.go

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ func TestReadVersion(t *testing.T) {
 		Version string
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1"}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func TestReadVersionErr(t *testing.T) {
 		Version int
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{1}
-	_, err := New(&saveMe)
+	_, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err == nil {
 		t.Fatal("Unexpected should fail in initialization for bad input")
 	}
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func TestSaveFailOnDir(t *testing.T) {
 		Version string
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1"}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ func TestLoadFile(t *testing.T) {
 	if err == nil {
 		t.Fatal("Unexpected should fail to load empty JSON")
 	}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func TestLoadFile(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 
 	saveMe = myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
-	config, err = New(&saveMe)
+	config, err = NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ directories:
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
 
 	// Save format using
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ directories:
 
 	// Check if the loaded data is the same as the saved one
 	loadMe := myStruct{}
-	config, err = New(&loadMe)
+	config, err = NewLocalConfig(&loadMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ func TestJSONFormat(t *testing.T) {
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
 
 	// Save format using
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func TestJSONFormat(t *testing.T) {
 
 	// Check if the loaded data is the same as the saved one
 	loadMe := myStruct{}
-	config, err = New(&loadMe)
+	config, err = NewLocalConfig(&loadMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ func TestSaveLoad(t *testing.T) {
 		Directories []string
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ func TestSaveLoad(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 
 	loadMe := myStruct{Version: "1"}
-	newConfig, err := New(&loadMe)
+	newConfig, err := NewLocalConfig(&loadMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ func TestSaveBackup(t *testing.T) {
 		Directories []string
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ func TestSaveBackup(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 
 	loadMe := myStruct{Version: "1"}
-	newConfig, err := New(&loadMe)
+	newConfig, err := NewLocalConfig(&loadMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ func TestSaveBackup(t *testing.T) {
 		t.Fatal("Expected to mismatch but succeeded instead")
 	}
 
-	config, err = New(&mismatch)
+	config, err = NewLocalConfig(&mismatch)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -442,20 +442,20 @@ func TestDiff(t *testing.T) {
 		Directories []string
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
-	type myNewStruct struct {
+	type myNewLocalConfigStruct struct {
 		Version string
 		// User     string
 		Password    string
 		Directories []string
 	}
 
-	mismatch := myNewStruct{"1", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "documents", "Music"}}
-	newConfig, err := New(&mismatch)
+	mismatch := myNewLocalConfigStruct{"1", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "documents", "Music"}}
+	newConfig, err := NewLocalConfig(&mismatch)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
@@ -482,13 +482,13 @@ func TestDeepDiff(t *testing.T) {
 		Directories []string
 	}
 	saveMe := myStruct{"1", "guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "Documents", "Music"}}
-	config, err := New(&saveMe)
+	config, err := NewLocalConfig(&saveMe)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	mismatch := myStruct{"1", "Guest", "nopassword", []string{"Work", "documents", "Music"}}
-	newConfig, err := New(&mismatch)
+	newConfig, err := NewLocalConfig(&mismatch)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatal(err)
 	}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "{}"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright {yyyy} {name of copyright owner}
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/etcd/msg/path.go

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+package msg
+
+import (
+	"path"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil"
+
+	"github.com/miekg/dns"
+)
+
+// Path converts a domainname to an etcd path. If s looks like service.staging.skydns.local.,
+// the resulting key will be /skydns/local/skydns/staging/service .
+func Path(s, prefix string) string {
+	l := dns.SplitDomainName(s)
+	for i, j := 0, len(l)-1; i < j; i, j = i+1, j-1 {
+		l[i], l[j] = l[j], l[i]
+	}
+	return path.Join(append([]string{"/" + prefix + "/"}, l...)...)
+}
+
+// Domain is the opposite of Path.
+func Domain(s string) string {
+	l := strings.Split(s, "/")
+	// start with 1, to strip /skydns
+	for i, j := 1, len(l)-1; i < j; i, j = i+1, j-1 {
+		l[i], l[j] = l[j], l[i]
+	}
+	return dnsutil.Join(l[1 : len(l)-1])
+}
+
+// PathWithWildcard ascts as Path, but if a name contains wildcards (* or any), the name will be
+// chopped of before the (first) wildcard, and we do a highler evel search and
+// later find the matching names.  So service.*.skydns.local, will look for all
+// services under skydns.local and will later check for names that match
+// service.*.skydns.local.  If a wildcard is found the returned bool is true.
+func PathWithWildcard(s, prefix string) (string, bool) {
+	l := dns.SplitDomainName(s)
+	for i, j := 0, len(l)-1; i < j; i, j = i+1, j-1 {
+		l[i], l[j] = l[j], l[i]
+	}
+	for i, k := range l {
+		if k == "*" || k == "any" {
+			return path.Join(append([]string{"/" + prefix + "/"}, l[:i]...)...), true
+		}
+	}
+	return path.Join(append([]string{"/" + prefix + "/"}, l...)...), false
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/etcd/msg/service.go

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+// Package msg defines the Service structure which is used for service discovery.
+package msg
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/miekg/dns"
+)
+
+// Service defines a discoverable service in etcd. It is the rdata from a SRV
+// record, but with a twist.  Host (Target in SRV) must be a domain name, but
+// if it looks like an IP address (4/6), we will treat it like an IP address.
+type Service struct {
+	Host     string `json:"host,omitempty"`
+	Port     int    `json:"port,omitempty"`
+	Priority int    `json:"priority,omitempty"`
+	Weight   int    `json:"weight,omitempty"`
+	Text     string `json:"text,omitempty"`
+	Mail     bool   `json:"mail,omitempty"` // Be an MX record. Priority becomes Preference.
+	TTL      uint32 `json:"ttl,omitempty"`
+
+	// When a SRV record with a "Host: IP-address" is added, we synthesize
+	// a srv.Target domain name.  Normally we convert the full Key where
+	// the record lives to a DNS name and use this as the srv.Target.  When
+	// TargetStrip > 0 we strip the left most TargetStrip labels from the
+	// DNS name.
+	TargetStrip int `json:"targetstrip,omitempty"`
+
+	// Group is used to group (or *not* to group) different services
+	// together. Services with an identical Group are returned in the same
+	// answer.
+	Group string `json:"group,omitempty"`
+
+	// Etcd key where we found this service and ignored from json un-/marshalling
+	Key string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+// RR returns an RR representation of s. It is in a condensed form to minimize space
+// when this is returned in a DNS message.
+// The RR will look like:
+//	1.rails.production.east.skydns.local. 300 CH TXT "service1.example.com:8080(10,0,,false)[0,]"
+//                      etcd Key              Ttl               Host:Port          <   see below   >
+// between parens: (Priority, Weight, Text (only first 200 bytes!), Mail)
+// between blockquotes: [TargetStrip,Group]
+// If the record is synthesised by CoreDNS (i.e. no lookup in etcd happened):
+//
+//	TODO(miek): what to put here?
+//
+func (s *Service) RR() *dns.TXT {
+	l := len(s.Text)
+	if l > 200 {
+		l = 200
+	}
+	t := new(dns.TXT)
+	t.Hdr.Class = dns.ClassCHAOS
+	t.Hdr.Ttl = s.TTL
+	t.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeTXT
+	t.Hdr.Name = Domain(s.Key)
+
+	t.Txt = make([]string, 1)
+	t.Txt[0] = fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d(%d,%d,%s,%t)[%d,%s]",
+		s.Host, s.Port,
+		s.Priority, s.Weight, s.Text[:l], s.Mail,
+		s.TargetStrip, s.Group)
+	return t
+}
+
+// NewSRV returns a new SRV record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewSRV(name string, weight uint16) *dns.SRV {
+	host := targetStrip(dns.Fqdn(s.Host), s.TargetStrip)
+
+	return &dns.SRV{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeSRV, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL},
+		Priority: uint16(s.Priority), Weight: weight, Port: uint16(s.Port), Target: dns.Fqdn(host)}
+}
+
+// NewMX returns a new MX record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewMX(name string) *dns.MX {
+	host := targetStrip(dns.Fqdn(s.Host), s.TargetStrip)
+
+	return &dns.MX{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeMX, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL},
+		Preference: uint16(s.Priority), Mx: host}
+}
+
+// NewA returns a new A record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewA(name string, ip net.IP) *dns.A {
+	return &dns.A{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeA, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL}, A: ip}
+}
+
+// NewAAAA returns a new AAAA record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewAAAA(name string, ip net.IP) *dns.AAAA {
+	return &dns.AAAA{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeAAAA, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL}, AAAA: ip}
+}
+
+// NewCNAME returns a new CNAME record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewCNAME(name string, target string) *dns.CNAME {
+	return &dns.CNAME{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeCNAME, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL}, Target: dns.Fqdn(target)}
+}
+
+// NewTXT returns a new TXT record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewTXT(name string) *dns.TXT {
+	return &dns.TXT{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeTXT, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL}, Txt: split255(s.Text)}
+}
+
+// NewPTR returns a new PTR record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewPTR(name string, target string) *dns.PTR {
+	return &dns.PTR{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypePTR, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL}, Ptr: dns.Fqdn(target)}
+}
+
+// NewNS returns a new NS record based on the Service.
+func (s *Service) NewNS(name string) *dns.NS {
+	host := targetStrip(dns.Fqdn(s.Host), s.TargetStrip)
+	return &dns.NS{Hdr: dns.RR_Header{Name: name, Rrtype: dns.TypeNS, Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: s.TTL}, Ns: host}
+}
+
+// Group checks the services in sx, it looks for a Group attribute on the shortest
+// keys. If there are multiple shortest keys *and* the group attribute disagrees (and
+// is not empty), we don't consider it a group.
+// If a group is found, only services with *that* group (or no group) will be returned.
+func Group(sx []Service) []Service {
+	if len(sx) == 0 {
+		return sx
+	}
+
+	// Shortest key with group attribute sets the group for this set.
+	group := sx[0].Group
+	slashes := strings.Count(sx[0].Key, "/")
+	length := make([]int, len(sx))
+	for i, s := range sx {
+		x := strings.Count(s.Key, "/")
+		length[i] = x
+		if x < slashes {
+			if s.Group == "" {
+				break
+			}
+			slashes = x
+			group = s.Group
+		}
+	}
+
+	if group == "" {
+		return sx
+	}
+
+	ret := []Service{} // with slice-tricks in sx we can prolly save this allocation (TODO)
+
+	for i, s := range sx {
+		if s.Group == "" {
+			ret = append(ret, s)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Disagreement on the same level
+		if length[i] == slashes && s.Group != group {
+			return sx
+		}
+
+		if s.Group == group {
+			ret = append(ret, s)
+		}
+	}
+	return ret
+}
+
+// Split255 splits a string into 255 byte chunks.
+func split255(s string) []string {
+	if len(s) < 255 {
+		return []string{s}
+	}
+	sx := []string{}
+	p, i := 0, 255
+	for {
+		if i <= len(s) {
+			sx = append(sx, s[p:i])
+		} else {
+			sx = append(sx, s[p:])
+			break
+
+		}
+		p, i = p+255, i+255
+	}
+
+	return sx
+}
+
+// targetStrip strips "targetstrip" labels from the left side of the fully qualified name.
+func targetStrip(name string, targetStrip int) string {
+	if targetStrip == 0 {
+		return name
+	}
+
+	offset, end := 0, false
+	for i := 0; i < targetStrip; i++ {
+		offset, end = dns.NextLabel(name, offset)
+	}
+	if end {
+		// We overshot the name, use the orignal one.
+		offset = 0
+	}
+	name = name[offset:]
+	return name
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/etcd/msg/type.go

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+package msg
+
+import (
+	"net"
+
+	"github.com/miekg/dns"
+)
+
+// HostType returns the DNS type of what is encoded in the Service Host field. We're reusing
+// dns.TypeXXX to not reinvent a new set of identifiers.
+//
+// dns.TypeA: the service's Host field contains an A record.
+// dns.TypeAAAA: the service's Host field contains an AAAA record.
+// dns.TypeCNAME: the service's Host field contains a name.
+//
+// Note that a service can double/triple as a TXT record or MX record.
+func (s *Service) HostType() (what uint16, normalized net.IP) {
+
+	ip := net.ParseIP(s.Host)
+
+	switch {
+	case ip == nil:
+		return dns.TypeCNAME, nil
+
+	case ip.To4() != nil:
+		return dns.TypeA, ip.To4()
+
+	case ip.To4() == nil:
+		return dns.TypeAAAA, ip.To16()
+	}
+	// This should never be reached.
+	return dns.TypeNone, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/cname.go

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package dnsutil
+
+import "github.com/miekg/dns"
+
+// DuplicateCNAME returns true if r already exists in records.
+func DuplicateCNAME(r *dns.CNAME, records []dns.RR) bool {
+	for _, rec := range records {
+		if v, ok := rec.(*dns.CNAME); ok {
+			if v.Target == r.Target {
+				return true
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/dedup.go

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+package dnsutil
+
+import "github.com/miekg/dns"
+
+// Dedup de-duplicates a message.
+func Dedup(m *dns.Msg) *dns.Msg {
+	// TODO(miek): expensive!
+	m.Answer = dns.Dedup(m.Answer, nil)
+	m.Ns = dns.Dedup(m.Ns, nil)
+	m.Extra = dns.Dedup(m.Extra, nil)
+	return m
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+// Package dnsutil contains DNS related helper functions.
+package dnsutil

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/host.go

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+package dnsutil
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"os"
+
+	"github.com/miekg/dns"
+)
+
+// ParseHostPortOrFile parses the strings in s, each string can either be a address,
+// address:port or a filename. The address part is checked and the filename case a
+// resolv.conf like file is parsed and the nameserver found are returned.
+func ParseHostPortOrFile(s ...string) ([]string, error) {
+	var servers []string
+	for _, host := range s {
+		addr, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(host)
+		if err != nil {
+			// Parse didn't work, it is not a addr:port combo
+			if net.ParseIP(host) == nil {
+				// Not an IP address.
+				ss, err := tryFile(host)
+				if err == nil {
+					servers = append(servers, ss...)
+					continue
+				}
+				return servers, fmt.Errorf("not an IP address or file: %q", host)
+			}
+			ss := net.JoinHostPort(host, "53")
+			servers = append(servers, ss)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if net.ParseIP(addr) == nil {
+			// No an IP address.
+			ss, err := tryFile(host)
+			if err == nil {
+				servers = append(servers, ss...)
+				continue
+			}
+			return servers, fmt.Errorf("not an IP address or file: %q", host)
+		}
+		servers = append(servers, host)
+	}
+	return servers, nil
+}
+
+// Try to open this is a file first.
+func tryFile(s string) ([]string, error) {
+	c, err := dns.ClientConfigFromFile(s)
+	if err == os.ErrNotExist {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to open file %q: %q", s, err)
+	} else if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	servers := []string{}
+	for _, s := range c.Servers {
+		servers = append(servers, net.JoinHostPort(s, c.Port))
+	}
+	return servers, nil
+}
+
+// ParseHostPort will check if the host part is a valid IP address, if the
+// IP address is valid, but no port is found, defaultPort is added.
+func ParseHostPort(s, defaultPort string) (string, error) {
+	addr, port, err := net.SplitHostPort(s)
+	if port == "" {
+		port = defaultPort
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		if net.ParseIP(s) == nil {
+			return "", fmt.Errorf("must specify an IP address: `%s'", s)
+		}
+		return net.JoinHostPort(s, port), nil
+	}
+
+	if net.ParseIP(addr) == nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("must specify an IP address: `%s'", addr)
+	}
+	return net.JoinHostPort(addr, port), nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/join.go

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+package dnsutil
+
+import (
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/miekg/dns"
+)
+
+// Join joins labels to form a fully qualified domain name. If the last label is
+// the root label it is ignored. Not other syntax checks are performed.
+func Join(labels []string) string {
+	ll := len(labels)
+	if labels[ll-1] == "." {
+		s := strings.Join(labels[:ll-1], ".")
+		return dns.Fqdn(s)
+	}
+	s := strings.Join(labels, ".")
+	return dns.Fqdn(s)
+}

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/reverse.go

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+package dnsutil
+
+import (
+	"net"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// ExtractAddressFromReverse turns a standard PTR reverse record name
+// into an IP address. This works for ipv4 or ipv6.
+//
+// 54.119.58.176.in-addr.arpa. becomes 176.58.119.54. If the conversion
+// fails the empty string is returned.
+func ExtractAddressFromReverse(reverseName string) string {
+	search := ""
+
+	f := reverse
+
+	switch {
+	case strings.HasSuffix(reverseName, v4arpaSuffix):
+		search = strings.TrimSuffix(reverseName, v4arpaSuffix)
+	case strings.HasSuffix(reverseName, v6arpaSuffix):
+		search = strings.TrimSuffix(reverseName, v6arpaSuffix)
+		f = reverse6
+	default:
+		return ""
+	}
+
+	// Reverse the segments and then combine them.
+	return f(strings.Split(search, "."))
+}
+
+func reverse(slice []string) string {
+	for i := 0; i < len(slice)/2; i++ {
+		j := len(slice) - i - 1
+		slice[i], slice[j] = slice[j], slice[i]
+	}
+	ip := net.ParseIP(strings.Join(slice, ".")).To4()
+	if ip == nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return ip.String()
+}
+
+// reverse6 reverse the segments and combine them according to RFC3596:
+// b.a.9.8.7.6.5.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.8.b.d.0.1.0.0.2
+// is reversed to 2001:db8::567:89ab
+func reverse6(slice []string) string {
+	for i := 0; i < len(slice)/2; i++ {
+		j := len(slice) - i - 1
+		slice[i], slice[j] = slice[j], slice[i]
+	}
+	slice6 := []string{}
+	for i := 0; i < len(slice)/4; i++ {
+		slice6 = append(slice6, strings.Join(slice[i*4:i*4+4], ""))
+	}
+	ip := net.ParseIP(strings.Join(slice6, ":")).To16()
+	if ip == nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return ip.String()
+}
+
+const (
+	// v4arpaSuffix is the reverse tree suffix for v4 IP addresses.
+	v4arpaSuffix = ".in-addr.arpa."
+	// v6arpaSuffix is the reverse tree suffix for v6 IP addresses.
+	v6arpaSuffix = ".ip6.arpa."
+)

vendor/github.com/coredns/coredns/plugin/pkg/dnsutil/zone.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+package dnsutil
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+
+	"github.com/miekg/dns"
+)
+
+// TrimZone removes the zone component from q. It returns the trimmed
+// name or an error is zone is longer then qname. The trimmed name will be returned
+// without a trailing dot.
+func TrimZone(q string, z string) (string, error) {
+	zl := dns.CountLabel(z)
+	i, ok := dns.PrevLabel(q, zl)
+	if ok || i-1 < 0 {
+		return "", errors.New("trimzone: overshot qname: " + q + "for zone " + z)
+	}
+	// This includes the '.', remove on return
+	return q[:i-1], nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/NOTICE

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+CoreOS Project
+Copyright 2014 CoreOS, Inc
+
+This product includes software developed at CoreOS, Inc.
+(http://www.coreos.com/).

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+# etcd/client
+
+etcd/client is the Go client library for etcd.
+
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/coreos/etcd/client?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/coreos/etcd/client)
+
+etcd uses `cmd/vendor` directory to store external dependencies, which are
+to be compiled into etcd release binaries. `client` can be imported without
+vendoring. For full compatibility, it is recommended to vendor builds using
+etcd's vendored packages, using tools like godep, as in
+[vendor directories](https://golang.org/cmd/go/#hdr-Vendor_Directories).
+For more detail, please read [Go vendor design](https://golang.org/s/go15vendor).
+
+## Install
+
+```bash
+go get github.com/coreos/etcd/client
+```
+
+## Usage
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+	"log"
+	"time"
+
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
+)
+
+func main() {
+	cfg := client.Config{
+		Endpoints:               []string{"http://127.0.0.1:2379"},
+		Transport:               client.DefaultTransport,
+		// set timeout per request to fail fast when the target endpoint is unavailable
+		HeaderTimeoutPerRequest: time.Second,
+	}
+	c, err := client.New(cfg)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	kapi := client.NewKeysAPI(c)
+	// set "/foo" key with "bar" value
+	log.Print("Setting '/foo' key with 'bar' value")
+	resp, err := kapi.Set(context.Background(), "/foo", "bar", nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	} else {
+		// print common key info
+		log.Printf("Set is done. Metadata is %q\n", resp)
+	}
+	// get "/foo" key's value
+	log.Print("Getting '/foo' key value")
+	resp, err = kapi.Get(context.Background(), "/foo", nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	} else {
+		// print common key info
+		log.Printf("Get is done. Metadata is %q\n", resp)
+		// print value
+		log.Printf("%q key has %q value\n", resp.Node.Key, resp.Node.Value)
+	}
+}
+```
+
+## Error Handling
+
+etcd client might return three types of errors.
+
+- context error
+
+Each API call has its first parameter as `context`. A context can be canceled or have an attached deadline. If the context is canceled or reaches its deadline, the responding context error will be returned no matter what internal errors the API call has already encountered.
+
+- cluster error
+
+Each API call tries to send request to the cluster endpoints one by one until it successfully gets a response. If a requests to an endpoint fails, due to exceeding per request timeout or connection issues, the error will be added into a list of errors. If all possible endpoints fail, a cluster error that includes all encountered errors will be returned.
+
+- response error
+
+If the response gets from the cluster is invalid, a plain string error will be returned. For example, it might be a invalid JSON error.
+
+Here is the example code to handle client errors:
+
+```go
+cfg := client.Config{Endpoints: []string{"http://etcd1:2379","http://etcd2:2379","http://etcd3:2379"}}
+c, err := client.New(cfg)
+if err != nil {
+	log.Fatal(err)
+}
+
+kapi := client.NewKeysAPI(c)
+resp, err := kapi.Set(ctx, "test", "bar", nil)
+if err != nil {
+	if err == context.Canceled {
+		// ctx is canceled by another routine
+	} else if err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
+		// ctx is attached with a deadline and it exceeded
+	} else if cerr, ok := err.(*client.ClusterError); ok {
+		// process (cerr.Errors)
+	} else {
+		// bad cluster endpoints, which are not etcd servers
+	}
+}
+```
+
+
+## Caveat
+
+1. etcd/client prefers to use the same endpoint as long as the endpoint continues to work well. This saves socket resources, and improves efficiency for both client and server side. This preference doesn't remove consistency from the data consumed by the client because data replicated to each etcd member has already passed through the consensus process.
+
+2. etcd/client does round-robin rotation on other available endpoints if the preferred endpoint isn't functioning properly. For example, if the member that etcd/client connects to is hard killed, etcd/client will fail on the first attempt with the killed member, and succeed on the second attempt with another member. If it fails to talk to all available endpoints, it will return all errors happened.
+
+3. Default etcd/client cannot handle the case that the remote server is SIGSTOPed now. TCP keepalive mechanism doesn't help in this scenario because operating system may still send TCP keep-alive packets. Over time we'd like to improve this functionality, but solving this issue isn't high priority because a real-life case in which a server is stopped, but the connection is kept alive, hasn't been brought to our attention.
+
+4. etcd/client cannot detect whether a member is healthy with watches and non-quorum read requests. If the member is isolated from the cluster, etcd/client may retrieve outdated data. Instead, users can either issue quorum read requests or monitor the /health endpoint for member health information.

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/auth_role.go

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+)
+
+type Role struct {
+	Role        string       `json:"role"`
+	Permissions Permissions  `json:"permissions"`
+	Grant       *Permissions `json:"grant,omitempty"`
+	Revoke      *Permissions `json:"revoke,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type Permissions struct {
+	KV rwPermission `json:"kv"`
+}
+
+type rwPermission struct {
+	Read  []string `json:"read"`
+	Write []string `json:"write"`
+}
+
+type PermissionType int
+
+const (
+	ReadPermission PermissionType = iota
+	WritePermission
+	ReadWritePermission
+)
+
+// NewAuthRoleAPI constructs a new AuthRoleAPI that uses HTTP to
+// interact with etcd's role creation and modification features.
+func NewAuthRoleAPI(c Client) AuthRoleAPI {
+	return &httpAuthRoleAPI{
+		client: c,
+	}
+}
+
+type AuthRoleAPI interface {
+	// AddRole adds a role.
+	AddRole(ctx context.Context, role string) error
+
+	// RemoveRole removes a role.
+	RemoveRole(ctx context.Context, role string) error
+
+	// GetRole retrieves role details.
+	GetRole(ctx context.Context, role string) (*Role, error)
+
+	// GrantRoleKV grants a role some permission prefixes for the KV store.
+	GrantRoleKV(ctx context.Context, role string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error)
+
+	// RevokeRoleKV revokes some permission prefixes for a role on the KV store.
+	RevokeRoleKV(ctx context.Context, role string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error)
+
+	// ListRoles lists roles.
+	ListRoles(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)
+}
+
+type httpAuthRoleAPI struct {
+	client httpClient
+}
+
+type authRoleAPIAction struct {
+	verb string
+	name string
+	role *Role
+}
+
+type authRoleAPIList struct{}
+
+func (list *authRoleAPIList) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2AuthURL(ep, "roles", "")
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	return req
+}
+
+func (l *authRoleAPIAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2AuthURL(ep, "roles", l.name)
+	if l.role == nil {
+		req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), nil)
+		return req
+	}
+	b, err := json.Marshal(l.role)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	body := bytes.NewReader(b)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), body)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	return req
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) ListRoles(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error) {
+	resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, &authRoleAPIList{})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var roleList struct {
+		Roles []Role `json:"roles"`
+	}
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &roleList); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	ret := make([]string, 0, len(roleList.Roles))
+	for _, r := range roleList.Roles {
+		ret = append(ret, r.Role)
+	}
+	return ret, nil
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) AddRole(ctx context.Context, rolename string) error {
+	role := &Role{
+		Role: rolename,
+	}
+	return r.addRemoveRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
+		verb: "PUT",
+		name: rolename,
+		role: role,
+	})
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) RemoveRole(ctx context.Context, rolename string) error {
+	return r.addRemoveRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
+		verb: "DELETE",
+		name: rolename,
+	})
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) addRemoveRole(ctx context.Context, req *authRoleAPIAction) error {
+	resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated); err != nil {
+		var sec authError
+		err := json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		return sec
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) GetRole(ctx context.Context, rolename string) (*Role, error) {
+	return r.modRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
+		verb: "GET",
+		name: rolename,
+	})
+}
+
+func buildRWPermission(prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) rwPermission {
+	var out rwPermission
+	switch permType {
+	case ReadPermission:
+		out.Read = prefixes
+	case WritePermission:
+		out.Write = prefixes
+	case ReadWritePermission:
+		out.Read = prefixes
+		out.Write = prefixes
+	}
+	return out
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) GrantRoleKV(ctx context.Context, rolename string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error) {
+	rwp := buildRWPermission(prefixes, permType)
+	role := &Role{
+		Role: rolename,
+		Grant: &Permissions{
+			KV: rwp,
+		},
+	}
+	return r.modRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
+		verb: "PUT",
+		name: rolename,
+		role: role,
+	})
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) RevokeRoleKV(ctx context.Context, rolename string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error) {
+	rwp := buildRWPermission(prefixes, permType)
+	role := &Role{
+		Role: rolename,
+		Revoke: &Permissions{
+			KV: rwp,
+		},
+	}
+	return r.modRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
+		verb: "PUT",
+		name: rolename,
+		role: role,
+	})
+}
+
+func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) modRole(ctx context.Context, req *authRoleAPIAction) (*Role, error) {
+	resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
+		var sec authError
+		err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, sec
+	}
+	var role Role
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &role); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &role, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/auth_user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"path"
+
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+)
+
+var (
+	defaultV2AuthPrefix = "/v2/auth"
+)
+
+type User struct {
+	User     string   `json:"user"`
+	Password string   `json:"password,omitempty"`
+	Roles    []string `json:"roles"`
+	Grant    []string `json:"grant,omitempty"`
+	Revoke   []string `json:"revoke,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// userListEntry is the user representation given by the server for ListUsers
+type userListEntry struct {
+	User  string `json:"user"`
+	Roles []Role `json:"roles"`
+}
+
+type UserRoles struct {
+	User  string `json:"user"`
+	Roles []Role `json:"roles"`
+}
+
+func v2AuthURL(ep url.URL, action string, name string) *url.URL {
+	if name != "" {
+		ep.Path = path.Join(ep.Path, defaultV2AuthPrefix, action, name)
+		return &ep
+	}
+	ep.Path = path.Join(ep.Path, defaultV2AuthPrefix, action)
+	return &ep
+}
+
+// NewAuthAPI constructs a new AuthAPI that uses HTTP to
+// interact with etcd's general auth features.
+func NewAuthAPI(c Client) AuthAPI {
+	return &httpAuthAPI{
+		client: c,
+	}
+}
+
+type AuthAPI interface {
+	// Enable auth.
+	Enable(ctx context.Context) error
+
+	// Disable auth.
+	Disable(ctx context.Context) error
+}
+
+type httpAuthAPI struct {
+	client httpClient
+}
+
+func (s *httpAuthAPI) Enable(ctx context.Context) error {
+	return s.enableDisable(ctx, &authAPIAction{"PUT"})
+}
+
+func (s *httpAuthAPI) Disable(ctx context.Context) error {
+	return s.enableDisable(ctx, &authAPIAction{"DELETE"})
+}
+
+func (s *httpAuthAPI) enableDisable(ctx context.Context, req httpAction) error {
+	resp, body, err := s.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated); err != nil {
+		var sec authError
+		err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		return sec
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+type authAPIAction struct {
+	verb string
+}
+
+func (l *authAPIAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2AuthURL(ep, "enable", "")
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), nil)
+	return req
+}
+
+type authError struct {
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	Code    int    `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (e authError) Error() string {
+	return e.Message
+}
+
+// NewAuthUserAPI constructs a new AuthUserAPI that uses HTTP to
+// interact with etcd's user creation and modification features.
+func NewAuthUserAPI(c Client) AuthUserAPI {
+	return &httpAuthUserAPI{
+		client: c,
+	}
+}
+
+type AuthUserAPI interface {
+	// AddUser adds a user.
+	AddUser(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) error
+
+	// RemoveUser removes a user.
+	RemoveUser(ctx context.Context, username string) error
+
+	// GetUser retrieves user details.
+	GetUser(ctx context.Context, username string) (*User, error)
+
+	// GrantUser grants a user some permission roles.
+	GrantUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error)
+
+	// RevokeUser revokes some permission roles from a user.
+	RevokeUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error)
+
+	// ChangePassword changes the user's password.
+	ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) (*User, error)
+
+	// ListUsers lists the users.
+	ListUsers(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)
+}
+
+type httpAuthUserAPI struct {
+	client httpClient
+}
+
+type authUserAPIAction struct {
+	verb     string
+	username string
+	user     *User
+}
+
+type authUserAPIList struct{}
+
+func (list *authUserAPIList) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2AuthURL(ep, "users", "")
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	return req
+}
+
+func (l *authUserAPIAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2AuthURL(ep, "users", l.username)
+	if l.user == nil {
+		req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), nil)
+		return req
+	}
+	b, err := json.Marshal(l.user)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	body := bytes.NewReader(b)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), body)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	return req
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) ListUsers(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error) {
+	resp, body, err := u.client.Do(ctx, &authUserAPIList{})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
+		var sec authError
+		err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, sec
+	}
+
+	var userList struct {
+		Users []userListEntry `json:"users"`
+	}
+
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &userList); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	ret := make([]string, 0, len(userList.Users))
+	for _, u := range userList.Users {
+		ret = append(ret, u.User)
+	}
+	return ret, nil
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) AddUser(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) error {
+	user := &User{
+		User:     username,
+		Password: password,
+	}
+	return u.addRemoveUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
+		verb:     "PUT",
+		username: username,
+		user:     user,
+	})
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) RemoveUser(ctx context.Context, username string) error {
+	return u.addRemoveUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
+		verb:     "DELETE",
+		username: username,
+	})
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) addRemoveUser(ctx context.Context, req *authUserAPIAction) error {
+	resp, body, err := u.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated); err != nil {
+		var sec authError
+		err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		return sec
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) GetUser(ctx context.Context, username string) (*User, error) {
+	return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
+		verb:     "GET",
+		username: username,
+	})
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) GrantUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error) {
+	user := &User{
+		User:  username,
+		Grant: roles,
+	}
+	return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
+		verb:     "PUT",
+		username: username,
+		user:     user,
+	})
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) RevokeUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error) {
+	user := &User{
+		User:   username,
+		Revoke: roles,
+	}
+	return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
+		verb:     "PUT",
+		username: username,
+		user:     user,
+	})
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) (*User, error) {
+	user := &User{
+		User:     username,
+		Password: password,
+	}
+	return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
+		verb:     "PUT",
+		username: username,
+		user:     user,
+	})
+}
+
+func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) modUser(ctx context.Context, req *authUserAPIAction) (*User, error) {
+	resp, body, err := u.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
+		var sec authError
+		err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, sec
+	}
+	var user User
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &user); err != nil {
+		var userR UserRoles
+		if urerr := json.Unmarshal(body, &userR); urerr != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		user.User = userR.User
+		for _, r := range userR.Roles {
+			user.Roles = append(user.Roles, r.Role)
+		}
+	}
+	return &user, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/cancelreq.go

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// borrowed from golang/net/context/ctxhttp/cancelreq.go
+
+package client
+
+import "net/http"
+
+func requestCanceler(tr CancelableTransport, req *http.Request) func() {
+	ch := make(chan struct{})
+	req.Cancel = ch
+
+	return func() {
+		close(ch)
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"math/rand"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"sort"
+	"strconv"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/version"
+
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+)
+
+var (
+	ErrNoEndpoints           = errors.New("client: no endpoints available")
+	ErrTooManyRedirects      = errors.New("client: too many redirects")
+	ErrClusterUnavailable    = errors.New("client: etcd cluster is unavailable or misconfigured")
+	ErrNoLeaderEndpoint      = errors.New("client: no leader endpoint available")
+	errTooManyRedirectChecks = errors.New("client: too many redirect checks")
+
+	// oneShotCtxValue is set on a context using WithValue(&oneShotValue) so
+	// that Do() will not retry a request
+	oneShotCtxValue interface{}
+)
+
+var DefaultRequestTimeout = 5 * time.Second
+
+var DefaultTransport CancelableTransport = &http.Transport{
+	Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
+	Dial: (&net.Dialer{
+		Timeout:   30 * time.Second,
+		KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
+	}).Dial,
+	TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
+}
+
+type EndpointSelectionMode int
+
+const (
+	// EndpointSelectionRandom is the default value of the 'SelectionMode'.
+	// As the name implies, the client object will pick a node from the members
+	// of the cluster in a random fashion. If the cluster has three members, A, B,
+	// and C, the client picks any node from its three members as its request
+	// destination.
+	EndpointSelectionRandom EndpointSelectionMode = iota
+
+	// If 'SelectionMode' is set to 'EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader',
+	// requests are sent directly to the cluster leader. This reduces
+	// forwarding roundtrips compared to making requests to etcd followers
+	// who then forward them to the cluster leader. In the event of a leader
+	// failure, however, clients configured this way cannot prioritize among
+	// the remaining etcd followers. Therefore, when a client sets 'SelectionMode'
+	// to 'EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader', it must use 'client.AutoSync()' to
+	// maintain its knowledge of current cluster state.
+	//
+	// This mode should be used with Client.AutoSync().
+	EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader
+)
+
+type Config struct {
+	// Endpoints defines a set of URLs (schemes, hosts and ports only)
+	// that can be used to communicate with a logical etcd cluster. For
+	// example, a three-node cluster could be provided like so:
+	//
+	// 	Endpoints: []string{
+	//		"http://node1.example.com:2379",
+	//		"http://node2.example.com:2379",
+	//		"http://node3.example.com:2379",
+	//	}
+	//
+	// If multiple endpoints are provided, the Client will attempt to
+	// use them all in the event that one or more of them are unusable.
+	//
+	// If Client.Sync is ever called, the Client may cache an alternate
+	// set of endpoints to continue operation.
+	Endpoints []string
+
+	// Transport is used by the Client to drive HTTP requests. If not
+	// provided, DefaultTransport will be used.
+	Transport CancelableTransport
+
+	// CheckRedirect specifies the policy for handling HTTP redirects.
+	// If CheckRedirect is not nil, the Client calls it before
+	// following an HTTP redirect. The sole argument is the number of
+	// requests that have already been made. If CheckRedirect returns
+	// an error, Client.Do will not make any further requests and return
+	// the error back it to the caller.
+	//
+	// If CheckRedirect is nil, the Client uses its default policy,
+	// which is to stop after 10 consecutive requests.
+	CheckRedirect CheckRedirectFunc
+
+	// Username specifies the user credential to add as an authorization header
+	Username string
+
+	// Password is the password for the specified user to add as an authorization header
+	// to the request.
+	Password string
+
+	// HeaderTimeoutPerRequest specifies the time limit to wait for response
+	// header in a single request made by the Client. The timeout includes
+	// connection time, any redirects, and header wait time.
+	//
+	// For non-watch GET request, server returns the response body immediately.
+	// For PUT/POST/DELETE request, server will attempt to commit request
+	// before responding, which is expected to take `100ms + 2 * RTT`.
+	// For watch request, server returns the header immediately to notify Client
+	// watch start. But if server is behind some kind of proxy, the response
+	// header may be cached at proxy, and Client cannot rely on this behavior.
+	//
+	// Especially, wait request will ignore this timeout.
+	//
+	// One API call may send multiple requests to different etcd servers until it
+	// succeeds. Use context of the API to specify the overall timeout.
+	//
+	// A HeaderTimeoutPerRequest of zero means no timeout.
+	HeaderTimeoutPerRequest time.Duration
+
+	// SelectionMode is an EndpointSelectionMode enum that specifies the
+	// policy for choosing the etcd cluster node to which requests are sent.
+	SelectionMode EndpointSelectionMode
+}
+
+func (cfg *Config) transport() CancelableTransport {
+	if cfg.Transport == nil {
+		return DefaultTransport
+	}
+	return cfg.Transport
+}
+
+func (cfg *Config) checkRedirect() CheckRedirectFunc {
+	if cfg.CheckRedirect == nil {
+		return DefaultCheckRedirect
+	}
+	return cfg.CheckRedirect
+}
+
+// CancelableTransport mimics net/http.Transport, but requires that
+// the object also support request cancellation.
+type CancelableTransport interface {
+	http.RoundTripper
+	CancelRequest(req *http.Request)
+}
+
+type CheckRedirectFunc func(via int) error
+
+// DefaultCheckRedirect follows up to 10 redirects, but no more.
+var DefaultCheckRedirect CheckRedirectFunc = func(via int) error {
+	if via > 10 {
+		return ErrTooManyRedirects
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+type Client interface {
+	// Sync updates the internal cache of the etcd cluster's membership.
+	Sync(context.Context) error
+
+	// AutoSync periodically calls Sync() every given interval.
+	// The recommended sync interval is 10 seconds to 1 minute, which does
+	// not bring too much overhead to server and makes client catch up the
+	// cluster change in time.
+	//
+	// The example to use it:
+	//
+	//  for {
+	//      err := client.AutoSync(ctx, 10*time.Second)
+	//      if err == context.DeadlineExceeded || err == context.Canceled {
+	//          break
+	//      }
+	//      log.Print(err)
+	//  }
+	AutoSync(context.Context, time.Duration) error
+
+	// Endpoints returns a copy of the current set of API endpoints used
+	// by Client to resolve HTTP requests. If Sync has ever been called,
+	// this may differ from the initial Endpoints provided in the Config.
+	Endpoints() []string
+
+	// SetEndpoints sets the set of API endpoints used by Client to resolve
+	// HTTP requests. If the given endpoints are not valid, an error will be
+	// returned
+	SetEndpoints(eps []string) error
+
+	// GetVersion retrieves the current etcd server and cluster version
+	GetVersion(ctx context.Context) (*version.Versions, error)
+
+	httpClient
+}
+
+func New(cfg Config) (Client, error) {
+	c := &httpClusterClient{
+		clientFactory: newHTTPClientFactory(cfg.transport(), cfg.checkRedirect(), cfg.HeaderTimeoutPerRequest),
+		rand:          rand.New(rand.NewSource(int64(time.Now().Nanosecond()))),
+		selectionMode: cfg.SelectionMode,
+	}
+	if cfg.Username != "" {
+		c.credentials = &credentials{
+			username: cfg.Username,
+			password: cfg.Password,
+		}
+	}
+	if err := c.SetEndpoints(cfg.Endpoints); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c, nil
+}
+
+type httpClient interface {
+	Do(context.Context, httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error)
+}
+
+func newHTTPClientFactory(tr CancelableTransport, cr CheckRedirectFunc, headerTimeout time.Duration) httpClientFactory {
+	return func(ep url.URL) httpClient {
+		return &redirectFollowingHTTPClient{
+			checkRedirect: cr,
+			client: &simpleHTTPClient{
+				transport:     tr,
+				endpoint:      ep,
+				headerTimeout: headerTimeout,
+			},
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+type credentials struct {
+	username string
+	password string
+}
+
+type httpClientFactory func(url.URL) httpClient
+
+type httpAction interface {
+	HTTPRequest(url.URL) *http.Request
+}
+
+type httpClusterClient struct {
+	clientFactory httpClientFactory
+	endpoints     []url.URL
+	pinned        int
+	credentials   *credentials
+	sync.RWMutex
+	rand          *rand.Rand
+	selectionMode EndpointSelectionMode
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) getLeaderEndpoint(ctx context.Context, eps []url.URL) (string, error) {
+	ceps := make([]url.URL, len(eps))
+	copy(ceps, eps)
+
+	// To perform a lookup on the new endpoint list without using the current
+	// client, we'll copy it
+	clientCopy := &httpClusterClient{
+		clientFactory: c.clientFactory,
+		credentials:   c.credentials,
+		rand:          c.rand,
+
+		pinned:    0,
+		endpoints: ceps,
+	}
+
+	mAPI := NewMembersAPI(clientCopy)
+	leader, err := mAPI.Leader(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", err
+	}
+	if len(leader.ClientURLs) == 0 {
+		return "", ErrNoLeaderEndpoint
+	}
+
+	return leader.ClientURLs[0], nil // TODO: how to handle multiple client URLs?
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) parseEndpoints(eps []string) ([]url.URL, error) {
+	if len(eps) == 0 {
+		return []url.URL{}, ErrNoEndpoints
+	}
+
+	neps := make([]url.URL, len(eps))
+	for i, ep := range eps {
+		u, err := url.Parse(ep)
+		if err != nil {
+			return []url.URL{}, err
+		}
+		neps[i] = *u
+	}
+	return neps, nil
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) SetEndpoints(eps []string) error {
+	neps, err := c.parseEndpoints(eps)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	c.Lock()
+	defer c.Unlock()
+
+	c.endpoints = shuffleEndpoints(c.rand, neps)
+	// We're not doing anything for PrioritizeLeader here. This is
+	// due to not having a context meaning we can't call getLeaderEndpoint
+	// However, if you're using PrioritizeLeader, you've already been told
+	// to regularly call sync, where we do have a ctx, and can figure the
+	// leader. PrioritizeLeader is also quite a loose guarantee, so deal
+	// with it
+	c.pinned = 0
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) Do(ctx context.Context, act httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error) {
+	action := act
+	c.RLock()
+	leps := len(c.endpoints)
+	eps := make([]url.URL, leps)
+	n := copy(eps, c.endpoints)
+	pinned := c.pinned
+
+	if c.credentials != nil {
+		action = &authedAction{
+			act:         act,
+			credentials: *c.credentials,
+		}
+	}
+	c.RUnlock()
+
+	if leps == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, ErrNoEndpoints
+	}
+
+	if leps != n {
+		return nil, nil, errors.New("unable to pick endpoint: copy failed")
+	}
+
+	var resp *http.Response
+	var body []byte
+	var err error
+	cerr := &ClusterError{}
+	isOneShot := ctx.Value(&oneShotCtxValue) != nil
+
+	for i := pinned; i < leps+pinned; i++ {
+		k := i % leps
+		hc := c.clientFactory(eps[k])
+		resp, body, err = hc.Do(ctx, action)
+		if err != nil {
+			cerr.Errors = append(cerr.Errors, err)
+			if err == ctx.Err() {
+				return nil, nil, ctx.Err()
+			}
+			if err == context.Canceled || err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+		} else if resp.StatusCode/100 == 5 {
+			switch resp.StatusCode {
+			case http.StatusInternalServerError, http.StatusServiceUnavailable:
+				// TODO: make sure this is a no leader response
+				cerr.Errors = append(cerr.Errors, fmt.Errorf("client: etcd member %s has no leader", eps[k].String()))
+			default:
+				cerr.Errors = append(cerr.Errors, fmt.Errorf("client: etcd member %s returns server error [%s]", eps[k].String(), http.StatusText(resp.StatusCode)))
+			}
+			err = cerr.Errors[0]
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			if !isOneShot {
+				continue
+			}
+			c.Lock()
+			c.pinned = (k + 1) % leps
+			c.Unlock()
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if k != pinned {
+			c.Lock()
+			c.pinned = k
+			c.Unlock()
+		}
+		return resp, body, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, nil, cerr
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) Endpoints() []string {
+	c.RLock()
+	defer c.RUnlock()
+
+	eps := make([]string, len(c.endpoints))
+	for i, ep := range c.endpoints {
+		eps[i] = ep.String()
+	}
+
+	return eps
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) Sync(ctx context.Context) error {
+	mAPI := NewMembersAPI(c)
+	ms, err := mAPI.List(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	var eps []string
+	for _, m := range ms {
+		eps = append(eps, m.ClientURLs...)
+	}
+
+	neps, err := c.parseEndpoints(eps)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	npin := 0
+
+	switch c.selectionMode {
+	case EndpointSelectionRandom:
+		c.RLock()
+		eq := endpointsEqual(c.endpoints, neps)
+		c.RUnlock()
+
+		if eq {
+			return nil
+		}
+		// When items in the endpoint list changes, we choose a new pin
+		neps = shuffleEndpoints(c.rand, neps)
+	case EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader:
+		nle, err := c.getLeaderEndpoint(ctx, neps)
+		if err != nil {
+			return ErrNoLeaderEndpoint
+		}
+
+		for i, n := range neps {
+			if n.String() == nle {
+				npin = i
+				break
+			}
+		}
+	default:
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid endpoint selection mode: %d", c.selectionMode)
+	}
+
+	c.Lock()
+	defer c.Unlock()
+	c.endpoints = neps
+	c.pinned = npin
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) AutoSync(ctx context.Context, interval time.Duration) error {
+	ticker := time.NewTicker(interval)
+	defer ticker.Stop()
+	for {
+		err := c.Sync(ctx)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			return ctx.Err()
+		case <-ticker.C:
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *httpClusterClient) GetVersion(ctx context.Context) (*version.Versions, error) {
+	act := &getAction{Prefix: "/version"}
+
+	resp, body, err := c.Do(ctx, act)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	switch resp.StatusCode {
+	case http.StatusOK:
+		if len(body) == 0 {
+			return nil, ErrEmptyBody
+		}
+		var vresp version.Versions
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &vresp); err != nil {
+			return nil, ErrInvalidJSON
+		}
+		return &vresp, nil
+	default:
+		var etcdErr Error
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &etcdErr); err != nil {
+			return nil, ErrInvalidJSON
+		}
+		return nil, etcdErr
+	}
+}
+
+type roundTripResponse struct {
+	resp *http.Response
+	err  error
+}
+
+type simpleHTTPClient struct {
+	transport     CancelableTransport
+	endpoint      url.URL
+	headerTimeout time.Duration
+}
+
+func (c *simpleHTTPClient) Do(ctx context.Context, act httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error) {
+	req := act.HTTPRequest(c.endpoint)
+
+	if err := printcURL(req); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	isWait := false
+	if req != nil && req.URL != nil {
+		ws := req.URL.Query().Get("wait")
+		if len(ws) != 0 {
+			var err error
+			isWait, err = strconv.ParseBool(ws)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("wrong wait value %s (%v for %+v)", ws, err, req)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	var hctx context.Context
+	var hcancel context.CancelFunc
+	if !isWait && c.headerTimeout > 0 {
+		hctx, hcancel = context.WithTimeout(ctx, c.headerTimeout)
+	} else {
+		hctx, hcancel = context.WithCancel(ctx)
+	}
+	defer hcancel()
+
+	reqcancel := requestCanceler(c.transport, req)
+
+	rtchan := make(chan roundTripResponse, 1)
+	go func() {
+		resp, err := c.transport.RoundTrip(req)
+		rtchan <- roundTripResponse{resp: resp, err: err}
+		close(rtchan)
+	}()
+
+	var resp *http.Response
+	var err error
+
+	select {
+	case rtresp := <-rtchan:
+		resp, err = rtresp.resp, rtresp.err
+	case <-hctx.Done():
+		// cancel and wait for request to actually exit before continuing
+		reqcancel()
+		rtresp := <-rtchan
+		resp = rtresp.resp
+		switch {
+		case ctx.Err() != nil:
+			err = ctx.Err()
+		case hctx.Err() != nil:
+			err = fmt.Errorf("client: endpoint %s exceeded header timeout", c.endpoint.String())
+		default:
+			panic("failed to get error from context")
+		}
+	}
+
+	// always check for resp nil-ness to deal with possible
+	// race conditions between channels above
+	defer func() {
+		if resp != nil {
+			resp.Body.Close()
+		}
+	}()
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	var body []byte
+	done := make(chan struct{})
+	go func() {
+		body, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+		done <- struct{}{}
+	}()
+
+	select {
+	case <-ctx.Done():
+		resp.Body.Close()
+		<-done
+		return nil, nil, ctx.Err()
+	case <-done:
+	}
+
+	return resp, body, err
+}
+
+type authedAction struct {
+	act         httpAction
+	credentials credentials
+}
+
+func (a *authedAction) HTTPRequest(url url.URL) *http.Request {
+	r := a.act.HTTPRequest(url)
+	r.SetBasicAuth(a.credentials.username, a.credentials.password)
+	return r
+}
+
+type redirectFollowingHTTPClient struct {
+	client        httpClient
+	checkRedirect CheckRedirectFunc
+}
+
+func (r *redirectFollowingHTTPClient) Do(ctx context.Context, act httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error) {
+	next := act
+	for i := 0; i < 100; i++ {
+		if i > 0 {
+			if err := r.checkRedirect(i); err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+		}
+		resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, next)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if resp.StatusCode/100 == 3 {
+			hdr := resp.Header.Get("Location")
+			if hdr == "" {
+				return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Location header not set")
+			}
+			loc, err := url.Parse(hdr)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Location header not valid URL: %s", hdr)
+			}
+			next = &redirectedHTTPAction{
+				action:   act,
+				location: *loc,
+			}
+			continue
+		}
+		return resp, body, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, nil, errTooManyRedirectChecks
+}
+
+type redirectedHTTPAction struct {
+	action   httpAction
+	location url.URL
+}
+
+func (r *redirectedHTTPAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	orig := r.action.HTTPRequest(ep)
+	orig.URL = &r.location
+	return orig
+}
+
+func shuffleEndpoints(r *rand.Rand, eps []url.URL) []url.URL {
+	p := r.Perm(len(eps))
+	neps := make([]url.URL, len(eps))
+	for i, k := range p {
+		neps[i] = eps[k]
+	}
+	return neps
+}
+
+func endpointsEqual(left, right []url.URL) bool {
+	if len(left) != len(right) {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	sLeft := make([]string, len(left))
+	sRight := make([]string, len(right))
+	for i, l := range left {
+		sLeft[i] = l.String()
+	}
+	for i, r := range right {
+		sRight[i] = r.String()
+	}
+
+	sort.Strings(sLeft)
+	sort.Strings(sRight)
+	for i := range sLeft {
+		if sLeft[i] != sRight[i] {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/cluster_error.go

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import "fmt"
+
+type ClusterError struct {
+	Errors []error
+}
+
+func (ce *ClusterError) Error() string {
+	s := ErrClusterUnavailable.Error()
+	for i, e := range ce.Errors {
+		s += fmt.Sprintf("; error #%d: %s\n", i, e)
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+func (ce *ClusterError) Detail() string {
+	s := ""
+	for i, e := range ce.Errors {
+		s += fmt.Sprintf("error #%d: %s\n", i, e)
+	}
+	return s
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/curl.go

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"net/http"
+	"os"
+)
+
+var (
+	cURLDebug = false
+)
+
+func EnablecURLDebug() {
+	cURLDebug = true
+}
+
+func DisablecURLDebug() {
+	cURLDebug = false
+}
+
+// printcURL prints the cURL equivalent request to stderr.
+// It returns an error if the body of the request cannot
+// be read.
+// The caller MUST cancel the request if there is an error.
+func printcURL(req *http.Request) error {
+	if !cURLDebug {
+		return nil
+	}
+	var (
+		command string
+		b       []byte
+		err     error
+	)
+
+	if req.URL != nil {
+		command = fmt.Sprintf("curl -X %s %s", req.Method, req.URL.String())
+	}
+
+	if req.Body != nil {
+		b, err = ioutil.ReadAll(req.Body)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		command += fmt.Sprintf(" -d %q", string(b))
+	}
+
+	fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "cURL Command: %s\n", command)
+
+	// reset body
+	body := bytes.NewBuffer(b)
+	req.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(body)
+
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/discover.go

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/srv"
+)
+
+// Discoverer is an interface that wraps the Discover method.
+type Discoverer interface {
+	// Discover looks up the etcd servers for the domain.
+	Discover(domain string) ([]string, error)
+}
+
+type srvDiscover struct{}
+
+// NewSRVDiscover constructs a new Discoverer that uses the stdlib to lookup SRV records.
+func NewSRVDiscover() Discoverer {
+	return &srvDiscover{}
+}
+
+func (d *srvDiscover) Discover(domain string) ([]string, error) {
+	srvs, err := srv.GetClient("etcd-client", domain)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return srvs.Endpoints, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+/*
+Package client provides bindings for the etcd APIs.
+
+Create a Config and exchange it for a Client:
+
+	import (
+		"net/http"
+
+		"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
+		"golang.org/x/net/context"
+	)
+
+	cfg := client.Config{
+		Endpoints: []string{"http://127.0.0.1:2379"},
+		Transport: DefaultTransport,
+	}
+
+	c, err := client.New(cfg)
+	if err != nil {
+		// handle error
+	}
+
+Clients are safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
+
+Create a KeysAPI using the Client, then use it to interact with etcd:
+
+	kAPI := client.NewKeysAPI(c)
+
+	// create a new key /foo with the value "bar"
+	_, err = kAPI.Create(context.Background(), "/foo", "bar")
+	if err != nil {
+		// handle error
+	}
+
+	// delete the newly created key only if the value is still "bar"
+	_, err = kAPI.Delete(context.Background(), "/foo", &DeleteOptions{PrevValue: "bar"})
+	if err != nil {
+		// handle error
+	}
+
+Use a custom context to set timeouts on your operations:
+
+	import "time"
+
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), 5*time.Second)
+	defer cancel()
+
+	// set a new key, ignoring it's previous state
+	_, err := kAPI.Set(ctx, "/ping", "pong", nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		if err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
+			// request took longer than 5s
+		} else {
+			// handle error
+		}
+	}
+
+*/
+package client

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/keys.go

@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+//go:generate codecgen -d 1819 -r "Node|Response|Nodes" -o keys.generated.go keys.go
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/pathutil"
+	"github.com/ugorji/go/codec"
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+)
+
+const (
+	ErrorCodeKeyNotFound  = 100
+	ErrorCodeTestFailed   = 101
+	ErrorCodeNotFile      = 102
+	ErrorCodeNotDir       = 104
+	ErrorCodeNodeExist    = 105
+	ErrorCodeRootROnly    = 107
+	ErrorCodeDirNotEmpty  = 108
+	ErrorCodeUnauthorized = 110
+
+	ErrorCodePrevValueRequired = 201
+	ErrorCodeTTLNaN            = 202
+	ErrorCodeIndexNaN          = 203
+	ErrorCodeInvalidField      = 209
+	ErrorCodeInvalidForm       = 210
+
+	ErrorCodeRaftInternal = 300
+	ErrorCodeLeaderElect  = 301
+
+	ErrorCodeWatcherCleared    = 400
+	ErrorCodeEventIndexCleared = 401
+)
+
+type Error struct {
+	Code    int    `json:"errorCode"`
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	Cause   string `json:"cause"`
+	Index   uint64 `json:"index"`
+}
+
+func (e Error) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%v: %v (%v) [%v]", e.Code, e.Message, e.Cause, e.Index)
+}
+
+var (
+	ErrInvalidJSON = errors.New("client: response is invalid json. The endpoint is probably not valid etcd cluster endpoint.")
+	ErrEmptyBody   = errors.New("client: response body is empty")
+)
+
+// PrevExistType is used to define an existence condition when setting
+// or deleting Nodes.
+type PrevExistType string
+
+const (
+	PrevIgnore  = PrevExistType("")
+	PrevExist   = PrevExistType("true")
+	PrevNoExist = PrevExistType("false")
+)
+
+var (
+	defaultV2KeysPrefix = "/v2/keys"
+)
+
+// NewKeysAPI builds a KeysAPI that interacts with etcd's key-value
+// API over HTTP.
+func NewKeysAPI(c Client) KeysAPI {
+	return NewKeysAPIWithPrefix(c, defaultV2KeysPrefix)
+}
+
+// NewKeysAPIWithPrefix acts like NewKeysAPI, but allows the caller
+// to provide a custom base URL path. This should only be used in
+// very rare cases.
+func NewKeysAPIWithPrefix(c Client, p string) KeysAPI {
+	return &httpKeysAPI{
+		client: c,
+		prefix: p,
+	}
+}
+
+type KeysAPI interface {
+	// Get retrieves a set of Nodes from etcd
+	Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *GetOptions) (*Response, error)
+
+	// Set assigns a new value to a Node identified by a given key. The caller
+	// may define a set of conditions in the SetOptions. If SetOptions.Dir=true
+	// then value is ignored.
+	Set(ctx context.Context, key, value string, opts *SetOptions) (*Response, error)
+
+	// Delete removes a Node identified by the given key, optionally destroying
+	// all of its children as well. The caller may define a set of required
+	// conditions in an DeleteOptions object.
+	Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *DeleteOptions) (*Response, error)
+
+	// Create is an alias for Set w/ PrevExist=false
+	Create(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (*Response, error)
+
+	// CreateInOrder is used to atomically create in-order keys within the given directory.
+	CreateInOrder(ctx context.Context, dir, value string, opts *CreateInOrderOptions) (*Response, error)
+
+	// Update is an alias for Set w/ PrevExist=true
+	Update(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (*Response, error)
+
+	// Watcher builds a new Watcher targeted at a specific Node identified
+	// by the given key. The Watcher may be configured at creation time
+	// through a WatcherOptions object. The returned Watcher is designed
+	// to emit events that happen to a Node, and optionally to its children.
+	Watcher(key string, opts *WatcherOptions) Watcher
+}
+
+type WatcherOptions struct {
+	// AfterIndex defines the index after-which the Watcher should
+	// start emitting events. For example, if a value of 5 is
+	// provided, the first event will have an index >= 6.
+	//
+	// Setting AfterIndex to 0 (default) means that the Watcher
+	// should start watching for events starting at the current
+	// index, whatever that may be.
+	AfterIndex uint64
+
+	// Recursive specifies whether or not the Watcher should emit
+	// events that occur in children of the given keyspace. If set
+	// to false (default), events will be limited to those that
+	// occur for the exact key.
+	Recursive bool
+}
+
+type CreateInOrderOptions struct {
+	// TTL defines a period of time after-which the Node should
+	// expire and no longer exist. Values <= 0 are ignored. Given
+	// that the zero-value is ignored, TTL cannot be used to set
+	// a TTL of 0.
+	TTL time.Duration
+}
+
+type SetOptions struct {
+	// PrevValue specifies what the current value of the Node must
+	// be in order for the Set operation to succeed.
+	//
+	// Leaving this field empty means that the caller wishes to
+	// ignore the current value of the Node. This cannot be used
+	// to compare the Node's current value to an empty string.
+	//
+	// PrevValue is ignored if Dir=true
+	PrevValue string
+
+	// PrevIndex indicates what the current ModifiedIndex of the
+	// Node must be in order for the Set operation to succeed.
+	//
+	// If PrevIndex is set to 0 (default), no comparison is made.
+	PrevIndex uint64
+
+	// PrevExist specifies whether the Node must currently exist
+	// (PrevExist) or not (PrevNoExist). If the caller does not
+	// care about existence, set PrevExist to PrevIgnore, or simply
+	// leave it unset.
+	PrevExist PrevExistType
+
+	// TTL defines a period of time after-which the Node should
+	// expire and no longer exist. Values <= 0 are ignored. Given
+	// that the zero-value is ignored, TTL cannot be used to set
+	// a TTL of 0.
+	TTL time.Duration
+
+	// Refresh set to true means a TTL value can be updated
+	// without firing a watch or changing the node value. A
+	// value must not be provided when refreshing a key.
+	Refresh bool
+
+	// Dir specifies whether or not this Node should be created as a directory.
+	Dir bool
+
+	// NoValueOnSuccess specifies whether the response contains the current value of the Node.
+	// If set, the response will only contain the current value when the request fails.
+	NoValueOnSuccess bool
+}
+
+type GetOptions struct {
+	// Recursive defines whether or not all children of the Node
+	// should be returned.
+	Recursive bool
+
+	// Sort instructs the server whether or not to sort the Nodes.
+	// If true, the Nodes are sorted alphabetically by key in
+	// ascending order (A to z). If false (default), the Nodes will
+	// not be sorted and the ordering used should not be considered
+	// predictable.
+	Sort bool
+
+	// Quorum specifies whether it gets the latest committed value that
+	// has been applied in quorum of members, which ensures external
+	// consistency (or linearizability).
+	Quorum bool
+}
+
+type DeleteOptions struct {
+	// PrevValue specifies what the current value of the Node must
+	// be in order for the Delete operation to succeed.
+	//
+	// Leaving this field empty means that the caller wishes to
+	// ignore the current value of the Node. This cannot be used
+	// to compare the Node's current value to an empty string.
+	PrevValue string
+
+	// PrevIndex indicates what the current ModifiedIndex of the
+	// Node must be in order for the Delete operation to succeed.
+	//
+	// If PrevIndex is set to 0 (default), no comparison is made.
+	PrevIndex uint64
+
+	// Recursive defines whether or not all children of the Node
+	// should be deleted. If set to true, all children of the Node
+	// identified by the given key will be deleted. If left unset
+	// or explicitly set to false, only a single Node will be
+	// deleted.
+	Recursive bool
+
+	// Dir specifies whether or not this Node should be removed as a directory.
+	Dir bool
+}
+
+type Watcher interface {
+	// Next blocks until an etcd event occurs, then returns a Response
+	// representing that event. The behavior of Next depends on the
+	// WatcherOptions used to construct the Watcher. Next is designed to
+	// be called repeatedly, each time blocking until a subsequent event
+	// is available.
+	//
+	// If the provided context is cancelled, Next will return a non-nil
+	// error. Any other failures encountered while waiting for the next
+	// event (connection issues, deserialization failures, etc) will
+	// also result in a non-nil error.
+	Next(context.Context) (*Response, error)
+}
+
+type Response struct {
+	// Action is the name of the operation that occurred. Possible values
+	// include get, set, delete, update, create, compareAndSwap,
+	// compareAndDelete and expire.
+	Action string `json:"action"`
+
+	// Node represents the state of the relevant etcd Node.
+	Node *Node `json:"node"`
+
+	// PrevNode represents the previous state of the Node. PrevNode is non-nil
+	// only if the Node existed before the action occurred and the action
+	// caused a change to the Node.
+	PrevNode *Node `json:"prevNode"`
+
+	// Index holds the cluster-level index at the time the Response was generated.
+	// This index is not tied to the Node(s) contained in this Response.
+	Index uint64 `json:"-"`
+
+	// ClusterID holds the cluster-level ID reported by the server.  This
+	// should be different for different etcd clusters.
+	ClusterID string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+type Node struct {
+	// Key represents the unique location of this Node (e.g. "/foo/bar").
+	Key string `json:"key"`
+
+	// Dir reports whether node describes a directory.
+	Dir bool `json:"dir,omitempty"`
+
+	// Value is the current data stored on this Node. If this Node
+	// is a directory, Value will be empty.
+	Value string `json:"value"`
+
+	// Nodes holds the children of this Node, only if this Node is a directory.
+	// This slice of will be arbitrarily deep (children, grandchildren, great-
+	// grandchildren, etc.) if a recursive Get or Watch request were made.
+	Nodes Nodes `json:"nodes"`
+
+	// CreatedIndex is the etcd index at-which this Node was created.
+	CreatedIndex uint64 `json:"createdIndex"`
+
+	// ModifiedIndex is the etcd index at-which this Node was last modified.
+	ModifiedIndex uint64 `json:"modifiedIndex"`
+
+	// Expiration is the server side expiration time of the key.
+	Expiration *time.Time `json:"expiration,omitempty"`
+
+	// TTL is the time to live of the key in second.
+	TTL int64 `json:"ttl,omitempty"`
+}
+
+func (n *Node) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("{Key: %s, CreatedIndex: %d, ModifiedIndex: %d, TTL: %d}", n.Key, n.CreatedIndex, n.ModifiedIndex, n.TTL)
+}
+
+// TTLDuration returns the Node's TTL as a time.Duration object
+func (n *Node) TTLDuration() time.Duration {
+	return time.Duration(n.TTL) * time.Second
+}
+
+type Nodes []*Node
+
+// interfaces for sorting
+
+func (ns Nodes) Len() int           { return len(ns) }
+func (ns Nodes) Less(i, j int) bool { return ns[i].Key < ns[j].Key }
+func (ns Nodes) Swap(i, j int)      { ns[i], ns[j] = ns[j], ns[i] }
+
+type httpKeysAPI struct {
+	client httpClient
+	prefix string
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) Set(ctx context.Context, key, val string, opts *SetOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	act := &setAction{
+		Prefix: k.prefix,
+		Key:    key,
+		Value:  val,
+	}
+
+	if opts != nil {
+		act.PrevValue = opts.PrevValue
+		act.PrevIndex = opts.PrevIndex
+		act.PrevExist = opts.PrevExist
+		act.TTL = opts.TTL
+		act.Refresh = opts.Refresh
+		act.Dir = opts.Dir
+		act.NoValueOnSuccess = opts.NoValueOnSuccess
+	}
+
+	doCtx := ctx
+	if act.PrevExist == PrevNoExist {
+		doCtx = context.WithValue(doCtx, &oneShotCtxValue, &oneShotCtxValue)
+	}
+	resp, body, err := k.client.Do(doCtx, act)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) Create(ctx context.Context, key, val string) (*Response, error) {
+	return k.Set(ctx, key, val, &SetOptions{PrevExist: PrevNoExist})
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) CreateInOrder(ctx context.Context, dir, val string, opts *CreateInOrderOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	act := &createInOrderAction{
+		Prefix: k.prefix,
+		Dir:    dir,
+		Value:  val,
+	}
+
+	if opts != nil {
+		act.TTL = opts.TTL
+	}
+
+	resp, body, err := k.client.Do(ctx, act)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) Update(ctx context.Context, key, val string) (*Response, error) {
+	return k.Set(ctx, key, val, &SetOptions{PrevExist: PrevExist})
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *DeleteOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	act := &deleteAction{
+		Prefix: k.prefix,
+		Key:    key,
+	}
+
+	if opts != nil {
+		act.PrevValue = opts.PrevValue
+		act.PrevIndex = opts.PrevIndex
+		act.Dir = opts.Dir
+		act.Recursive = opts.Recursive
+	}
+
+	doCtx := context.WithValue(ctx, &oneShotCtxValue, &oneShotCtxValue)
+	resp, body, err := k.client.Do(doCtx, act)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *GetOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	act := &getAction{
+		Prefix: k.prefix,
+		Key:    key,
+	}
+
+	if opts != nil {
+		act.Recursive = opts.Recursive
+		act.Sorted = opts.Sort
+		act.Quorum = opts.Quorum
+	}
+
+	resp, body, err := k.client.Do(ctx, act)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
+}
+
+func (k *httpKeysAPI) Watcher(key string, opts *WatcherOptions) Watcher {
+	act := waitAction{
+		Prefix: k.prefix,
+		Key:    key,
+	}
+
+	if opts != nil {
+		act.Recursive = opts.Recursive
+		if opts.AfterIndex > 0 {
+			act.WaitIndex = opts.AfterIndex + 1
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &httpWatcher{
+		client:   k.client,
+		nextWait: act,
+	}
+}
+
+type httpWatcher struct {
+	client   httpClient
+	nextWait waitAction
+}
+
+func (hw *httpWatcher) Next(ctx context.Context) (*Response, error) {
+	for {
+		httpresp, body, err := hw.client.Do(ctx, &hw.nextWait)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		resp, err := unmarshalHTTPResponse(httpresp.StatusCode, httpresp.Header, body)
+		if err != nil {
+			if err == ErrEmptyBody {
+				continue
+			}
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		hw.nextWait.WaitIndex = resp.Node.ModifiedIndex + 1
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+}
+
+// v2KeysURL forms a URL representing the location of a key.
+// The endpoint argument represents the base URL of an etcd
+// server. The prefix is the path needed to route from the
+// provided endpoint's path to the root of the keys API
+// (typically "/v2/keys").
+func v2KeysURL(ep url.URL, prefix, key string) *url.URL {
+	// We concatenate all parts together manually. We cannot use
+	// path.Join because it does not reserve trailing slash.
+	// We call CanonicalURLPath to further cleanup the path.
+	if prefix != "" && prefix[0] != '/' {
+		prefix = "/" + prefix
+	}
+	if key != "" && key[0] != '/' {
+		key = "/" + key
+	}
+	ep.Path = pathutil.CanonicalURLPath(ep.Path + prefix + key)
+	return &ep
+}
+
+type getAction struct {
+	Prefix    string
+	Key       string
+	Recursive bool
+	Sorted    bool
+	Quorum    bool
+}
+
+func (g *getAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2KeysURL(ep, g.Prefix, g.Key)
+
+	params := u.Query()
+	params.Set("recursive", strconv.FormatBool(g.Recursive))
+	params.Set("sorted", strconv.FormatBool(g.Sorted))
+	params.Set("quorum", strconv.FormatBool(g.Quorum))
+	u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
+
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
+	return req
+}
+
+type waitAction struct {
+	Prefix    string
+	Key       string
+	WaitIndex uint64
+	Recursive bool
+}
+
+func (w *waitAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2KeysURL(ep, w.Prefix, w.Key)
+
+	params := u.Query()
+	params.Set("wait", "true")
+	params.Set("waitIndex", strconv.FormatUint(w.WaitIndex, 10))
+	params.Set("recursive", strconv.FormatBool(w.Recursive))
+	u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
+
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
+	return req
+}
+
+type setAction struct {
+	Prefix           string
+	Key              string
+	Value            string
+	PrevValue        string
+	PrevIndex        uint64
+	PrevExist        PrevExistType
+	TTL              time.Duration
+	Refresh          bool
+	Dir              bool
+	NoValueOnSuccess bool
+}
+
+func (a *setAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2KeysURL(ep, a.Prefix, a.Key)
+
+	params := u.Query()
+	form := url.Values{}
+
+	// we're either creating a directory or setting a key
+	if a.Dir {
+		params.Set("dir", strconv.FormatBool(a.Dir))
+	} else {
+		// These options are only valid for setting a key
+		if a.PrevValue != "" {
+			params.Set("prevValue", a.PrevValue)
+		}
+		form.Add("value", a.Value)
+	}
+
+	// Options which apply to both setting a key and creating a dir
+	if a.PrevIndex != 0 {
+		params.Set("prevIndex", strconv.FormatUint(a.PrevIndex, 10))
+	}
+	if a.PrevExist != PrevIgnore {
+		params.Set("prevExist", string(a.PrevExist))
+	}
+	if a.TTL > 0 {
+		form.Add("ttl", strconv.FormatUint(uint64(a.TTL.Seconds()), 10))
+	}
+
+	if a.Refresh {
+		form.Add("refresh", "true")
+	}
+	if a.NoValueOnSuccess {
+		params.Set("noValueOnSuccess", strconv.FormatBool(a.NoValueOnSuccess))
+	}
+
+	u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
+	body := strings.NewReader(form.Encode())
+
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("PUT", u.String(), body)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
+
+	return req
+}
+
+type deleteAction struct {
+	Prefix    string
+	Key       string
+	PrevValue string
+	PrevIndex uint64
+	Dir       bool
+	Recursive bool
+}
+
+func (a *deleteAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2KeysURL(ep, a.Prefix, a.Key)
+
+	params := u.Query()
+	if a.PrevValue != "" {
+		params.Set("prevValue", a.PrevValue)
+	}
+	if a.PrevIndex != 0 {
+		params.Set("prevIndex", strconv.FormatUint(a.PrevIndex, 10))
+	}
+	if a.Dir {
+		params.Set("dir", "true")
+	}
+	if a.Recursive {
+		params.Set("recursive", "true")
+	}
+	u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
+
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("DELETE", u.String(), nil)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
+
+	return req
+}
+
+type createInOrderAction struct {
+	Prefix string
+	Dir    string
+	Value  string
+	TTL    time.Duration
+}
+
+func (a *createInOrderAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2KeysURL(ep, a.Prefix, a.Dir)
+
+	form := url.Values{}
+	form.Add("value", a.Value)
+	if a.TTL > 0 {
+		form.Add("ttl", strconv.FormatUint(uint64(a.TTL.Seconds()), 10))
+	}
+	body := strings.NewReader(form.Encode())
+
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("POST", u.String(), body)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
+	return req
+}
+
+func unmarshalHTTPResponse(code int, header http.Header, body []byte) (res *Response, err error) {
+	switch code {
+	case http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated:
+		if len(body) == 0 {
+			return nil, ErrEmptyBody
+		}
+		res, err = unmarshalSuccessfulKeysResponse(header, body)
+	default:
+		err = unmarshalFailedKeysResponse(body)
+	}
+
+	return
+}
+
+func unmarshalSuccessfulKeysResponse(header http.Header, body []byte) (*Response, error) {
+	var res Response
+	err := codec.NewDecoderBytes(body, new(codec.JsonHandle)).Decode(&res)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, ErrInvalidJSON
+	}
+	if header.Get("X-Etcd-Index") != "" {
+		res.Index, err = strconv.ParseUint(header.Get("X-Etcd-Index"), 10, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	res.ClusterID = header.Get("X-Etcd-Cluster-ID")
+	return &res, nil
+}
+
+func unmarshalFailedKeysResponse(body []byte) error {
+	var etcdErr Error
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &etcdErr); err != nil {
+		return ErrInvalidJSON
+	}
+	return etcdErr
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/members.go

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"path"
+
+	"golang.org/x/net/context"
+
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types"
+)
+
+var (
+	defaultV2MembersPrefix = "/v2/members"
+	defaultLeaderSuffix    = "/leader"
+)
+
+type Member struct {
+	// ID is the unique identifier of this Member.
+	ID string `json:"id"`
+
+	// Name is a human-readable, non-unique identifier of this Member.
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+
+	// PeerURLs represents the HTTP(S) endpoints this Member uses to
+	// participate in etcd's consensus protocol.
+	PeerURLs []string `json:"peerURLs"`
+
+	// ClientURLs represents the HTTP(S) endpoints on which this Member
+	// serves it's client-facing APIs.
+	ClientURLs []string `json:"clientURLs"`
+}
+
+type memberCollection []Member
+
+func (c *memberCollection) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error {
+	d := struct {
+		Members []Member
+	}{}
+
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &d); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	if d.Members == nil {
+		*c = make([]Member, 0)
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	*c = d.Members
+	return nil
+}
+
+type memberCreateOrUpdateRequest struct {
+	PeerURLs types.URLs
+}
+
+func (m *memberCreateOrUpdateRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	s := struct {
+		PeerURLs []string `json:"peerURLs"`
+	}{
+		PeerURLs: make([]string, len(m.PeerURLs)),
+	}
+
+	for i, u := range m.PeerURLs {
+		s.PeerURLs[i] = u.String()
+	}
+
+	return json.Marshal(&s)
+}
+
+// NewMembersAPI constructs a new MembersAPI that uses HTTP to
+// interact with etcd's membership API.
+func NewMembersAPI(c Client) MembersAPI {
+	return &httpMembersAPI{
+		client: c,
+	}
+}
+
+type MembersAPI interface {
+	// List enumerates the current cluster membership.
+	List(ctx context.Context) ([]Member, error)
+
+	// Add instructs etcd to accept a new Member into the cluster.
+	Add(ctx context.Context, peerURL string) (*Member, error)
+
+	// Remove demotes an existing Member out of the cluster.
+	Remove(ctx context.Context, mID string) error
+
+	// Update instructs etcd to update an existing Member in the cluster.
+	Update(ctx context.Context, mID string, peerURLs []string) error
+
+	// Leader gets current leader of the cluster
+	Leader(ctx context.Context) (*Member, error)
+}
+
+type httpMembersAPI struct {
+	client httpClient
+}
+
+func (m *httpMembersAPI) List(ctx context.Context) ([]Member, error) {
+	req := &membersAPIActionList{}
+	resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var mCollection memberCollection
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &mCollection); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return []Member(mCollection), nil
+}
+
+func (m *httpMembersAPI) Add(ctx context.Context, peerURL string) (*Member, error) {
+	urls, err := types.NewURLs([]string{peerURL})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	req := &membersAPIActionAdd{peerURLs: urls}
+	resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusCreated, http.StatusConflict); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if resp.StatusCode != http.StatusCreated {
+		var merr membersError
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &merr); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, merr
+	}
+
+	var memb Member
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &memb); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &memb, nil
+}
+
+func (m *httpMembersAPI) Update(ctx context.Context, memberID string, peerURLs []string) error {
+	urls, err := types.NewURLs(peerURLs)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	req := &membersAPIActionUpdate{peerURLs: urls, memberID: memberID}
+	resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusNoContent, http.StatusNotFound, http.StatusConflict); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	if resp.StatusCode != http.StatusNoContent {
+		var merr membersError
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &merr); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		return merr
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (m *httpMembersAPI) Remove(ctx context.Context, memberID string) error {
+	req := &membersAPIActionRemove{memberID: memberID}
+	resp, _, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusNoContent, http.StatusGone)
+}
+
+func (m *httpMembersAPI) Leader(ctx context.Context) (*Member, error) {
+	req := &membersAPIActionLeader{}
+	resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var leader Member
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &leader); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &leader, nil
+}
+
+type membersAPIActionList struct{}
+
+func (l *membersAPIActionList) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2MembersURL(ep)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
+	return req
+}
+
+type membersAPIActionRemove struct {
+	memberID string
+}
+
+func (d *membersAPIActionRemove) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2MembersURL(ep)
+	u.Path = path.Join(u.Path, d.memberID)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("DELETE", u.String(), nil)
+	return req
+}
+
+type membersAPIActionAdd struct {
+	peerURLs types.URLs
+}
+
+func (a *membersAPIActionAdd) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2MembersURL(ep)
+	m := memberCreateOrUpdateRequest{PeerURLs: a.peerURLs}
+	b, _ := json.Marshal(&m)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("POST", u.String(), bytes.NewReader(b))
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	return req
+}
+
+type membersAPIActionUpdate struct {
+	memberID string
+	peerURLs types.URLs
+}
+
+func (a *membersAPIActionUpdate) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2MembersURL(ep)
+	m := memberCreateOrUpdateRequest{PeerURLs: a.peerURLs}
+	u.Path = path.Join(u.Path, a.memberID)
+	b, _ := json.Marshal(&m)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("PUT", u.String(), bytes.NewReader(b))
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	return req
+}
+
+func assertStatusCode(got int, want ...int) (err error) {
+	for _, w := range want {
+		if w == got {
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code %d", got)
+}
+
+type membersAPIActionLeader struct{}
+
+func (l *membersAPIActionLeader) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
+	u := v2MembersURL(ep)
+	u.Path = path.Join(u.Path, defaultLeaderSuffix)
+	req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
+	return req
+}
+
+// v2MembersURL add the necessary path to the provided endpoint
+// to route requests to the default v2 members API.
+func v2MembersURL(ep url.URL) *url.URL {
+	ep.Path = path.Join(ep.Path, defaultV2MembersPrefix)
+	return &ep
+}
+
+type membersError struct {
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	Code    int    `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (e membersError) Error() string {
+	return e.Message
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/util.go

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package client
+
+import (
+	"regexp"
+)
+
+var (
+	roleNotFoundRegExp *regexp.Regexp
+	userNotFoundRegExp *regexp.Regexp
+)
+
+func init() {
+	roleNotFoundRegExp = regexp.MustCompile("auth: Role .* does not exist.")
+	userNotFoundRegExp = regexp.MustCompile("auth: User .* does not exist.")
+}
+
+// IsKeyNotFound returns true if the error code is ErrorCodeKeyNotFound.
+func IsKeyNotFound(err error) bool {
+	if cErr, ok := err.(Error); ok {
+		return cErr.Code == ErrorCodeKeyNotFound
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// IsRoleNotFound returns true if the error means role not found of v2 API.
+func IsRoleNotFound(err error) bool {
+	if ae, ok := err.(authError); ok {
+		return roleNotFoundRegExp.MatchString(ae.Message)
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// IsUserNotFound returns true if the error means user not found of v2 API.
+func IsUserNotFound(err error) bool {
+	if ae, ok := err.(authError); ok {
+		return userNotFoundRegExp.MatchString(ae.Message)
+	}
+	return false
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/pathutil/path.go

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+// Copyright 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package pathutil implements utility functions for handling slash-separated
+// paths.
+package pathutil
+
+import "path"
+
+// CanonicalURLPath returns the canonical url path for p, which follows the rules:
+// 1. the path always starts with "/"
+// 2. replace multiple slashes with a single slash
+// 3. replace each '.' '..' path name element with equivalent one
+// 4. keep the trailing slash
+// The function is borrowed from stdlib http.cleanPath in server.go.
+func CanonicalURLPath(p string) string {
+	if p == "" {
+		return "/"
+	}
+	if p[0] != '/' {
+		p = "/" + p
+	}
+	np := path.Clean(p)
+	// path.Clean removes trailing slash except for root,
+	// put the trailing slash back if necessary.
+	if p[len(p)-1] == '/' && np != "/" {
+		np += "/"
+	}
+	return np
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/srv/srv.go

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Package srv looks up DNS SRV records.
+package srv
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types"
+)
+
+var (
+	// indirection for testing
+	lookupSRV      = net.LookupSRV // net.DefaultResolver.LookupSRV when ctxs don't conflict
+	resolveTCPAddr = net.ResolveTCPAddr
+)
+
+// GetCluster gets the cluster information via DNS discovery.
+// Also sees each entry as a separate instance.
+func GetCluster(service, name, dns string, apurls types.URLs) ([]string, error) {
+	tempName := int(0)
+	tcp2ap := make(map[string]url.URL)
+
+	// First, resolve the apurls
+	for _, url := range apurls {
+		tcpAddr, err := resolveTCPAddr("tcp", url.Host)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		tcp2ap[tcpAddr.String()] = url
+	}
+
+	stringParts := []string{}
+	updateNodeMap := func(service, scheme string) error {
+		_, addrs, err := lookupSRV(service, "tcp", dns)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		for _, srv := range addrs {
+			port := fmt.Sprintf("%d", srv.Port)
+			host := net.JoinHostPort(srv.Target, port)
+			tcpAddr, terr := resolveTCPAddr("tcp", host)
+			if terr != nil {
+				err = terr
+				continue
+			}
+			n := ""
+			url, ok := tcp2ap[tcpAddr.String()]
+			if ok {
+				n = name
+			}
+			if n == "" {
+				n = fmt.Sprintf("%d", tempName)
+				tempName++
+			}
+			// SRV records have a trailing dot but URL shouldn't.
+			shortHost := strings.TrimSuffix(srv.Target, ".")
+			urlHost := net.JoinHostPort(shortHost, port)
+			stringParts = append(stringParts, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s://%s", n, scheme, urlHost))
+			if ok && url.Scheme != scheme {
+				err = fmt.Errorf("bootstrap at %s from DNS for %s has scheme mismatch with expected peer %s", scheme+"://"+urlHost, service, url.String())
+			}
+		}
+		if len(stringParts) == 0 {
+			return err
+		}
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	failCount := 0
+	err := updateNodeMap(service+"-ssl", "https")
+	srvErr := make([]string, 2)
+	if err != nil {
+		srvErr[0] = fmt.Sprintf("error querying DNS SRV records for _%s-ssl %s", service, err)
+		failCount++
+	}
+	err = updateNodeMap(service, "http")
+	if err != nil {
+		srvErr[1] = fmt.Sprintf("error querying DNS SRV records for _%s %s", service, err)
+		failCount++
+	}
+	if failCount == 2 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("srv: too many errors querying DNS SRV records (%q, %q)", srvErr[0], srvErr[1])
+	}
+	return stringParts, nil
+}
+
+type SRVClients struct {
+	Endpoints []string
+	SRVs      []*net.SRV
+}
+
+// GetClient looks up the client endpoints for a service and domain.
+func GetClient(service, domain string) (*SRVClients, error) {
+	var urls []*url.URL
+	var srvs []*net.SRV
+
+	updateURLs := func(service, scheme string) error {
+		_, addrs, err := lookupSRV(service, "tcp", domain)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		for _, srv := range addrs {
+			urls = append(urls, &url.URL{
+				Scheme: scheme,
+				Host:   net.JoinHostPort(srv.Target, fmt.Sprintf("%d", srv.Port)),
+			})
+		}
+		srvs = append(srvs, addrs...)
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	errHTTPS := updateURLs(service+"-ssl", "https")
+	errHTTP := updateURLs(service, "http")
+
+	if errHTTPS != nil && errHTTP != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("dns lookup errors: %s and %s", errHTTPS, errHTTP)
+	}
+
+	endpoints := make([]string, len(urls))
+	for i := range urls {
+		endpoints[i] = urls[i].String()
+	}
+	return &SRVClients{Endpoints: endpoints, SRVs: srvs}, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Package types declares various data types and implements type-checking
+// functions.
+package types

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types/id.go

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package types
+
+import (
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// ID represents a generic identifier which is canonically
+// stored as a uint64 but is typically represented as a
+// base-16 string for input/output
+type ID uint64
+
+func (i ID) String() string {
+	return strconv.FormatUint(uint64(i), 16)
+}
+
+// IDFromString attempts to create an ID from a base-16 string.
+func IDFromString(s string) (ID, error) {
+	i, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 16, 64)
+	return ID(i), err
+}
+
+// IDSlice implements the sort interface
+type IDSlice []ID
+
+func (p IDSlice) Len() int           { return len(p) }
+func (p IDSlice) Less(i, j int) bool { return uint64(p[i]) < uint64(p[j]) }
+func (p IDSlice) Swap(i, j int)      { p[i], p[j] = p[j], p[i] }

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types/set.go

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package types
+
+import (
+	"reflect"
+	"sort"
+	"sync"
+)
+
+type Set interface {
+	Add(string)
+	Remove(string)
+	Contains(string) bool
+	Equals(Set) bool
+	Length() int
+	Values() []string
+	Copy() Set
+	Sub(Set) Set
+}
+
+func NewUnsafeSet(values ...string) *unsafeSet {
+	set := &unsafeSet{make(map[string]struct{})}
+	for _, v := range values {
+		set.Add(v)
+	}
+	return set
+}
+
+func NewThreadsafeSet(values ...string) *tsafeSet {
+	us := NewUnsafeSet(values...)
+	return &tsafeSet{us, sync.RWMutex{}}
+}
+
+type unsafeSet struct {
+	d map[string]struct{}
+}
+
+// Add adds a new value to the set (no-op if the value is already present)
+func (us *unsafeSet) Add(value string) {
+	us.d[value] = struct{}{}
+}
+
+// Remove removes the given value from the set
+func (us *unsafeSet) Remove(value string) {
+	delete(us.d, value)
+}
+
+// Contains returns whether the set contains the given value
+func (us *unsafeSet) Contains(value string) (exists bool) {
+	_, exists = us.d[value]
+	return
+}
+
+// ContainsAll returns whether the set contains all given values
+func (us *unsafeSet) ContainsAll(values []string) bool {
+	for _, s := range values {
+		if !us.Contains(s) {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// Equals returns whether the contents of two sets are identical
+func (us *unsafeSet) Equals(other Set) bool {
+	v1 := sort.StringSlice(us.Values())
+	v2 := sort.StringSlice(other.Values())
+	v1.Sort()
+	v2.Sort()
+	return reflect.DeepEqual(v1, v2)
+}
+
+// Length returns the number of elements in the set
+func (us *unsafeSet) Length() int {
+	return len(us.d)
+}
+
+// Values returns the values of the Set in an unspecified order.
+func (us *unsafeSet) Values() (values []string) {
+	values = make([]string, 0)
+	for val := range us.d {
+		values = append(values, val)
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// Copy creates a new Set containing the values of the first
+func (us *unsafeSet) Copy() Set {
+	cp := NewUnsafeSet()
+	for val := range us.d {
+		cp.Add(val)
+	}
+
+	return cp
+}
+
+// Sub removes all elements in other from the set
+func (us *unsafeSet) Sub(other Set) Set {
+	oValues := other.Values()
+	result := us.Copy().(*unsafeSet)
+
+	for _, val := range oValues {
+		if _, ok := result.d[val]; !ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		delete(result.d, val)
+	}
+
+	return result
+}
+
+type tsafeSet struct {
+	us *unsafeSet
+	m  sync.RWMutex
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Add(value string) {
+	ts.m.Lock()
+	defer ts.m.Unlock()
+	ts.us.Add(value)
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Remove(value string) {
+	ts.m.Lock()
+	defer ts.m.Unlock()
+	ts.us.Remove(value)
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Contains(value string) (exists bool) {
+	ts.m.RLock()
+	defer ts.m.RUnlock()
+	return ts.us.Contains(value)
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Equals(other Set) bool {
+	ts.m.RLock()
+	defer ts.m.RUnlock()
+	return ts.us.Equals(other)
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Length() int {
+	ts.m.RLock()
+	defer ts.m.RUnlock()
+	return ts.us.Length()
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Values() (values []string) {
+	ts.m.RLock()
+	defer ts.m.RUnlock()
+	return ts.us.Values()
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Copy() Set {
+	ts.m.RLock()
+	defer ts.m.RUnlock()
+	usResult := ts.us.Copy().(*unsafeSet)
+	return &tsafeSet{usResult, sync.RWMutex{}}
+}
+
+func (ts *tsafeSet) Sub(other Set) Set {
+	ts.m.RLock()
+	defer ts.m.RUnlock()
+	usResult := ts.us.Sub(other).(*unsafeSet)
+	return &tsafeSet{usResult, sync.RWMutex{}}
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types/slice.go

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package types
+
+// Uint64Slice implements sort interface
+type Uint64Slice []uint64
+
+func (p Uint64Slice) Len() int           { return len(p) }
+func (p Uint64Slice) Less(i, j int) bool { return p[i] < p[j] }
+func (p Uint64Slice) Swap(i, j int)      { p[i], p[j] = p[j], p[i] }

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types/urls.go

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package types
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"net/url"
+	"sort"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+type URLs []url.URL
+
+func NewURLs(strs []string) (URLs, error) {
+	all := make([]url.URL, len(strs))
+	if len(all) == 0 {
+		return nil, errors.New("no valid URLs given")
+	}
+	for i, in := range strs {
+		in = strings.TrimSpace(in)
+		u, err := url.Parse(in)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		if u.Scheme != "http" && u.Scheme != "https" && u.Scheme != "unix" && u.Scheme != "unixs" {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("URL scheme must be http, https, unix, or unixs: %s", in)
+		}
+		if _, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(u.Host); err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf(`URL address does not have the form "host:port": %s`, in)
+		}
+		if u.Path != "" {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("URL must not contain a path: %s", in)
+		}
+		all[i] = *u
+	}
+	us := URLs(all)
+	us.Sort()
+
+	return us, nil
+}
+
+func MustNewURLs(strs []string) URLs {
+	urls, err := NewURLs(strs)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	return urls
+}
+
+func (us URLs) String() string {
+	return strings.Join(us.StringSlice(), ",")
+}
+
+func (us *URLs) Sort() {
+	sort.Sort(us)
+}
+func (us URLs) Len() int           { return len(us) }
+func (us URLs) Less(i, j int) bool { return us[i].String() < us[j].String() }
+func (us URLs) Swap(i, j int)      { us[i], us[j] = us[j], us[i] }
+
+func (us URLs) StringSlice() []string {
+	out := make([]string, len(us))
+	for i := range us {
+		out[i] = us[i].String()
+	}
+
+	return out
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types/urlsmap.go

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package types
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"sort"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// URLsMap is a map from a name to its URLs.
+type URLsMap map[string]URLs
+
+// NewURLsMap returns a URLsMap instantiated from the given string,
+// which consists of discovery-formatted names-to-URLs, like:
+// mach0=http://1.1.1.1:2380,mach0=http://2.2.2.2::2380,mach1=http://3.3.3.3:2380,mach2=http://4.4.4.4:2380
+func NewURLsMap(s string) (URLsMap, error) {
+	m := parse(s)
+
+	cl := URLsMap{}
+	for name, urls := range m {
+		us, err := NewURLs(urls)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		cl[name] = us
+	}
+	return cl, nil
+}
+
+// NewURLsMapFromStringMap takes a map of strings and returns a URLsMap. The
+// string values in the map can be multiple values separated by the sep string.
+func NewURLsMapFromStringMap(m map[string]string, sep string) (URLsMap, error) {
+	var err error
+	um := URLsMap{}
+	for k, v := range m {
+		um[k], err = NewURLs(strings.Split(v, sep))
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	return um, nil
+}
+
+// String turns URLsMap into discovery-formatted name-to-URLs sorted by name.
+func (c URLsMap) String() string {
+	var pairs []string
+	for name, urls := range c {
+		for _, url := range urls {
+			pairs = append(pairs, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", name, url.String()))
+		}
+	}
+	sort.Strings(pairs)
+	return strings.Join(pairs, ",")
+}
+
+// URLs returns a list of all URLs.
+// The returned list is sorted in ascending lexicographical order.
+func (c URLsMap) URLs() []string {
+	var urls []string
+	for _, us := range c {
+		for _, u := range us {
+			urls = append(urls, u.String())
+		}
+	}
+	sort.Strings(urls)
+	return urls
+}
+
+// Len returns the size of URLsMap.
+func (c URLsMap) Len() int {
+	return len(c)
+}
+
+// parse parses the given string and returns a map listing the values specified for each key.
+func parse(s string) map[string][]string {
+	m := make(map[string][]string)
+	for s != "" {
+		key := s
+		if i := strings.IndexAny(key, ","); i >= 0 {
+			key, s = key[:i], key[i+1:]
+		} else {
+			s = ""
+		}
+		if key == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		value := ""
+		if i := strings.Index(key, "="); i >= 0 {
+			key, value = key[:i], key[i+1:]
+		}
+		m[key] = append(m[key], value)
+	}
+	return m
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/version/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Package version implements etcd version parsing and contains latest version
+// information.
+package version
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/coreos/go-semver/semver"
+)
+
+var (
+	// MinClusterVersion is the min cluster version this etcd binary is compatible with.
+	MinClusterVersion = "3.0.0"
+	Version           = "3.2.9"
+	APIVersion        = "unknown"
+
+	// Git SHA Value will be set during build
+	GitSHA = "Not provided (use ./build instead of go build)"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	ver, err := semver.NewVersion(Version)
+	if err == nil {
+		APIVersion = fmt.Sprintf("%d.%d", ver.Major, ver.Minor)
+	}
+}
+
+type Versions struct {
+	Server  string `json:"etcdserver"`
+	Cluster string `json:"etcdcluster"`
+	// TODO: raft state machine version
+}
+
+// Cluster only keeps the major.minor.
+func Cluster(v string) string {
+	vs := strings.Split(v, ".")
+	if len(vs) <= 2 {
+		return v
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", vs[0], vs[1])
+}

vendor/github.com/coreos/go-semver/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/github.com/coreos/go-semver/NOTICE

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+CoreOS Project
+Copyright 2018 CoreOS, Inc
+
+This product includes software developed at CoreOS, Inc.
+(http://www.coreos.com/).

vendor/github.com/coreos/go-semver/semver/semver.go

@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+// Copyright 2013-2015 CoreOS, Inc.
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Semantic Versions http://semver.org
+package semver
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+type Version struct {
+	Major      int64
+	Minor      int64
+	Patch      int64
+	PreRelease PreRelease
+	Metadata   string
+}
+
+type PreRelease string
+
+func splitOff(input *string, delim string) (val string) {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(*input, delim, 2)
+
+	if len(parts) == 2 {
+		*input = parts[0]
+		val = parts[1]
+	}
+
+	return val
+}
+
+func New(version string) *Version {
+	return Must(NewVersion(version))
+}
+
+func NewVersion(version string) (*Version, error) {
+	v := Version{}
+
+	if err := v.Set(version); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &v, nil
+}
+
+// Must is a helper for wrapping NewVersion and will panic if err is not nil.
+func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version {
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	return v
+}
+
+// Set parses and updates v from the given version string. Implements flag.Value
+func (v *Version) Set(version string) error {
+	metadata := splitOff(&version, "+")
+	preRelease := PreRelease(splitOff(&version, "-"))
+	dotParts := strings.SplitN(version, ".", 3)
+
+	if len(dotParts) != 3 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%s is not in dotted-tri format", version)
+	}
+
+	if err := validateIdentifier(string(preRelease)); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to validate pre-release: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if err := validateIdentifier(metadata); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to validate metadata: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	parsed := make([]int64, 3, 3)
+
+	for i, v := range dotParts[:3] {
+		val, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 10, 64)
+		parsed[i] = val
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	v.Metadata = metadata
+	v.PreRelease = preRelease
+	v.Major = parsed[0]
+	v.Minor = parsed[1]
+	v.Patch = parsed[2]
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (v Version) String() string {
+	var buffer bytes.Buffer
+
+	fmt.Fprintf(&buffer, "%d.%d.%d", v.Major, v.Minor, v.Patch)
+
+	if v.PreRelease != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buffer, "-%s", v.PreRelease)
+	}
+
+	if v.Metadata != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buffer, "+%s", v.Metadata)
+	}
+
+	return buffer.String()
+}
+
+func (v *Version) UnmarshalYAML(unmarshal func(interface{}) error) error {
+	var data string
+	if err := unmarshal(&data); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return v.Set(data)
+}
+
+func (v Version) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return []byte(`"` + v.String() + `"`), nil
+}
+
+func (v *Version) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error {
+	l := len(data)
+	if l == 0 || string(data) == `""` {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if l < 2 || data[0] != '"' || data[l-1] != '"' {
+		return errors.New("invalid semver string")
+	}
+	return v.Set(string(data[1 : l-1]))
+}
+
+// Compare tests if v is less than, equal to, or greater than versionB,
+// returning -1, 0, or +1 respectively.
+func (v Version) Compare(versionB Version) int {
+	if cmp := recursiveCompare(v.Slice(), versionB.Slice()); cmp != 0 {
+		return cmp
+	}
+	return preReleaseCompare(v, versionB)
+}
+
+// Equal tests if v is equal to versionB.
+func (v Version) Equal(versionB Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(versionB) == 0
+}
+
+// LessThan tests if v is less than versionB.
+func (v Version) LessThan(versionB Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(versionB) < 0
+}
+
+// Slice converts the comparable parts of the semver into a slice of integers.
+func (v Version) Slice() []int64 {
+	return []int64{v.Major, v.Minor, v.Patch}
+}
+
+func (p PreRelease) Slice() []string {
+	preRelease := string(p)
+	return strings.Split(preRelease, ".")
+}
+
+func preReleaseCompare(versionA Version, versionB Version) int {
+	a := versionA.PreRelease
+	b := versionB.PreRelease
+
+	/* Handle the case where if two versions are otherwise equal it is the
+	 * one without a PreRelease that is greater */
+	if len(a) == 0 && (len(b) > 0) {
+		return 1
+	} else if len(b) == 0 && (len(a) > 0) {
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	// If there is a prerelease, check and compare each part.
+	return recursivePreReleaseCompare(a.Slice(), b.Slice())
+}
+
+func recursiveCompare(versionA []int64, versionB []int64) int {
+	if len(versionA) == 0 {
+		return 0
+	}
+
+	a := versionA[0]
+	b := versionB[0]
+
+	if a > b {
+		return 1
+	} else if a < b {
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	return recursiveCompare(versionA[1:], versionB[1:])
+}
+
+func recursivePreReleaseCompare(versionA []string, versionB []string) int {
+	// A larger set of pre-release fields has a higher precedence than a smaller set,
+	// if all of the preceding identifiers are equal.
+	if len(versionA) == 0 {
+		if len(versionB) > 0 {
+			return -1
+		}
+		return 0
+	} else if len(versionB) == 0 {
+		// We're longer than versionB so return 1.
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	a := versionA[0]
+	b := versionB[0]
+
+	aInt := false
+	bInt := false
+
+	aI, err := strconv.Atoi(versionA[0])
+	if err == nil {
+		aInt = true
+	}
+
+	bI, err := strconv.Atoi(versionB[0])
+	if err == nil {
+		bInt = true
+	}
+
+	// Numeric identifiers always have lower precedence than non-numeric identifiers.
+	if aInt && !bInt {
+		return -1
+	} else if !aInt && bInt {
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	// Handle Integer Comparison
+	if aInt && bInt {
+		if aI > bI {
+			return 1
+		} else if aI < bI {
+			return -1
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Handle String Comparison
+	if a > b {
+		return 1
+	} else if a < b {
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	return recursivePreReleaseCompare(versionA[1:], versionB[1:])
+}
+
+// BumpMajor increments the Major field by 1 and resets all other fields to their default values
+func (v *Version) BumpMajor() {
+	v.Major += 1
+	v.Minor = 0
+	v.Patch = 0
+	v.PreRelease = PreRelease("")
+	v.Metadata = ""
+}
+
+// BumpMinor increments the Minor field by 1 and resets all other fields to their default values
+func (v *Version) BumpMinor() {
+	v.Minor += 1
+	v.Patch = 0
+	v.PreRelease = PreRelease("")
+	v.Metadata = ""
+}
+
+// BumpPatch increments the Patch field by 1 and resets all other fields to their default values
+func (v *Version) BumpPatch() {
+	v.Patch += 1
+	v.PreRelease = PreRelease("")
+	v.Metadata = ""
+}
+
+// validateIdentifier makes sure the provided identifier satisfies semver spec
+func validateIdentifier(id string) error {
+	if id != "" && !reIdentifier.MatchString(id) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%s is not a valid semver identifier", id)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// reIdentifier is a regular expression used to check that pre-release and metadata
+// identifiers satisfy the spec requirements
+var reIdentifier = regexp.MustCompile(`^[0-9A-Za-z-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z-]+)*$`)

vendor/github.com/coreos/go-semver/semver/sort.go

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+// Copyright 2013-2015 CoreOS, Inc.
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package semver
+
+import (
+	"sort"
+)
+
+type Versions []*Version
+
+func (s Versions) Len() int {
+	return len(s)
+}
+
+func (s Versions) Swap(i, j int) {
+	s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i]
+}
+
+func (s Versions) Less(i, j int) bool {
+	return s[i].LessThan(*s[j])
+}
+
+// Sort sorts the given slice of Version
+func Sort(versions []*Version) {
+	sort.Sort(Versions(versions))
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Miek Gieben <miek@miek.nl>

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/CONTRIBUTORS

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Alex A. Skinner
+Andrew Tunnell-Jones
+Ask Bjørn Hansen
+Dave Cheney
+Dusty Wilson
+Marek Majkowski
+Peter van Dijk
+Omri Bahumi
+Alex Sergeyev

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/COPYRIGHT

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Copyright 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. Use of this source code
+is governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+Extensions of the original work are copyright (c) 2011 Miek Gieben
+
+Copyright 2011 Miek Gieben. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is
+governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+Copyright 2014 CloudFlare. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is
+governed by a BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Extensions of the original work are copyright (c) 2011 Miek Gieben
+
+As this is fork of the official Go code the same license applies:
+
+Copyright (c) 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+   * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/miekg/dns.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/miekg/dns)
+
+# Alternative (more granular) approach to a DNS library
+
+> Less is more.
+
+Complete and usable DNS library. All widely used Resource Records are
+supported, including the DNSSEC types. It follows a lean and mean philosophy.
+If there is stuff you should know as a DNS programmer there isn't a convenience
+function for it. Server side and client side programming is supported, i.e. you
+can build servers and resolvers with it.
+
+We try to keep the "master" branch as sane as possible and at the bleeding edge
+of standards, avoiding breaking changes wherever reasonable. We support the last
+two versions of Go, currently: 1.5 and 1.6.
+
+# Goals
+
+* KISS;
+* Fast;
+* Small API, if its easy to code in Go, don't make a function for it.
+
+# Users
+
+A not-so-up-to-date-list-that-may-be-actually-current:
+
+* https://cloudflare.com
+* https://github.com/abh/geodns
+* http://www.statdns.com/
+* http://www.dnsinspect.com/
+* https://github.com/chuangbo/jianbing-dictionary-dns
+* http://www.dns-lg.com/
+* https://github.com/fcambus/rrda
+* https://github.com/kenshinx/godns
+* https://github.com/skynetservices/skydns
+* https://github.com/hashicorp/consul
+* https://github.com/DevelopersPL/godnsagent
+* https://github.com/duedil-ltd/discodns
+* https://github.com/StalkR/dns-reverse-proxy
+* https://github.com/tianon/rawdns
+* https://mesosphere.github.io/mesos-dns/
+* https://pulse.turbobytes.com/
+* https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.turbobytes.dig
+* https://github.com/fcambus/statzone
+* https://github.com/benschw/dns-clb-go
+* https://github.com/corny/dnscheck for http://public-dns.info/
+* https://namesmith.io
+* https://github.com/miekg/unbound
+* https://github.com/miekg/exdns
+* https://dnslookup.org
+* https://github.com/looterz/grimd
+* https://github.com/phamhongviet/serf-dns
+
+Send pull request if you want to be listed here.
+
+# Features
+
+* UDP/TCP queries, IPv4 and IPv6;
+* RFC 1035 zone file parsing ($INCLUDE, $ORIGIN, $TTL and $GENERATE (for all record types) are supported;
+* Fast:
+    * Reply speed around ~ 80K qps (faster hardware results in more qps);
+    * Parsing RRs ~ 100K RR/s, that's 5M records in about 50 seconds;
+* Server side programming (mimicking the net/http package);
+* Client side programming;
+* DNSSEC: signing, validating and key generation for DSA, RSA and ECDSA;
+* EDNS0, NSID, Cookies;
+* AXFR/IXFR;
+* TSIG, SIG(0);
+* DNS over TLS: optional encrypted connection between client and server;
+* DNS name compression;
+* Depends only on the standard library.
+
+Have fun!
+
+Miek Gieben  -  2010-2012  -  <miek@miek.nl>
+
+# Building
+
+Building is done with the `go` tool. If you have setup your GOPATH
+correctly, the following should work:
+
+    go get github.com/miekg/dns
+    go build github.com/miekg/dns
+
+## Examples
+
+A short "how to use the API" is at the beginning of doc.go (this also will show
+when you call `godoc github.com/miekg/dns`).
+
+Example programs can be found in the `github.com/miekg/exdns` repository.
+
+## Supported RFCs
+
+*all of them*
+
+* 103{4,5} - DNS standard
+* 1348 - NSAP record (removed the record)
+* 1982 - Serial Arithmetic
+* 1876 - LOC record
+* 1995 - IXFR
+* 1996 - DNS notify
+* 2136 - DNS Update (dynamic updates)
+* 2181 - RRset definition - there is no RRset type though, just []RR
+* 2537 - RSAMD5 DNS keys
+* 2065 - DNSSEC (updated in later RFCs)
+* 2671 - EDNS record
+* 2782 - SRV record
+* 2845 - TSIG record
+* 2915 - NAPTR record
+* 2929 - DNS IANA Considerations
+* 3110 - RSASHA1 DNS keys
+* 3225 - DO bit (DNSSEC OK)
+* 340{1,2,3} - NAPTR record
+* 3445 - Limiting the scope of (DNS)KEY
+* 3597 - Unknown RRs
+* 403{3,4,5} - DNSSEC + validation functions
+* 4255 - SSHFP record
+* 4343 - Case insensitivity
+* 4408 - SPF record
+* 4509 - SHA256 Hash in DS
+* 4592 - Wildcards in the DNS
+* 4635 - HMAC SHA TSIG
+* 4701 - DHCID
+* 4892 - id.server
+* 5001 - NSID
+* 5155 - NSEC3 record
+* 5205 - HIP record
+* 5702 - SHA2 in the DNS
+* 5936 - AXFR
+* 5966 - TCP implementation recommendations
+* 6605 - ECDSA
+* 6725 - IANA Registry Update
+* 6742 - ILNP DNS
+* 6840 - Clarifications and Implementation Notes for DNS Security
+* 6844 - CAA record
+* 6891 - EDNS0 update
+* 6895 - DNS IANA considerations
+* 6975 - Algorithm Understanding in DNSSEC
+* 7043 - EUI48/EUI64 records
+* 7314 - DNS (EDNS) EXPIRE Option
+* 7553 - URI record
+* 7858 - DNS over TLS: Initiation and Performance Considerations (draft)
+* 7873 - Domain Name System (DNS) Cookies (draft-ietf-dnsop-cookies)
+* xxxx - EDNS0 DNS Update Lease (draft)
+
+## Loosely based upon
+
+* `ldns`
+* `NSD`
+* `Net::DNS`
+* `GRONG`

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+package dns
+
+// A client implementation.
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"time"
+)
+
+const dnsTimeout time.Duration = 2 * time.Second
+const tcpIdleTimeout time.Duration = 8 * time.Second
+
+// A Conn represents a connection to a DNS server.
+type Conn struct {
+	net.Conn                         // a net.Conn holding the connection
+	UDPSize        uint16            // minimum receive buffer for UDP messages
+	TsigSecret     map[string]string // secret(s) for Tsig map[<zonename>]<base64 secret>, zonename must be fully qualified
+	rtt            time.Duration
+	t              time.Time
+	tsigRequestMAC string
+}
+
+// A Client defines parameters for a DNS client.
+type Client struct {
+	Net            string            // if "tcp" or "tcp-tls" (DNS over TLS) a TCP query will be initiated, otherwise an UDP one (default is "" for UDP)
+	UDPSize        uint16            // minimum receive buffer for UDP messages
+	TLSConfig      *tls.Config       // TLS connection configuration
+	Timeout        time.Duration     // a cumulative timeout for dial, write and read, defaults to 0 (disabled) - overrides DialTimeout, ReadTimeout and WriteTimeout when non-zero
+	DialTimeout    time.Duration     // net.DialTimeout, defaults to 2 seconds - overridden by Timeout when that value is non-zero
+	ReadTimeout    time.Duration     // net.Conn.SetReadTimeout value for connections, defaults to 2 seconds - overridden by Timeout when that value is non-zero
+	WriteTimeout   time.Duration     // net.Conn.SetWriteTimeout value for connections, defaults to 2 seconds - overridden by Timeout when that value is non-zero
+	TsigSecret     map[string]string // secret(s) for Tsig map[<zonename>]<base64 secret>, zonename must be fully qualified
+	SingleInflight bool              // if true suppress multiple outstanding queries for the same Qname, Qtype and Qclass
+	group          singleflight
+}
+
+// Exchange performs a synchronous UDP query. It sends the message m to the address
+// contained in a and waits for an reply. Exchange does not retry a failed query, nor
+// will it fall back to TCP in case of truncation.
+// See client.Exchange for more information on setting larger buffer sizes.
+func Exchange(m *Msg, a string) (r *Msg, err error) {
+	var co *Conn
+	co, err = DialTimeout("udp", a, dnsTimeout)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	defer co.Close()
+
+	opt := m.IsEdns0()
+	// If EDNS0 is used use that for size.
+	if opt != nil && opt.UDPSize() >= MinMsgSize {
+		co.UDPSize = opt.UDPSize()
+	}
+
+	co.SetWriteDeadline(time.Now().Add(dnsTimeout))
+	if err = co.WriteMsg(m); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	co.SetReadDeadline(time.Now().Add(dnsTimeout))
+	r, err = co.ReadMsg()
+	if err == nil && r.Id != m.Id {
+		err = ErrId
+	}
+	return r, err
+}
+
+// ExchangeConn performs a synchronous query. It sends the message m via the connection
+// c and waits for a reply. The connection c is not closed by ExchangeConn.
+// This function is going away, but can easily be mimicked:
+//
+//	co := &dns.Conn{Conn: c} // c is your net.Conn
+//	co.WriteMsg(m)
+//	in, _  := co.ReadMsg()
+//	co.Close()
+//
+func ExchangeConn(c net.Conn, m *Msg) (r *Msg, err error) {
+	println("dns: this function is deprecated")
+	co := new(Conn)
+	co.Conn = c
+	if err = co.WriteMsg(m); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	r, err = co.ReadMsg()
+	if err == nil && r.Id != m.Id {
+		err = ErrId
+	}
+	return r, err
+}
+
+// Exchange performs an synchronous query. It sends the message m to the address
+// contained in a and waits for an reply. Basic use pattern with a *dns.Client:
+//
+//	c := new(dns.Client)
+//	in, rtt, err := c.Exchange(message, "127.0.0.1:53")
+//
+// Exchange does not retry a failed query, nor will it fall back to TCP in
+// case of truncation.
+// It is up to the caller to create a message that allows for larger responses to be
+// returned. Specifically this means adding an EDNS0 OPT RR that will advertise a larger
+// buffer, see SetEdns0. Messsages without an OPT RR will fallback to the historic limit
+// of 512 bytes.
+func (c *Client) Exchange(m *Msg, a string) (r *Msg, rtt time.Duration, err error) {
+	if !c.SingleInflight {
+		return c.exchange(m, a)
+	}
+	// This adds a bunch of garbage, TODO(miek).
+	t := "nop"
+	if t1, ok := TypeToString[m.Question[0].Qtype]; ok {
+		t = t1
+	}
+	cl := "nop"
+	if cl1, ok := ClassToString[m.Question[0].Qclass]; ok {
+		cl = cl1
+	}
+	r, rtt, err, shared := c.group.Do(m.Question[0].Name+t+cl, func() (*Msg, time.Duration, error) {
+		return c.exchange(m, a)
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return r, rtt, err
+	}
+	if shared {
+		return r.Copy(), rtt, nil
+	}
+	return r, rtt, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) dialTimeout() time.Duration {
+	if c.Timeout != 0 {
+		return c.Timeout
+	}
+	if c.DialTimeout != 0 {
+		return c.DialTimeout
+	}
+	return dnsTimeout
+}
+
+func (c *Client) readTimeout() time.Duration {
+	if c.ReadTimeout != 0 {
+		return c.ReadTimeout
+	}
+	return dnsTimeout
+}
+
+func (c *Client) writeTimeout() time.Duration {
+	if c.WriteTimeout != 0 {
+		return c.WriteTimeout
+	}
+	return dnsTimeout
+}
+
+func (c *Client) exchange(m *Msg, a string) (r *Msg, rtt time.Duration, err error) {
+	var co *Conn
+	network := "udp"
+	tls := false
+
+	switch c.Net {
+	case "tcp-tls":
+		network = "tcp"
+		tls = true
+	case "tcp4-tls":
+		network = "tcp4"
+		tls = true
+	case "tcp6-tls":
+		network = "tcp6"
+		tls = true
+	default:
+		if c.Net != "" {
+			network = c.Net
+		}
+	}
+
+	var deadline time.Time
+	if c.Timeout != 0 {
+		deadline = time.Now().Add(c.Timeout)
+	}
+
+	if tls {
+		co, err = DialTimeoutWithTLS(network, a, c.TLSConfig, c.dialTimeout())
+	} else {
+		co, err = DialTimeout(network, a, c.dialTimeout())
+	}
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, 0, err
+	}
+	defer co.Close()
+
+	opt := m.IsEdns0()
+	// If EDNS0 is used use that for size.
+	if opt != nil && opt.UDPSize() >= MinMsgSize {
+		co.UDPSize = opt.UDPSize()
+	}
+	// Otherwise use the client's configured UDP size.
+	if opt == nil && c.UDPSize >= MinMsgSize {
+		co.UDPSize = c.UDPSize
+	}
+
+	co.TsigSecret = c.TsigSecret
+	co.SetWriteDeadline(deadlineOrTimeout(deadline, c.writeTimeout()))
+	if err = co.WriteMsg(m); err != nil {
+		return nil, 0, err
+	}
+
+	co.SetReadDeadline(deadlineOrTimeout(deadline, c.readTimeout()))
+	r, err = co.ReadMsg()
+	if err == nil && r.Id != m.Id {
+		err = ErrId
+	}
+	return r, co.rtt, err
+}
+
+// ReadMsg reads a message from the connection co.
+// If the received message contains a TSIG record the transaction
+// signature is verified.
+func (co *Conn) ReadMsg() (*Msg, error) {
+	p, err := co.ReadMsgHeader(nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	m := new(Msg)
+	if err := m.Unpack(p); err != nil {
+		// If ErrTruncated was returned, we still want to allow the user to use
+		// the message, but naively they can just check err if they don't want
+		// to use a truncated message
+		if err == ErrTruncated {
+			return m, err
+		}
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if t := m.IsTsig(); t != nil {
+		if _, ok := co.TsigSecret[t.Hdr.Name]; !ok {
+			return m, ErrSecret
+		}
+		// Need to work on the original message p, as that was used to calculate the tsig.
+		err = TsigVerify(p, co.TsigSecret[t.Hdr.Name], co.tsigRequestMAC, false)
+	}
+	return m, err
+}
+
+// ReadMsgHeader reads a DNS message, parses and populates hdr (when hdr is not nil).
+// Returns message as a byte slice to be parsed with Msg.Unpack later on.
+// Note that error handling on the message body is not possible as only the header is parsed.
+func (co *Conn) ReadMsgHeader(hdr *Header) ([]byte, error) {
+	var (
+		p   []byte
+		n   int
+		err error
+	)
+
+	switch t := co.Conn.(type) {
+	case *net.TCPConn, *tls.Conn:
+		r := t.(io.Reader)
+
+		// First two bytes specify the length of the entire message.
+		l, err := tcpMsgLen(r)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		p = make([]byte, l)
+		n, err = tcpRead(r, p)
+		co.rtt = time.Since(co.t)
+	default:
+		if co.UDPSize > MinMsgSize {
+			p = make([]byte, co.UDPSize)
+		} else {
+			p = make([]byte, MinMsgSize)
+		}
+		n, err = co.Read(p)
+		co.rtt = time.Since(co.t)
+	}
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	} else if n < headerSize {
+		return nil, ErrShortRead
+	}
+
+	p = p[:n]
+	if hdr != nil {
+		dh, _, err := unpackMsgHdr(p, 0)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		*hdr = dh
+	}
+	return p, err
+}
+
+// tcpMsgLen is a helper func to read first two bytes of stream as uint16 packet length.
+func tcpMsgLen(t io.Reader) (int, error) {
+	p := []byte{0, 0}
+	n, err := t.Read(p)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	if n != 2 {
+		return 0, ErrShortRead
+	}
+	l := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(p)
+	if l == 0 {
+		return 0, ErrShortRead
+	}
+	return int(l), nil
+}
+
+// tcpRead calls TCPConn.Read enough times to fill allocated buffer.
+func tcpRead(t io.Reader, p []byte) (int, error) {
+	n, err := t.Read(p)
+	if err != nil {
+		return n, err
+	}
+	for n < len(p) {
+		j, err := t.Read(p[n:])
+		if err != nil {
+			return n, err
+		}
+		n += j
+	}
+	return n, err
+}
+
+// Read implements the net.Conn read method.
+func (co *Conn) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
+	if co.Conn == nil {
+		return 0, ErrConnEmpty
+	}
+	if len(p) < 2 {
+		return 0, io.ErrShortBuffer
+	}
+	switch t := co.Conn.(type) {
+	case *net.TCPConn, *tls.Conn:
+		r := t.(io.Reader)
+
+		l, err := tcpMsgLen(r)
+		if err != nil {
+			return 0, err
+		}
+		if l > len(p) {
+			return int(l), io.ErrShortBuffer
+		}
+		return tcpRead(r, p[:l])
+	}
+	// UDP connection
+	n, err = co.Conn.Read(p)
+	if err != nil {
+		return n, err
+	}
+	return n, err
+}
+
+// WriteMsg sends a message through the connection co.
+// If the message m contains a TSIG record the transaction
+// signature is calculated.
+func (co *Conn) WriteMsg(m *Msg) (err error) {
+	var out []byte
+	if t := m.IsTsig(); t != nil {
+		mac := ""
+		if _, ok := co.TsigSecret[t.Hdr.Name]; !ok {
+			return ErrSecret
+		}
+		out, mac, err = TsigGenerate(m, co.TsigSecret[t.Hdr.Name], co.tsigRequestMAC, false)
+		// Set for the next read, although only used in zone transfers
+		co.tsigRequestMAC = mac
+	} else {
+		out, err = m.Pack()
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	co.t = time.Now()
+	if _, err = co.Write(out); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Write implements the net.Conn Write method.
+func (co *Conn) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
+	switch t := co.Conn.(type) {
+	case *net.TCPConn, *tls.Conn:
+		w := t.(io.Writer)
+
+		lp := len(p)
+		if lp < 2 {
+			return 0, io.ErrShortBuffer
+		}
+		if lp > MaxMsgSize {
+			return 0, &Error{err: "message too large"}
+		}
+		l := make([]byte, 2, lp+2)
+		binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(l, uint16(lp))
+		p = append(l, p...)
+		n, err := io.Copy(w, bytes.NewReader(p))
+		return int(n), err
+	}
+	n, err = co.Conn.(*net.UDPConn).Write(p)
+	return n, err
+}
+
+// Dial connects to the address on the named network.
+func Dial(network, address string) (conn *Conn, err error) {
+	conn = new(Conn)
+	conn.Conn, err = net.Dial(network, address)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return conn, nil
+}
+
+// DialTimeout acts like Dial but takes a timeout.
+func DialTimeout(network, address string, timeout time.Duration) (conn *Conn, err error) {
+	conn = new(Conn)
+	conn.Conn, err = net.DialTimeout(network, address, timeout)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return conn, nil
+}
+
+// DialWithTLS connects to the address on the named network with TLS.
+func DialWithTLS(network, address string, tlsConfig *tls.Config) (conn *Conn, err error) {
+	conn = new(Conn)
+	conn.Conn, err = tls.Dial(network, address, tlsConfig)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return conn, nil
+}
+
+// DialTimeoutWithTLS acts like DialWithTLS but takes a timeout.
+func DialTimeoutWithTLS(network, address string, tlsConfig *tls.Config, timeout time.Duration) (conn *Conn, err error) {
+	var dialer net.Dialer
+	dialer.Timeout = timeout
+
+	conn = new(Conn)
+	conn.Conn, err = tls.DialWithDialer(&dialer, network, address, tlsConfig)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return conn, nil
+}
+
+func deadlineOrTimeout(deadline time.Time, timeout time.Duration) time.Time {
+	if deadline.IsZero() {
+		return time.Now().Add(timeout)
+	}
+	return deadline
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/clientconfig.go

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"bufio"
+	"os"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// ClientConfig wraps the contents of the /etc/resolv.conf file.
+type ClientConfig struct {
+	Servers  []string // servers to use
+	Search   []string // suffixes to append to local name
+	Port     string   // what port to use
+	Ndots    int      // number of dots in name to trigger absolute lookup
+	Timeout  int      // seconds before giving up on packet
+	Attempts int      // lost packets before giving up on server, not used in the package dns
+}
+
+// ClientConfigFromFile parses a resolv.conf(5) like file and returns
+// a *ClientConfig.
+func ClientConfigFromFile(resolvconf string) (*ClientConfig, error) {
+	file, err := os.Open(resolvconf)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer file.Close()
+	c := new(ClientConfig)
+	scanner := bufio.NewScanner(file)
+	c.Servers = make([]string, 0)
+	c.Search = make([]string, 0)
+	c.Port = "53"
+	c.Ndots = 1
+	c.Timeout = 5
+	c.Attempts = 2
+
+	for scanner.Scan() {
+		if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		line := scanner.Text()
+		f := strings.Fields(line)
+		if len(f) < 1 {
+			continue
+		}
+		switch f[0] {
+		case "nameserver": // add one name server
+			if len(f) > 1 {
+				// One more check: make sure server name is
+				// just an IP address.  Otherwise we need DNS
+				// to look it up.
+				name := f[1]
+				c.Servers = append(c.Servers, name)
+			}
+
+		case "domain": // set search path to just this domain
+			if len(f) > 1 {
+				c.Search = make([]string, 1)
+				c.Search[0] = f[1]
+			} else {
+				c.Search = make([]string, 0)
+			}
+
+		case "search": // set search path to given servers
+			c.Search = make([]string, len(f)-1)
+			for i := 0; i < len(c.Search); i++ {
+				c.Search[i] = f[i+1]
+			}
+
+		case "options": // magic options
+			for i := 1; i < len(f); i++ {
+				s := f[i]
+				switch {
+				case len(s) >= 6 && s[:6] == "ndots:":
+					n, _ := strconv.Atoi(s[6:])
+					if n < 1 {
+						n = 1
+					}
+					c.Ndots = n
+				case len(s) >= 8 && s[:8] == "timeout:":
+					n, _ := strconv.Atoi(s[8:])
+					if n < 1 {
+						n = 1
+					}
+					c.Timeout = n
+				case len(s) >= 8 && s[:9] == "attempts:":
+					n, _ := strconv.Atoi(s[9:])
+					if n < 1 {
+						n = 1
+					}
+					c.Attempts = n
+				case s == "rotate":
+					/* not imp */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return c, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/defaults.go

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"net"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+const hexDigit = "0123456789abcdef"
+
+// Everything is assumed in ClassINET.
+
+// SetReply creates a reply message from a request message.
+func (dns *Msg) SetReply(request *Msg) *Msg {
+	dns.Id = request.Id
+	dns.RecursionDesired = request.RecursionDesired // Copy rd bit
+	dns.Response = true
+	dns.Opcode = OpcodeQuery
+	dns.Rcode = RcodeSuccess
+	if len(request.Question) > 0 {
+		dns.Question = make([]Question, 1)
+		dns.Question[0] = request.Question[0]
+	}
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetQuestion creates a question message, it sets the Question
+// section, generates an Id and sets the RecursionDesired (RD)
+// bit to true.
+func (dns *Msg) SetQuestion(z string, t uint16) *Msg {
+	dns.Id = Id()
+	dns.RecursionDesired = true
+	dns.Question = make([]Question, 1)
+	dns.Question[0] = Question{z, t, ClassINET}
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetNotify creates a notify message, it sets the Question
+// section, generates an Id and sets the Authoritative (AA)
+// bit to true.
+func (dns *Msg) SetNotify(z string) *Msg {
+	dns.Opcode = OpcodeNotify
+	dns.Authoritative = true
+	dns.Id = Id()
+	dns.Question = make([]Question, 1)
+	dns.Question[0] = Question{z, TypeSOA, ClassINET}
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetRcode creates an error message suitable for the request.
+func (dns *Msg) SetRcode(request *Msg, rcode int) *Msg {
+	dns.SetReply(request)
+	dns.Rcode = rcode
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetRcodeFormatError creates a message with FormError set.
+func (dns *Msg) SetRcodeFormatError(request *Msg) *Msg {
+	dns.Rcode = RcodeFormatError
+	dns.Opcode = OpcodeQuery
+	dns.Response = true
+	dns.Authoritative = false
+	dns.Id = request.Id
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetUpdate makes the message a dynamic update message. It
+// sets the ZONE section to: z, TypeSOA, ClassINET.
+func (dns *Msg) SetUpdate(z string) *Msg {
+	dns.Id = Id()
+	dns.Response = false
+	dns.Opcode = OpcodeUpdate
+	dns.Compress = false // BIND9 cannot handle compression
+	dns.Question = make([]Question, 1)
+	dns.Question[0] = Question{z, TypeSOA, ClassINET}
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetIxfr creates message for requesting an IXFR.
+func (dns *Msg) SetIxfr(z string, serial uint32, ns, mbox string) *Msg {
+	dns.Id = Id()
+	dns.Question = make([]Question, 1)
+	dns.Ns = make([]RR, 1)
+	s := new(SOA)
+	s.Hdr = RR_Header{z, TypeSOA, ClassINET, defaultTtl, 0}
+	s.Serial = serial
+	s.Ns = ns
+	s.Mbox = mbox
+	dns.Question[0] = Question{z, TypeIXFR, ClassINET}
+	dns.Ns[0] = s
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetAxfr creates message for requesting an AXFR.
+func (dns *Msg) SetAxfr(z string) *Msg {
+	dns.Id = Id()
+	dns.Question = make([]Question, 1)
+	dns.Question[0] = Question{z, TypeAXFR, ClassINET}
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetTsig appends a TSIG RR to the message.
+// This is only a skeleton TSIG RR that is added as the last RR in the
+// additional section. The Tsig is calculated when the message is being send.
+func (dns *Msg) SetTsig(z, algo string, fudge, timesigned int64) *Msg {
+	t := new(TSIG)
+	t.Hdr = RR_Header{z, TypeTSIG, ClassANY, 0, 0}
+	t.Algorithm = algo
+	t.Fudge = 300
+	t.TimeSigned = uint64(timesigned)
+	t.OrigId = dns.Id
+	dns.Extra = append(dns.Extra, t)
+	return dns
+}
+
+// SetEdns0 appends a EDNS0 OPT RR to the message.
+// TSIG should always the last RR in a message.
+func (dns *Msg) SetEdns0(udpsize uint16, do bool) *Msg {
+	e := new(OPT)
+	e.Hdr.Name = "."
+	e.Hdr.Rrtype = TypeOPT
+	e.SetUDPSize(udpsize)
+	if do {
+		e.SetDo()
+	}
+	dns.Extra = append(dns.Extra, e)
+	return dns
+}
+
+// IsTsig checks if the message has a TSIG record as the last record
+// in the additional section. It returns the TSIG record found or nil.
+func (dns *Msg) IsTsig() *TSIG {
+	if len(dns.Extra) > 0 {
+		if dns.Extra[len(dns.Extra)-1].Header().Rrtype == TypeTSIG {
+			return dns.Extra[len(dns.Extra)-1].(*TSIG)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// IsEdns0 checks if the message has a EDNS0 (OPT) record, any EDNS0
+// record in the additional section will do. It returns the OPT record
+// found or nil.
+func (dns *Msg) IsEdns0() *OPT {
+	// EDNS0 is at the end of the additional section, start there.
+	// We might want to change this to *only* look at the last two
+	// records. So we see TSIG and/or OPT - this a slightly bigger
+	// change though.
+	for i := len(dns.Extra) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+		if dns.Extra[i].Header().Rrtype == TypeOPT {
+			return dns.Extra[i].(*OPT)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// IsDomainName checks if s is a valid domain name, it returns the number of
+// labels and true, when a domain name is valid.  Note that non fully qualified
+// domain name is considered valid, in this case the last label is counted in
+// the number of labels.  When false is returned the number of labels is not
+// defined.  Also note that this function is extremely liberal; almost any
+// string is a valid domain name as the DNS is 8 bit protocol. It checks if each
+// label fits in 63 characters, but there is no length check for the entire
+// string s. I.e.  a domain name longer than 255 characters is considered valid.
+func IsDomainName(s string) (labels int, ok bool) {
+	_, labels, err := packDomainName(s, nil, 0, nil, false)
+	return labels, err == nil
+}
+
+// IsSubDomain checks if child is indeed a child of the parent. If child and parent
+// are the same domain true is returned as well.
+func IsSubDomain(parent, child string) bool {
+	// Entire child is contained in parent
+	return CompareDomainName(parent, child) == CountLabel(parent)
+}
+
+// IsMsg sanity checks buf and returns an error if it isn't a valid DNS packet.
+// The checking is performed on the binary payload.
+func IsMsg(buf []byte) error {
+	// Header
+	if len(buf) < 12 {
+		return errors.New("dns: bad message header")
+	}
+	// Header: Opcode
+	// TODO(miek): more checks here, e.g. check all header bits.
+	return nil
+}
+
+// IsFqdn checks if a domain name is fully qualified.
+func IsFqdn(s string) bool {
+	l := len(s)
+	if l == 0 {
+		return false
+	}
+	return s[l-1] == '.'
+}
+
+// IsRRset checks if a set of RRs is a valid RRset as defined by RFC 2181.
+// This means the RRs need to have the same type, name, and class. Returns true
+// if the RR set is valid, otherwise false.
+func IsRRset(rrset []RR) bool {
+	if len(rrset) == 0 {
+		return false
+	}
+	if len(rrset) == 1 {
+		return true
+	}
+	rrHeader := rrset[0].Header()
+	rrType := rrHeader.Rrtype
+	rrClass := rrHeader.Class
+	rrName := rrHeader.Name
+
+	for _, rr := range rrset[1:] {
+		curRRHeader := rr.Header()
+		if curRRHeader.Rrtype != rrType || curRRHeader.Class != rrClass || curRRHeader.Name != rrName {
+			// Mismatch between the records, so this is not a valid rrset for
+			//signing/verifying
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// Fqdn return the fully qualified domain name from s.
+// If s is already fully qualified, it behaves as the identity function.
+func Fqdn(s string) string {
+	if IsFqdn(s) {
+		return s
+	}
+	return s + "."
+}
+
+// Copied from the official Go code.
+
+// ReverseAddr returns the in-addr.arpa. or ip6.arpa. hostname of the IP
+// address suitable for reverse DNS (PTR) record lookups or an error if it fails
+// to parse the IP address.
+func ReverseAddr(addr string) (arpa string, err error) {
+	ip := net.ParseIP(addr)
+	if ip == nil {
+		return "", &Error{err: "unrecognized address: " + addr}
+	}
+	if ip.To4() != nil {
+		return strconv.Itoa(int(ip[15])) + "." + strconv.Itoa(int(ip[14])) + "." + strconv.Itoa(int(ip[13])) + "." +
+			strconv.Itoa(int(ip[12])) + ".in-addr.arpa.", nil
+	}
+	// Must be IPv6
+	buf := make([]byte, 0, len(ip)*4+len("ip6.arpa."))
+	// Add it, in reverse, to the buffer
+	for i := len(ip) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+		v := ip[i]
+		buf = append(buf, hexDigit[v&0xF])
+		buf = append(buf, '.')
+		buf = append(buf, hexDigit[v>>4])
+		buf = append(buf, '.')
+	}
+	// Append "ip6.arpa." and return (buf already has the final .)
+	buf = append(buf, "ip6.arpa."...)
+	return string(buf), nil
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation for the type t.
+func (t Type) String() string {
+	if t1, ok := TypeToString[uint16(t)]; ok {
+		return t1
+	}
+	return "TYPE" + strconv.Itoa(int(t))
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation for the class c.
+func (c Class) String() string {
+	if c1, ok := ClassToString[uint16(c)]; ok {
+		return c1
+	}
+	return "CLASS" + strconv.Itoa(int(c))
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation for the name n.
+func (n Name) String() string {
+	return sprintName(string(n))
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/dns.go

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+package dns
+
+import "strconv"
+
+const (
+	year68     = 1 << 31 // For RFC1982 (Serial Arithmetic) calculations in 32 bits.
+	defaultTtl = 3600    // Default internal TTL.
+
+	DefaultMsgSize = 4096  // DefaultMsgSize is the standard default for messages larger than 512 bytes.
+	MinMsgSize     = 512   // MinMsgSize is the minimal size of a DNS packet.
+	MaxMsgSize     = 65535 // MaxMsgSize is the largest possible DNS packet.
+)
+
+// Error represents a DNS error.
+type Error struct{ err string }
+
+func (e *Error) Error() string {
+	if e == nil {
+		return "dns: <nil>"
+	}
+	return "dns: " + e.err
+}
+
+// An RR represents a resource record.
+type RR interface {
+	// Header returns the header of an resource record. The header contains
+	// everything up to the rdata.
+	Header() *RR_Header
+	// String returns the text representation of the resource record.
+	String() string
+
+	// copy returns a copy of the RR
+	copy() RR
+	// len returns the length (in octets) of the uncompressed RR in wire format.
+	len() int
+	// pack packs an RR into wire format.
+	pack([]byte, int, map[string]int, bool) (int, error)
+}
+
+// RR_Header is the header all DNS resource records share.
+type RR_Header struct {
+	Name     string `dns:"cdomain-name"`
+	Rrtype   uint16
+	Class    uint16
+	Ttl      uint32
+	Rdlength uint16 // Length of data after header.
+}
+
+// Header returns itself. This is here to make RR_Header implements the RR interface.
+func (h *RR_Header) Header() *RR_Header { return h }
+
+// Just to implement the RR interface.
+func (h *RR_Header) copy() RR { return nil }
+
+func (h *RR_Header) copyHeader() *RR_Header {
+	r := new(RR_Header)
+	r.Name = h.Name
+	r.Rrtype = h.Rrtype
+	r.Class = h.Class
+	r.Ttl = h.Ttl
+	r.Rdlength = h.Rdlength
+	return r
+}
+
+func (h *RR_Header) String() string {
+	var s string
+
+	if h.Rrtype == TypeOPT {
+		s = ";"
+		// and maybe other things
+	}
+
+	s += sprintName(h.Name) + "\t"
+	s += strconv.FormatInt(int64(h.Ttl), 10) + "\t"
+	s += Class(h.Class).String() + "\t"
+	s += Type(h.Rrtype).String() + "\t"
+	return s
+}
+
+func (h *RR_Header) len() int {
+	l := len(h.Name) + 1
+	l += 10 // rrtype(2) + class(2) + ttl(4) + rdlength(2)
+	return l
+}
+
+// ToRFC3597 converts a known RR to the unknown RR representation from RFC 3597.
+func (rr *RFC3597) ToRFC3597(r RR) error {
+	buf := make([]byte, r.len()*2)
+	off, err := PackRR(r, buf, 0, nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	buf = buf[:off]
+	if int(r.Header().Rdlength) > off {
+		return ErrBuf
+	}
+
+	rfc3597, _, err := unpackRFC3597(*r.Header(), buf, off-int(r.Header().Rdlength))
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	*rr = *rfc3597.(*RFC3597)
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/dnssec.go

@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto"
+	"crypto/dsa"
+	"crypto/ecdsa"
+	"crypto/elliptic"
+	_ "crypto/md5"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/rsa"
+	_ "crypto/sha1"
+	_ "crypto/sha256"
+	_ "crypto/sha512"
+	"encoding/asn1"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"math/big"
+	"sort"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// DNSSEC encryption algorithm codes.
+const (
+	_ uint8 = iota
+	RSAMD5
+	DH
+	DSA
+	_ // Skip 4, RFC 6725, section 2.1
+	RSASHA1
+	DSANSEC3SHA1
+	RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1
+	RSASHA256
+	_ // Skip 9, RFC 6725, section 2.1
+	RSASHA512
+	_ // Skip 11, RFC 6725, section 2.1
+	ECCGOST
+	ECDSAP256SHA256
+	ECDSAP384SHA384
+	INDIRECT   uint8 = 252
+	PRIVATEDNS uint8 = 253 // Private (experimental keys)
+	PRIVATEOID uint8 = 254
+)
+
+// Map for algorithm names.
+var AlgorithmToString = map[uint8]string{
+	RSAMD5:           "RSAMD5",
+	DH:               "DH",
+	DSA:              "DSA",
+	RSASHA1:          "RSASHA1",
+	DSANSEC3SHA1:     "DSA-NSEC3-SHA1",
+	RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1: "RSASHA1-NSEC3-SHA1",
+	RSASHA256:        "RSASHA256",
+	RSASHA512:        "RSASHA512",
+	ECCGOST:          "ECC-GOST",
+	ECDSAP256SHA256:  "ECDSAP256SHA256",
+	ECDSAP384SHA384:  "ECDSAP384SHA384",
+	INDIRECT:         "INDIRECT",
+	PRIVATEDNS:       "PRIVATEDNS",
+	PRIVATEOID:       "PRIVATEOID",
+}
+
+// Map of algorithm strings.
+var StringToAlgorithm = reverseInt8(AlgorithmToString)
+
+// Map of algorithm crypto hashes.
+var AlgorithmToHash = map[uint8]crypto.Hash{
+	RSAMD5:           crypto.MD5, // Deprecated in RFC 6725
+	RSASHA1:          crypto.SHA1,
+	RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1: crypto.SHA1,
+	RSASHA256:        crypto.SHA256,
+	ECDSAP256SHA256:  crypto.SHA256,
+	ECDSAP384SHA384:  crypto.SHA384,
+	RSASHA512:        crypto.SHA512,
+}
+
+// DNSSEC hashing algorithm codes.
+const (
+	_      uint8 = iota
+	SHA1         // RFC 4034
+	SHA256       // RFC 4509
+	GOST94       // RFC 5933
+	SHA384       // Experimental
+	SHA512       // Experimental
+)
+
+// Map for hash names.
+var HashToString = map[uint8]string{
+	SHA1:   "SHA1",
+	SHA256: "SHA256",
+	GOST94: "GOST94",
+	SHA384: "SHA384",
+	SHA512: "SHA512",
+}
+
+// Map of hash strings.
+var StringToHash = reverseInt8(HashToString)
+
+// DNSKEY flag values.
+const (
+	SEP    = 1
+	REVOKE = 1 << 7
+	ZONE   = 1 << 8
+)
+
+// The RRSIG needs to be converted to wireformat with some of the rdata (the signature) missing.
+type rrsigWireFmt struct {
+	TypeCovered uint16
+	Algorithm   uint8
+	Labels      uint8
+	OrigTtl     uint32
+	Expiration  uint32
+	Inception   uint32
+	KeyTag      uint16
+	SignerName  string `dns:"domain-name"`
+	/* No Signature */
+}
+
+// Used for converting DNSKEY's rdata to wirefmt.
+type dnskeyWireFmt struct {
+	Flags     uint16
+	Protocol  uint8
+	Algorithm uint8
+	PublicKey string `dns:"base64"`
+	/* Nothing is left out */
+}
+
+func divRoundUp(a, b int) int {
+	return (a + b - 1) / b
+}
+
+// KeyTag calculates the keytag (or key-id) of the DNSKEY.
+func (k *DNSKEY) KeyTag() uint16 {
+	if k == nil {
+		return 0
+	}
+	var keytag int
+	switch k.Algorithm {
+	case RSAMD5:
+		// Look at the bottom two bytes of the modules, which the last
+		// item in the pubkey. We could do this faster by looking directly
+		// at the base64 values. But I'm lazy.
+		modulus, _ := fromBase64([]byte(k.PublicKey))
+		if len(modulus) > 1 {
+			x := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(modulus[len(modulus)-2:])
+			keytag = int(x)
+		}
+	default:
+		keywire := new(dnskeyWireFmt)
+		keywire.Flags = k.Flags
+		keywire.Protocol = k.Protocol
+		keywire.Algorithm = k.Algorithm
+		keywire.PublicKey = k.PublicKey
+		wire := make([]byte, DefaultMsgSize)
+		n, err := packKeyWire(keywire, wire)
+		if err != nil {
+			return 0
+		}
+		wire = wire[:n]
+		for i, v := range wire {
+			if i&1 != 0 {
+				keytag += int(v) // must be larger than uint32
+			} else {
+				keytag += int(v) << 8
+			}
+		}
+		keytag += (keytag >> 16) & 0xFFFF
+		keytag &= 0xFFFF
+	}
+	return uint16(keytag)
+}
+
+// ToDS converts a DNSKEY record to a DS record.
+func (k *DNSKEY) ToDS(h uint8) *DS {
+	if k == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	ds := new(DS)
+	ds.Hdr.Name = k.Hdr.Name
+	ds.Hdr.Class = k.Hdr.Class
+	ds.Hdr.Rrtype = TypeDS
+	ds.Hdr.Ttl = k.Hdr.Ttl
+	ds.Algorithm = k.Algorithm
+	ds.DigestType = h
+	ds.KeyTag = k.KeyTag()
+
+	keywire := new(dnskeyWireFmt)
+	keywire.Flags = k.Flags
+	keywire.Protocol = k.Protocol
+	keywire.Algorithm = k.Algorithm
+	keywire.PublicKey = k.PublicKey
+	wire := make([]byte, DefaultMsgSize)
+	n, err := packKeyWire(keywire, wire)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	wire = wire[:n]
+
+	owner := make([]byte, 255)
+	off, err1 := PackDomainName(strings.ToLower(k.Hdr.Name), owner, 0, nil, false)
+	if err1 != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	owner = owner[:off]
+	// RFC4034:
+	// digest = digest_algorithm( DNSKEY owner name | DNSKEY RDATA);
+	// "|" denotes concatenation
+	// DNSKEY RDATA = Flags | Protocol | Algorithm | Public Key.
+
+	// digest buffer
+	digest := append(owner, wire...) // another copy
+
+	var hash crypto.Hash
+	switch h {
+	case SHA1:
+		hash = crypto.SHA1
+	case SHA256:
+		hash = crypto.SHA256
+	case SHA384:
+		hash = crypto.SHA384
+	case SHA512:
+		hash = crypto.SHA512
+	default:
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	s := hash.New()
+	s.Write(digest)
+	ds.Digest = hex.EncodeToString(s.Sum(nil))
+	return ds
+}
+
+// ToCDNSKEY converts a DNSKEY record to a CDNSKEY record.
+func (k *DNSKEY) ToCDNSKEY() *CDNSKEY {
+	c := &CDNSKEY{DNSKEY: *k}
+	c.Hdr = *k.Hdr.copyHeader()
+	c.Hdr.Rrtype = TypeCDNSKEY
+	return c
+}
+
+// ToCDS converts a DS record to a CDS record.
+func (d *DS) ToCDS() *CDS {
+	c := &CDS{DS: *d}
+	c.Hdr = *d.Hdr.copyHeader()
+	c.Hdr.Rrtype = TypeCDS
+	return c
+}
+
+// Sign signs an RRSet. The signature needs to be filled in with the values:
+// Inception, Expiration, KeyTag, SignerName and Algorithm.  The rest is copied
+// from the RRset. Sign returns a non-nill error when the signing went OK.
+// There is no check if RRSet is a proper (RFC 2181) RRSet.  If OrigTTL is non
+// zero, it is used as-is, otherwise the TTL of the RRset is used as the
+// OrigTTL.
+func (rr *RRSIG) Sign(k crypto.Signer, rrset []RR) error {
+	if k == nil {
+		return ErrPrivKey
+	}
+	// s.Inception and s.Expiration may be 0 (rollover etc.), the rest must be set
+	if rr.KeyTag == 0 || len(rr.SignerName) == 0 || rr.Algorithm == 0 {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+
+	rr.Hdr.Rrtype = TypeRRSIG
+	rr.Hdr.Name = rrset[0].Header().Name
+	rr.Hdr.Class = rrset[0].Header().Class
+	if rr.OrigTtl == 0 { // If set don't override
+		rr.OrigTtl = rrset[0].Header().Ttl
+	}
+	rr.TypeCovered = rrset[0].Header().Rrtype
+	rr.Labels = uint8(CountLabel(rrset[0].Header().Name))
+
+	if strings.HasPrefix(rrset[0].Header().Name, "*") {
+		rr.Labels-- // wildcard, remove from label count
+	}
+
+	sigwire := new(rrsigWireFmt)
+	sigwire.TypeCovered = rr.TypeCovered
+	sigwire.Algorithm = rr.Algorithm
+	sigwire.Labels = rr.Labels
+	sigwire.OrigTtl = rr.OrigTtl
+	sigwire.Expiration = rr.Expiration
+	sigwire.Inception = rr.Inception
+	sigwire.KeyTag = rr.KeyTag
+	// For signing, lowercase this name
+	sigwire.SignerName = strings.ToLower(rr.SignerName)
+
+	// Create the desired binary blob
+	signdata := make([]byte, DefaultMsgSize)
+	n, err := packSigWire(sigwire, signdata)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	signdata = signdata[:n]
+	wire, err := rawSignatureData(rrset, rr)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	signdata = append(signdata, wire...)
+
+	hash, ok := AlgorithmToHash[rr.Algorithm]
+	if !ok {
+		return ErrAlg
+	}
+
+	h := hash.New()
+	h.Write(signdata)
+
+	signature, err := sign(k, h.Sum(nil), hash, rr.Algorithm)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	rr.Signature = toBase64(signature)
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func sign(k crypto.Signer, hashed []byte, hash crypto.Hash, alg uint8) ([]byte, error) {
+	signature, err := k.Sign(rand.Reader, hashed, hash)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	switch alg {
+	case RSASHA1, RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA512:
+		return signature, nil
+
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		ecdsaSignature := &struct {
+			R, S *big.Int
+		}{}
+		if _, err := asn1.Unmarshal(signature, ecdsaSignature); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		var intlen int
+		switch alg {
+		case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+			intlen = 32
+		case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+			intlen = 48
+		}
+
+		signature := intToBytes(ecdsaSignature.R, intlen)
+		signature = append(signature, intToBytes(ecdsaSignature.S, intlen)...)
+		return signature, nil
+
+	// There is no defined interface for what a DSA backed crypto.Signer returns
+	case DSA, DSANSEC3SHA1:
+		// 	t := divRoundUp(divRoundUp(p.PublicKey.Y.BitLen(), 8)-64, 8)
+		// 	signature := []byte{byte(t)}
+		// 	signature = append(signature, intToBytes(r1, 20)...)
+		// 	signature = append(signature, intToBytes(s1, 20)...)
+		// 	rr.Signature = signature
+	}
+
+	return nil, ErrAlg
+}
+
+// Verify validates an RRSet with the signature and key. This is only the
+// cryptographic test, the signature validity period must be checked separately.
+// This function copies the rdata of some RRs (to lowercase domain names) for the validation to work.
+func (rr *RRSIG) Verify(k *DNSKEY, rrset []RR) error {
+	// First the easy checks
+	if !IsRRset(rrset) {
+		return ErrRRset
+	}
+	if rr.KeyTag != k.KeyTag() {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+	if rr.Hdr.Class != k.Hdr.Class {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+	if rr.Algorithm != k.Algorithm {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+	if strings.ToLower(rr.SignerName) != strings.ToLower(k.Hdr.Name) {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+	if k.Protocol != 3 {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+
+	// IsRRset checked that we have at least one RR and that the RRs in
+	// the set have consistent type, class, and name. Also check that type and
+	// class matches the RRSIG record.
+	if rrset[0].Header().Class != rr.Hdr.Class {
+		return ErrRRset
+	}
+	if rrset[0].Header().Rrtype != rr.TypeCovered {
+		return ErrRRset
+	}
+
+	// RFC 4035 5.3.2.  Reconstructing the Signed Data
+	// Copy the sig, except the rrsig data
+	sigwire := new(rrsigWireFmt)
+	sigwire.TypeCovered = rr.TypeCovered
+	sigwire.Algorithm = rr.Algorithm
+	sigwire.Labels = rr.Labels
+	sigwire.OrigTtl = rr.OrigTtl
+	sigwire.Expiration = rr.Expiration
+	sigwire.Inception = rr.Inception
+	sigwire.KeyTag = rr.KeyTag
+	sigwire.SignerName = strings.ToLower(rr.SignerName)
+	// Create the desired binary blob
+	signeddata := make([]byte, DefaultMsgSize)
+	n, err := packSigWire(sigwire, signeddata)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	signeddata = signeddata[:n]
+	wire, err := rawSignatureData(rrset, rr)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	signeddata = append(signeddata, wire...)
+
+	sigbuf := rr.sigBuf()           // Get the binary signature data
+	if rr.Algorithm == PRIVATEDNS { // PRIVATEOID
+		// TODO(miek)
+		// remove the domain name and assume its ours?
+	}
+
+	hash, ok := AlgorithmToHash[rr.Algorithm]
+	if !ok {
+		return ErrAlg
+	}
+
+	switch rr.Algorithm {
+	case RSASHA1, RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA512, RSAMD5:
+		// TODO(mg): this can be done quicker, ie. cache the pubkey data somewhere??
+		pubkey := k.publicKeyRSA() // Get the key
+		if pubkey == nil {
+			return ErrKey
+		}
+
+		h := hash.New()
+		h.Write(signeddata)
+		return rsa.VerifyPKCS1v15(pubkey, hash, h.Sum(nil), sigbuf)
+
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		pubkey := k.publicKeyECDSA()
+		if pubkey == nil {
+			return ErrKey
+		}
+
+		// Split sigbuf into the r and s coordinates
+		r := new(big.Int).SetBytes(sigbuf[:len(sigbuf)/2])
+		s := new(big.Int).SetBytes(sigbuf[len(sigbuf)/2:])
+
+		h := hash.New()
+		h.Write(signeddata)
+		if ecdsa.Verify(pubkey, h.Sum(nil), r, s) {
+			return nil
+		}
+		return ErrSig
+
+	default:
+		return ErrAlg
+	}
+}
+
+// ValidityPeriod uses RFC1982 serial arithmetic to calculate
+// if a signature period is valid. If t is the zero time, the
+// current time is taken other t is. Returns true if the signature
+// is valid at the given time, otherwise returns false.
+func (rr *RRSIG) ValidityPeriod(t time.Time) bool {
+	var utc int64
+	if t.IsZero() {
+		utc = time.Now().UTC().Unix()
+	} else {
+		utc = t.UTC().Unix()
+	}
+	modi := (int64(rr.Inception) - utc) / year68
+	mode := (int64(rr.Expiration) - utc) / year68
+	ti := int64(rr.Inception) + (modi * year68)
+	te := int64(rr.Expiration) + (mode * year68)
+	return ti <= utc && utc <= te
+}
+
+// Return the signatures base64 encodedig sigdata as a byte slice.
+func (rr *RRSIG) sigBuf() []byte {
+	sigbuf, err := fromBase64([]byte(rr.Signature))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return sigbuf
+}
+
+// publicKeyRSA returns the RSA public key from a DNSKEY record.
+func (k *DNSKEY) publicKeyRSA() *rsa.PublicKey {
+	keybuf, err := fromBase64([]byte(k.PublicKey))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// RFC 2537/3110, section 2. RSA Public KEY Resource Records
+	// Length is in the 0th byte, unless its zero, then it
+	// it in bytes 1 and 2 and its a 16 bit number
+	explen := uint16(keybuf[0])
+	keyoff := 1
+	if explen == 0 {
+		explen = uint16(keybuf[1])<<8 | uint16(keybuf[2])
+		keyoff = 3
+	}
+	pubkey := new(rsa.PublicKey)
+
+	pubkey.N = big.NewInt(0)
+	shift := uint64((explen - 1) * 8)
+	expo := uint64(0)
+	for i := int(explen - 1); i > 0; i-- {
+		expo += uint64(keybuf[keyoff+i]) << shift
+		shift -= 8
+	}
+	// Remainder
+	expo += uint64(keybuf[keyoff])
+	if expo > 2<<31 {
+		// Larger expo than supported.
+		// println("dns: F5 primes (or larger) are not supported")
+		return nil
+	}
+	pubkey.E = int(expo)
+
+	pubkey.N.SetBytes(keybuf[keyoff+int(explen):])
+	return pubkey
+}
+
+// publicKeyECDSA returns the Curve public key from the DNSKEY record.
+func (k *DNSKEY) publicKeyECDSA() *ecdsa.PublicKey {
+	keybuf, err := fromBase64([]byte(k.PublicKey))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	pubkey := new(ecdsa.PublicKey)
+	switch k.Algorithm {
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+		pubkey.Curve = elliptic.P256()
+		if len(keybuf) != 64 {
+			// wrongly encoded key
+			return nil
+		}
+	case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		pubkey.Curve = elliptic.P384()
+		if len(keybuf) != 96 {
+			// Wrongly encoded key
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	pubkey.X = big.NewInt(0)
+	pubkey.X.SetBytes(keybuf[:len(keybuf)/2])
+	pubkey.Y = big.NewInt(0)
+	pubkey.Y.SetBytes(keybuf[len(keybuf)/2:])
+	return pubkey
+}
+
+func (k *DNSKEY) publicKeyDSA() *dsa.PublicKey {
+	keybuf, err := fromBase64([]byte(k.PublicKey))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if len(keybuf) < 22 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	t, keybuf := int(keybuf[0]), keybuf[1:]
+	size := 64 + t*8
+	q, keybuf := keybuf[:20], keybuf[20:]
+	if len(keybuf) != 3*size {
+		return nil
+	}
+	p, keybuf := keybuf[:size], keybuf[size:]
+	g, y := keybuf[:size], keybuf[size:]
+	pubkey := new(dsa.PublicKey)
+	pubkey.Parameters.Q = big.NewInt(0).SetBytes(q)
+	pubkey.Parameters.P = big.NewInt(0).SetBytes(p)
+	pubkey.Parameters.G = big.NewInt(0).SetBytes(g)
+	pubkey.Y = big.NewInt(0).SetBytes(y)
+	return pubkey
+}
+
+type wireSlice [][]byte
+
+func (p wireSlice) Len() int      { return len(p) }
+func (p wireSlice) Swap(i, j int) { p[i], p[j] = p[j], p[i] }
+func (p wireSlice) Less(i, j int) bool {
+	_, ioff, _ := UnpackDomainName(p[i], 0)
+	_, joff, _ := UnpackDomainName(p[j], 0)
+	return bytes.Compare(p[i][ioff+10:], p[j][joff+10:]) < 0
+}
+
+// Return the raw signature data.
+func rawSignatureData(rrset []RR, s *RRSIG) (buf []byte, err error) {
+	wires := make(wireSlice, len(rrset))
+	for i, r := range rrset {
+		r1 := r.copy()
+		r1.Header().Ttl = s.OrigTtl
+		labels := SplitDomainName(r1.Header().Name)
+		// 6.2. Canonical RR Form. (4) - wildcards
+		if len(labels) > int(s.Labels) {
+			// Wildcard
+			r1.Header().Name = "*." + strings.Join(labels[len(labels)-int(s.Labels):], ".") + "."
+		}
+		// RFC 4034: 6.2.  Canonical RR Form. (2) - domain name to lowercase
+		r1.Header().Name = strings.ToLower(r1.Header().Name)
+		// 6.2. Canonical RR Form. (3) - domain rdata to lowercase.
+		//   NS, MD, MF, CNAME, SOA, MB, MG, MR, PTR,
+		//   HINFO, MINFO, MX, RP, AFSDB, RT, SIG, PX, NXT, NAPTR, KX,
+		//   SRV, DNAME, A6
+		//
+		// RFC 6840 - Clarifications and Implementation Notes for DNS Security (DNSSEC):
+		//	Section 6.2 of [RFC4034] also erroneously lists HINFO as a record
+		//	that needs conversion to lowercase, and twice at that.  Since HINFO
+		//	records contain no domain names, they are not subject to case
+		//	conversion.
+		switch x := r1.(type) {
+		case *NS:
+			x.Ns = strings.ToLower(x.Ns)
+		case *CNAME:
+			x.Target = strings.ToLower(x.Target)
+		case *SOA:
+			x.Ns = strings.ToLower(x.Ns)
+			x.Mbox = strings.ToLower(x.Mbox)
+		case *MB:
+			x.Mb = strings.ToLower(x.Mb)
+		case *MG:
+			x.Mg = strings.ToLower(x.Mg)
+		case *MR:
+			x.Mr = strings.ToLower(x.Mr)
+		case *PTR:
+			x.Ptr = strings.ToLower(x.Ptr)
+		case *MINFO:
+			x.Rmail = strings.ToLower(x.Rmail)
+			x.Email = strings.ToLower(x.Email)
+		case *MX:
+			x.Mx = strings.ToLower(x.Mx)
+		case *NAPTR:
+			x.Replacement = strings.ToLower(x.Replacement)
+		case *KX:
+			x.Exchanger = strings.ToLower(x.Exchanger)
+		case *SRV:
+			x.Target = strings.ToLower(x.Target)
+		case *DNAME:
+			x.Target = strings.ToLower(x.Target)
+		}
+		// 6.2. Canonical RR Form. (5) - origTTL
+		wire := make([]byte, r1.len()+1) // +1 to be safe(r)
+		off, err1 := PackRR(r1, wire, 0, nil, false)
+		if err1 != nil {
+			return nil, err1
+		}
+		wire = wire[:off]
+		wires[i] = wire
+	}
+	sort.Sort(wires)
+	for i, wire := range wires {
+		if i > 0 && bytes.Equal(wire, wires[i-1]) {
+			continue
+		}
+		buf = append(buf, wire...)
+	}
+	return buf, nil
+}
+
+func packSigWire(sw *rrsigWireFmt, msg []byte) (int, error) {
+	// copied from zmsg.go RRSIG packing
+	off, err := packUint16(sw.TypeCovered, msg, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint8(sw.Algorithm, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint8(sw.Labels, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint32(sw.OrigTtl, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint32(sw.Expiration, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint32(sw.Inception, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(sw.KeyTag, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = PackDomainName(sw.SignerName, msg, off, nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func packKeyWire(dw *dnskeyWireFmt, msg []byte) (int, error) {
+	// copied from zmsg.go DNSKEY packing
+	off, err := packUint16(dw.Flags, msg, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint8(dw.Protocol, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint8(dw.Algorithm, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packStringBase64(dw.PublicKey, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/dnssec_keygen.go

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto"
+	"crypto/dsa"
+	"crypto/ecdsa"
+	"crypto/elliptic"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/rsa"
+	"math/big"
+)
+
+// Generate generates a DNSKEY of the given bit size.
+// The public part is put inside the DNSKEY record.
+// The Algorithm in the key must be set as this will define
+// what kind of DNSKEY will be generated.
+// The ECDSA algorithms imply a fixed keysize, in that case
+// bits should be set to the size of the algorithm.
+func (k *DNSKEY) Generate(bits int) (crypto.PrivateKey, error) {
+	switch k.Algorithm {
+	case DSA, DSANSEC3SHA1:
+		if bits != 1024 {
+			return nil, ErrKeySize
+		}
+	case RSAMD5, RSASHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1:
+		if bits < 512 || bits > 4096 {
+			return nil, ErrKeySize
+		}
+	case RSASHA512:
+		if bits < 1024 || bits > 4096 {
+			return nil, ErrKeySize
+		}
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+		if bits != 256 {
+			return nil, ErrKeySize
+		}
+	case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		if bits != 384 {
+			return nil, ErrKeySize
+		}
+	}
+
+	switch k.Algorithm {
+	case DSA, DSANSEC3SHA1:
+		params := new(dsa.Parameters)
+		if err := dsa.GenerateParameters(params, rand.Reader, dsa.L1024N160); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		priv := new(dsa.PrivateKey)
+		priv.PublicKey.Parameters = *params
+		err := dsa.GenerateKey(priv, rand.Reader)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		k.setPublicKeyDSA(params.Q, params.P, params.G, priv.PublicKey.Y)
+		return priv, nil
+	case RSAMD5, RSASHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA512, RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1:
+		priv, err := rsa.GenerateKey(rand.Reader, bits)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		k.setPublicKeyRSA(priv.PublicKey.E, priv.PublicKey.N)
+		return priv, nil
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		var c elliptic.Curve
+		switch k.Algorithm {
+		case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+			c = elliptic.P256()
+		case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+			c = elliptic.P384()
+		}
+		priv, err := ecdsa.GenerateKey(c, rand.Reader)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		k.setPublicKeyECDSA(priv.PublicKey.X, priv.PublicKey.Y)
+		return priv, nil
+	default:
+		return nil, ErrAlg
+	}
+}
+
+// Set the public key (the value E and N)
+func (k *DNSKEY) setPublicKeyRSA(_E int, _N *big.Int) bool {
+	if _E == 0 || _N == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	buf := exponentToBuf(_E)
+	buf = append(buf, _N.Bytes()...)
+	k.PublicKey = toBase64(buf)
+	return true
+}
+
+// Set the public key for Elliptic Curves
+func (k *DNSKEY) setPublicKeyECDSA(_X, _Y *big.Int) bool {
+	if _X == nil || _Y == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	var intlen int
+	switch k.Algorithm {
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+		intlen = 32
+	case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		intlen = 48
+	}
+	k.PublicKey = toBase64(curveToBuf(_X, _Y, intlen))
+	return true
+}
+
+// Set the public key for DSA
+func (k *DNSKEY) setPublicKeyDSA(_Q, _P, _G, _Y *big.Int) bool {
+	if _Q == nil || _P == nil || _G == nil || _Y == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	buf := dsaToBuf(_Q, _P, _G, _Y)
+	k.PublicKey = toBase64(buf)
+	return true
+}
+
+// Set the public key (the values E and N) for RSA
+// RFC 3110: Section 2. RSA Public KEY Resource Records
+func exponentToBuf(_E int) []byte {
+	var buf []byte
+	i := big.NewInt(int64(_E))
+	if len(i.Bytes()) < 256 {
+		buf = make([]byte, 1)
+		buf[0] = uint8(len(i.Bytes()))
+	} else {
+		buf = make([]byte, 3)
+		buf[0] = 0
+		buf[1] = uint8(len(i.Bytes()) >> 8)
+		buf[2] = uint8(len(i.Bytes()))
+	}
+	buf = append(buf, i.Bytes()...)
+	return buf
+}
+
+// Set the public key for X and Y for Curve. The two
+// values are just concatenated.
+func curveToBuf(_X, _Y *big.Int, intlen int) []byte {
+	buf := intToBytes(_X, intlen)
+	buf = append(buf, intToBytes(_Y, intlen)...)
+	return buf
+}
+
+// Set the public key for X and Y for Curve. The two
+// values are just concatenated.
+func dsaToBuf(_Q, _P, _G, _Y *big.Int) []byte {
+	t := divRoundUp(divRoundUp(_G.BitLen(), 8)-64, 8)
+	buf := []byte{byte(t)}
+	buf = append(buf, intToBytes(_Q, 20)...)
+	buf = append(buf, intToBytes(_P, 64+t*8)...)
+	buf = append(buf, intToBytes(_G, 64+t*8)...)
+	buf = append(buf, intToBytes(_Y, 64+t*8)...)
+	return buf
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/dnssec_keyscan.go

@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto"
+	"crypto/dsa"
+	"crypto/ecdsa"
+	"crypto/rsa"
+	"io"
+	"math/big"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// NewPrivateKey returns a PrivateKey by parsing the string s.
+// s should be in the same form of the BIND private key files.
+func (k *DNSKEY) NewPrivateKey(s string) (crypto.PrivateKey, error) {
+	if s[len(s)-1] != '\n' { // We need a closing newline
+		return k.ReadPrivateKey(strings.NewReader(s+"\n"), "")
+	}
+	return k.ReadPrivateKey(strings.NewReader(s), "")
+}
+
+// ReadPrivateKey reads a private key from the io.Reader q. The string file is
+// only used in error reporting.
+// The public key must be known, because some cryptographic algorithms embed
+// the public inside the privatekey.
+func (k *DNSKEY) ReadPrivateKey(q io.Reader, file string) (crypto.PrivateKey, error) {
+	m, err := parseKey(q, file)
+	if m == nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if _, ok := m["private-key-format"]; !ok {
+		return nil, ErrPrivKey
+	}
+	if m["private-key-format"] != "v1.2" && m["private-key-format"] != "v1.3" {
+		return nil, ErrPrivKey
+	}
+	// TODO(mg): check if the pubkey matches the private key
+	algo, err := strconv.Atoi(strings.SplitN(m["algorithm"], " ", 2)[0])
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, ErrPrivKey
+	}
+	switch uint8(algo) {
+	case DSA:
+		priv, err := readPrivateKeyDSA(m)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		pub := k.publicKeyDSA()
+		if pub == nil {
+			return nil, ErrKey
+		}
+		priv.PublicKey = *pub
+		return priv, nil
+	case RSAMD5:
+		fallthrough
+	case RSASHA1:
+		fallthrough
+	case RSASHA1NSEC3SHA1:
+		fallthrough
+	case RSASHA256:
+		fallthrough
+	case RSASHA512:
+		priv, err := readPrivateKeyRSA(m)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		pub := k.publicKeyRSA()
+		if pub == nil {
+			return nil, ErrKey
+		}
+		priv.PublicKey = *pub
+		return priv, nil
+	case ECCGOST:
+		return nil, ErrPrivKey
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+		fallthrough
+	case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		priv, err := readPrivateKeyECDSA(m)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		pub := k.publicKeyECDSA()
+		if pub == nil {
+			return nil, ErrKey
+		}
+		priv.PublicKey = *pub
+		return priv, nil
+	default:
+		return nil, ErrPrivKey
+	}
+}
+
+// Read a private key (file) string and create a public key. Return the private key.
+func readPrivateKeyRSA(m map[string]string) (*rsa.PrivateKey, error) {
+	p := new(rsa.PrivateKey)
+	p.Primes = []*big.Int{nil, nil}
+	for k, v := range m {
+		switch k {
+		case "modulus", "publicexponent", "privateexponent", "prime1", "prime2":
+			v1, err := fromBase64([]byte(v))
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+			switch k {
+			case "modulus":
+				p.PublicKey.N = big.NewInt(0)
+				p.PublicKey.N.SetBytes(v1)
+			case "publicexponent":
+				i := big.NewInt(0)
+				i.SetBytes(v1)
+				p.PublicKey.E = int(i.Int64()) // int64 should be large enough
+			case "privateexponent":
+				p.D = big.NewInt(0)
+				p.D.SetBytes(v1)
+			case "prime1":
+				p.Primes[0] = big.NewInt(0)
+				p.Primes[0].SetBytes(v1)
+			case "prime2":
+				p.Primes[1] = big.NewInt(0)
+				p.Primes[1].SetBytes(v1)
+			}
+		case "exponent1", "exponent2", "coefficient":
+			// not used in Go (yet)
+		case "created", "publish", "activate":
+			// not used in Go (yet)
+		}
+	}
+	return p, nil
+}
+
+func readPrivateKeyDSA(m map[string]string) (*dsa.PrivateKey, error) {
+	p := new(dsa.PrivateKey)
+	p.X = big.NewInt(0)
+	for k, v := range m {
+		switch k {
+		case "private_value(x)":
+			v1, err := fromBase64([]byte(v))
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+			p.X.SetBytes(v1)
+		case "created", "publish", "activate":
+			/* not used in Go (yet) */
+		}
+	}
+	return p, nil
+}
+
+func readPrivateKeyECDSA(m map[string]string) (*ecdsa.PrivateKey, error) {
+	p := new(ecdsa.PrivateKey)
+	p.D = big.NewInt(0)
+	// TODO: validate that the required flags are present
+	for k, v := range m {
+		switch k {
+		case "privatekey":
+			v1, err := fromBase64([]byte(v))
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+			p.D.SetBytes(v1)
+		case "created", "publish", "activate":
+			/* not used in Go (yet) */
+		}
+	}
+	return p, nil
+}
+
+// parseKey reads a private key from r. It returns a map[string]string,
+// with the key-value pairs, or an error when the file is not correct.
+func parseKey(r io.Reader, file string) (map[string]string, error) {
+	s := scanInit(r)
+	m := make(map[string]string)
+	c := make(chan lex)
+	k := ""
+	// Start the lexer
+	go klexer(s, c)
+	for l := range c {
+		// It should alternate
+		switch l.value {
+		case zKey:
+			k = l.token
+		case zValue:
+			if k == "" {
+				return nil, &ParseError{file, "no private key seen", l}
+			}
+			//println("Setting", strings.ToLower(k), "to", l.token, "b")
+			m[strings.ToLower(k)] = l.token
+			k = ""
+		}
+	}
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+// klexer scans the sourcefile and returns tokens on the channel c.
+func klexer(s *scan, c chan lex) {
+	var l lex
+	str := "" // Hold the current read text
+	commt := false
+	key := true
+	x, err := s.tokenText()
+	defer close(c)
+	for err == nil {
+		l.column = s.position.Column
+		l.line = s.position.Line
+		switch x {
+		case ':':
+			if commt {
+				break
+			}
+			l.token = str
+			if key {
+				l.value = zKey
+				c <- l
+				// Next token is a space, eat it
+				s.tokenText()
+				key = false
+				str = ""
+			} else {
+				l.value = zValue
+			}
+		case ';':
+			commt = true
+		case '\n':
+			if commt {
+				// Reset a comment
+				commt = false
+			}
+			l.value = zValue
+			l.token = str
+			c <- l
+			str = ""
+			commt = false
+			key = true
+		default:
+			if commt {
+				break
+			}
+			str += string(x)
+		}
+		x, err = s.tokenText()
+	}
+	if len(str) > 0 {
+		// Send remainder
+		l.token = str
+		l.value = zValue
+		c <- l
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/dnssec_privkey.go

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto"
+	"crypto/dsa"
+	"crypto/ecdsa"
+	"crypto/rsa"
+	"math/big"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+const format = "Private-key-format: v1.3\n"
+
+// PrivateKeyString converts a PrivateKey to a string. This string has the same
+// format as the private-key-file of BIND9 (Private-key-format: v1.3).
+// It needs some info from the key (the algorithm), so its a method of the DNSKEY
+// It supports rsa.PrivateKey, ecdsa.PrivateKey and dsa.PrivateKey
+func (r *DNSKEY) PrivateKeyString(p crypto.PrivateKey) string {
+	algorithm := strconv.Itoa(int(r.Algorithm))
+	algorithm += " (" + AlgorithmToString[r.Algorithm] + ")"
+
+	switch p := p.(type) {
+	case *rsa.PrivateKey:
+		modulus := toBase64(p.PublicKey.N.Bytes())
+		e := big.NewInt(int64(p.PublicKey.E))
+		publicExponent := toBase64(e.Bytes())
+		privateExponent := toBase64(p.D.Bytes())
+		prime1 := toBase64(p.Primes[0].Bytes())
+		prime2 := toBase64(p.Primes[1].Bytes())
+		// Calculate Exponent1/2 and Coefficient as per: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RSA#Using_the_Chinese_remainder_algorithm
+		// and from: http://code.google.com/p/go/issues/detail?id=987
+		one := big.NewInt(1)
+		p1 := big.NewInt(0).Sub(p.Primes[0], one)
+		q1 := big.NewInt(0).Sub(p.Primes[1], one)
+		exp1 := big.NewInt(0).Mod(p.D, p1)
+		exp2 := big.NewInt(0).Mod(p.D, q1)
+		coeff := big.NewInt(0).ModInverse(p.Primes[1], p.Primes[0])
+
+		exponent1 := toBase64(exp1.Bytes())
+		exponent2 := toBase64(exp2.Bytes())
+		coefficient := toBase64(coeff.Bytes())
+
+		return format +
+			"Algorithm: " + algorithm + "\n" +
+			"Modulus: " + modulus + "\n" +
+			"PublicExponent: " + publicExponent + "\n" +
+			"PrivateExponent: " + privateExponent + "\n" +
+			"Prime1: " + prime1 + "\n" +
+			"Prime2: " + prime2 + "\n" +
+			"Exponent1: " + exponent1 + "\n" +
+			"Exponent2: " + exponent2 + "\n" +
+			"Coefficient: " + coefficient + "\n"
+
+	case *ecdsa.PrivateKey:
+		var intlen int
+		switch r.Algorithm {
+		case ECDSAP256SHA256:
+			intlen = 32
+		case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+			intlen = 48
+		}
+		private := toBase64(intToBytes(p.D, intlen))
+		return format +
+			"Algorithm: " + algorithm + "\n" +
+			"PrivateKey: " + private + "\n"
+
+	case *dsa.PrivateKey:
+		T := divRoundUp(divRoundUp(p.PublicKey.Parameters.G.BitLen(), 8)-64, 8)
+		prime := toBase64(intToBytes(p.PublicKey.Parameters.P, 64+T*8))
+		subprime := toBase64(intToBytes(p.PublicKey.Parameters.Q, 20))
+		base := toBase64(intToBytes(p.PublicKey.Parameters.G, 64+T*8))
+		priv := toBase64(intToBytes(p.X, 20))
+		pub := toBase64(intToBytes(p.PublicKey.Y, 64+T*8))
+		return format +
+			"Algorithm: " + algorithm + "\n" +
+			"Prime(p): " + prime + "\n" +
+			"Subprime(q): " + subprime + "\n" +
+			"Base(g): " + base + "\n" +
+			"Private_value(x): " + priv + "\n" +
+			"Public_value(y): " + pub + "\n"
+
+	default:
+		return ""
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+Package dns implements a full featured interface to the Domain Name System.
+Server- and client-side programming is supported.
+The package allows complete control over what is send out to the DNS. The package
+API follows the less-is-more principle, by presenting a small, clean interface.
+
+The package dns supports (asynchronous) querying/replying, incoming/outgoing zone transfers,
+TSIG, EDNS0, dynamic updates, notifies and DNSSEC validation/signing.
+Note that domain names MUST be fully qualified, before sending them, unqualified
+names in a message will result in a packing failure.
+
+Resource records are native types. They are not stored in wire format.
+Basic usage pattern for creating a new resource record:
+
+     r := new(dns.MX)
+     r.Hdr = dns.RR_Header{Name: "miek.nl.", Rrtype: dns.TypeMX,
+	Class: dns.ClassINET, Ttl: 3600}
+     r.Preference = 10
+     r.Mx = "mx.miek.nl."
+
+Or directly from a string:
+
+     mx, err := dns.NewRR("miek.nl. 3600 IN MX 10 mx.miek.nl.")
+
+Or when the default TTL (3600) and class (IN) suit you:
+
+     mx, err := dns.NewRR("miek.nl. MX 10 mx.miek.nl.")
+
+Or even:
+
+     mx, err := dns.NewRR("$ORIGIN nl.\nmiek 1H IN MX 10 mx.miek")
+
+In the DNS messages are exchanged, these messages contain resource
+records (sets).  Use pattern for creating a message:
+
+     m := new(dns.Msg)
+     m.SetQuestion("miek.nl.", dns.TypeMX)
+
+Or when not certain if the domain name is fully qualified:
+
+	m.SetQuestion(dns.Fqdn("miek.nl"), dns.TypeMX)
+
+The message m is now a message with the question section set to ask
+the MX records for the miek.nl. zone.
+
+The following is slightly more verbose, but more flexible:
+
+     m1 := new(dns.Msg)
+     m1.Id = dns.Id()
+     m1.RecursionDesired = true
+     m1.Question = make([]dns.Question, 1)
+     m1.Question[0] = dns.Question{"miek.nl.", dns.TypeMX, dns.ClassINET}
+
+After creating a message it can be send.
+Basic use pattern for synchronous querying the DNS at a
+server configured on 127.0.0.1 and port 53:
+
+     c := new(dns.Client)
+     in, rtt, err := c.Exchange(m1, "127.0.0.1:53")
+
+Suppressing multiple outstanding queries (with the same question, type and
+class) is as easy as setting:
+
+	c.SingleInflight = true
+
+If these "advanced" features are not needed, a simple UDP query can be send,
+with:
+
+	in, err := dns.Exchange(m1, "127.0.0.1:53")
+
+When this functions returns you will get dns message. A dns message consists
+out of four sections.
+The question section: in.Question, the answer section: in.Answer,
+the authority section: in.Ns and the additional section: in.Extra.
+
+Each of these sections (except the Question section) contain a []RR. Basic
+use pattern for accessing the rdata of a TXT RR as the first RR in
+the Answer section:
+
+	if t, ok := in.Answer[0].(*dns.TXT); ok {
+		// do something with t.Txt
+	}
+
+Domain Name and TXT Character String Representations
+
+Both domain names and TXT character strings are converted to presentation
+form both when unpacked and when converted to strings.
+
+For TXT character strings, tabs, carriage returns and line feeds will be
+converted to \t, \r and \n respectively. Back slashes and quotations marks
+will be escaped. Bytes below 32 and above 127 will be converted to \DDD
+form.
+
+For domain names, in addition to the above rules brackets, periods,
+spaces, semicolons and the at symbol are escaped.
+
+DNSSEC
+
+DNSSEC (DNS Security Extension) adds a layer of security to the DNS. It
+uses public key cryptography to sign resource records. The
+public keys are stored in DNSKEY records and the signatures in RRSIG records.
+
+Requesting DNSSEC information for a zone is done by adding the DO (DNSSEC OK) bit
+to a request.
+
+     m := new(dns.Msg)
+     m.SetEdns0(4096, true)
+
+Signature generation, signature verification and key generation are all supported.
+
+DYNAMIC UPDATES
+
+Dynamic updates reuses the DNS message format, but renames three of
+the sections. Question is Zone, Answer is Prerequisite, Authority is
+Update, only the Additional is not renamed. See RFC 2136 for the gory details.
+
+You can set a rather complex set of rules for the existence of absence of
+certain resource records or names in a zone to specify if resource records
+should be added or removed. The table from RFC 2136 supplemented with the Go
+DNS function shows which functions exist to specify the prerequisites.
+
+ 3.2.4 - Table Of Metavalues Used In Prerequisite Section
+
+  CLASS    TYPE     RDATA    Meaning                    Function
+  --------------------------------------------------------------
+  ANY      ANY      empty    Name is in use             dns.NameUsed
+  ANY      rrset    empty    RRset exists (value indep) dns.RRsetUsed
+  NONE     ANY      empty    Name is not in use         dns.NameNotUsed
+  NONE     rrset    empty    RRset does not exist       dns.RRsetNotUsed
+  zone     rrset    rr       RRset exists (value dep)   dns.Used
+
+The prerequisite section can also be left empty.
+If you have decided on the prerequisites you can tell what RRs should
+be added or deleted. The next table shows the options you have and
+what functions to call.
+
+ 3.4.2.6 - Table Of Metavalues Used In Update Section
+
+  CLASS    TYPE     RDATA    Meaning                     Function
+  ---------------------------------------------------------------
+  ANY      ANY      empty    Delete all RRsets from name dns.RemoveName
+  ANY      rrset    empty    Delete an RRset             dns.RemoveRRset
+  NONE     rrset    rr       Delete an RR from RRset     dns.Remove
+  zone     rrset    rr       Add to an RRset             dns.Insert
+
+TRANSACTION SIGNATURE
+
+An TSIG or transaction signature adds a HMAC TSIG record to each message sent.
+The supported algorithms include: HmacMD5, HmacSHA1, HmacSHA256 and HmacSHA512.
+
+Basic use pattern when querying with a TSIG name "axfr." (note that these key names
+must be fully qualified - as they are domain names) and the base64 secret
+"so6ZGir4GPAqINNh9U5c3A==":
+
+	c := new(dns.Client)
+	c.TsigSecret = map[string]string{"axfr.": "so6ZGir4GPAqINNh9U5c3A=="}
+	m := new(dns.Msg)
+	m.SetQuestion("miek.nl.", dns.TypeMX)
+	m.SetTsig("axfr.", dns.HmacMD5, 300, time.Now().Unix())
+	...
+	// When sending the TSIG RR is calculated and filled in before sending
+
+When requesting an zone transfer (almost all TSIG usage is when requesting zone transfers), with
+TSIG, this is the basic use pattern. In this example we request an AXFR for
+miek.nl. with TSIG key named "axfr." and secret "so6ZGir4GPAqINNh9U5c3A=="
+and using the server 176.58.119.54:
+
+	t := new(dns.Transfer)
+	m := new(dns.Msg)
+	t.TsigSecret = map[string]string{"axfr.": "so6ZGir4GPAqINNh9U5c3A=="}
+	m.SetAxfr("miek.nl.")
+	m.SetTsig("axfr.", dns.HmacMD5, 300, time.Now().Unix())
+	c, err := t.In(m, "176.58.119.54:53")
+	for r := range c { ... }
+
+You can now read the records from the transfer as they come in. Each envelope is checked with TSIG.
+If something is not correct an error is returned.
+
+Basic use pattern validating and replying to a message that has TSIG set.
+
+	server := &dns.Server{Addr: ":53", Net: "udp"}
+	server.TsigSecret = map[string]string{"axfr.": "so6ZGir4GPAqINNh9U5c3A=="}
+	go server.ListenAndServe()
+	dns.HandleFunc(".", handleRequest)
+
+	func handleRequest(w dns.ResponseWriter, r *dns.Msg) {
+		m := new(dns.Msg)
+		m.SetReply(r)
+		if r.IsTsig() != nil {
+			if w.TsigStatus() == nil {
+				// *Msg r has an TSIG record and it was validated
+				m.SetTsig("axfr.", dns.HmacMD5, 300, time.Now().Unix())
+			} else {
+				// *Msg r has an TSIG records and it was not valided
+			}
+		}
+		w.WriteMsg(m)
+	}
+
+PRIVATE RRS
+
+RFC 6895 sets aside a range of type codes for private use. This range
+is 65,280 - 65,534 (0xFF00 - 0xFFFE). When experimenting with new Resource Records these
+can be used, before requesting an official type code from IANA.
+
+see http://miek.nl/posts/2014/Sep/21/Private%20RRs%20and%20IDN%20in%20Go%20DNS/ for more
+information.
+
+EDNS0
+
+EDNS0 is an extension mechanism for the DNS defined in RFC 2671 and updated
+by RFC 6891. It defines an new RR type, the OPT RR, which is then completely
+abused.
+Basic use pattern for creating an (empty) OPT RR:
+
+	o := new(dns.OPT)
+	o.Hdr.Name = "." // MUST be the root zone, per definition.
+	o.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeOPT
+
+The rdata of an OPT RR consists out of a slice of EDNS0 (RFC 6891)
+interfaces. Currently only a few have been standardized: EDNS0_NSID
+(RFC 5001) and EDNS0_SUBNET (draft-vandergaast-edns-client-subnet-02). Note
+that these options may be combined in an OPT RR.
+Basic use pattern for a server to check if (and which) options are set:
+
+	// o is a dns.OPT
+	for _, s := range o.Option {
+		switch e := s.(type) {
+		case *dns.EDNS0_NSID:
+			// do stuff with e.Nsid
+		case *dns.EDNS0_SUBNET:
+			// access e.Family, e.Address, etc.
+		}
+	}
+
+SIG(0)
+
+From RFC 2931:
+
+    SIG(0) provides protection for DNS transactions and requests ....
+    ... protection for glue records, DNS requests, protection for message headers
+    on requests and responses, and protection of the overall integrity of a response.
+
+It works like TSIG, except that SIG(0) uses public key cryptography, instead of the shared
+secret approach in TSIG.
+Supported algorithms: DSA, ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384, RSASHA1, RSASHA256 and
+RSASHA512.
+
+Signing subsequent messages in multi-message sessions is not implemented.
+*/
+package dns

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/edns.go

@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"errors"
+	"net"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// EDNS0 Option codes.
+const (
+	EDNS0LLQ         = 0x1     // long lived queries: http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-sekar-dns-llq-01
+	EDNS0UL          = 0x2     // update lease draft: http://files.dns-sd.org/draft-sekar-dns-ul.txt
+	EDNS0NSID        = 0x3     // nsid (RFC5001)
+	EDNS0DAU         = 0x5     // DNSSEC Algorithm Understood
+	EDNS0DHU         = 0x6     // DS Hash Understood
+	EDNS0N3U         = 0x7     // NSEC3 Hash Understood
+	EDNS0SUBNET      = 0x8     // client-subnet (RFC6891)
+	EDNS0EXPIRE      = 0x9     // EDNS0 expire
+	EDNS0COOKIE      = 0xa     // EDNS0 Cookie
+	EDNS0SUBNETDRAFT = 0x50fa  // Don't use! Use EDNS0SUBNET
+	EDNS0LOCALSTART  = 0xFDE9  // Beginning of range reserved for local/experimental use (RFC6891)
+	EDNS0LOCALEND    = 0xFFFE  // End of range reserved for local/experimental use (RFC6891)
+	_DO              = 1 << 15 // dnssec ok
+)
+
+// OPT is the EDNS0 RR appended to messages to convey extra (meta) information.
+// See RFC 6891.
+type OPT struct {
+	Hdr    RR_Header
+	Option []EDNS0 `dns:"opt"`
+}
+
+func (rr *OPT) String() string {
+	s := "\n;; OPT PSEUDOSECTION:\n; EDNS: version " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.Version())) + "; "
+	if rr.Do() {
+		s += "flags: do; "
+	} else {
+		s += "flags: ; "
+	}
+	s += "udp: " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.UDPSize()))
+
+	for _, o := range rr.Option {
+		switch o.(type) {
+		case *EDNS0_NSID:
+			s += "\n; NSID: " + o.String()
+			h, e := o.pack()
+			var r string
+			if e == nil {
+				for _, c := range h {
+					r += "(" + string(c) + ")"
+				}
+				s += "  " + r
+			}
+		case *EDNS0_SUBNET:
+			s += "\n; SUBNET: " + o.String()
+			if o.(*EDNS0_SUBNET).DraftOption {
+				s += " (draft)"
+			}
+		case *EDNS0_COOKIE:
+			s += "\n; COOKIE: " + o.String()
+		case *EDNS0_UL:
+			s += "\n; UPDATE LEASE: " + o.String()
+		case *EDNS0_LLQ:
+			s += "\n; LONG LIVED QUERIES: " + o.String()
+		case *EDNS0_DAU:
+			s += "\n; DNSSEC ALGORITHM UNDERSTOOD: " + o.String()
+		case *EDNS0_DHU:
+			s += "\n; DS HASH UNDERSTOOD: " + o.String()
+		case *EDNS0_N3U:
+			s += "\n; NSEC3 HASH UNDERSTOOD: " + o.String()
+		case *EDNS0_LOCAL:
+			s += "\n; LOCAL OPT: " + o.String()
+		}
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+func (rr *OPT) len() int {
+	l := rr.Hdr.len()
+	for i := 0; i < len(rr.Option); i++ {
+		l += 4 // Account for 2-byte option code and 2-byte option length.
+		lo, _ := rr.Option[i].pack()
+		l += len(lo)
+	}
+	return l
+}
+
+// return the old value -> delete SetVersion?
+
+// Version returns the EDNS version used. Only zero is defined.
+func (rr *OPT) Version() uint8 {
+	return uint8((rr.Hdr.Ttl & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets the version of EDNS. This is usually zero.
+func (rr *OPT) SetVersion(v uint8) {
+	rr.Hdr.Ttl = rr.Hdr.Ttl&0xFF00FFFF | (uint32(v) << 16)
+}
+
+// ExtendedRcode returns the EDNS extended RCODE field (the upper 8 bits of the TTL).
+func (rr *OPT) ExtendedRcode() int {
+	return int((rr.Hdr.Ttl&0xFF000000)>>24) + 15
+}
+
+// SetExtendedRcode sets the EDNS extended RCODE field.
+func (rr *OPT) SetExtendedRcode(v uint8) {
+	if v < RcodeBadVers { // Smaller than 16.. Use the 4 bits you have!
+		return
+	}
+	rr.Hdr.Ttl = rr.Hdr.Ttl&0x00FFFFFF | (uint32(v-15) << 24)
+}
+
+// UDPSize returns the UDP buffer size.
+func (rr *OPT) UDPSize() uint16 {
+	return rr.Hdr.Class
+}
+
+// SetUDPSize sets the UDP buffer size.
+func (rr *OPT) SetUDPSize(size uint16) {
+	rr.Hdr.Class = size
+}
+
+// Do returns the value of the DO (DNSSEC OK) bit.
+func (rr *OPT) Do() bool {
+	return rr.Hdr.Ttl&_DO == _DO
+}
+
+// SetDo sets the DO (DNSSEC OK) bit.
+func (rr *OPT) SetDo() {
+	rr.Hdr.Ttl |= _DO
+}
+
+// EDNS0 defines an EDNS0 Option. An OPT RR can have multiple options appended to it.
+type EDNS0 interface {
+	// Option returns the option code for the option.
+	Option() uint16
+	// pack returns the bytes of the option data.
+	pack() ([]byte, error)
+	// unpack sets the data as found in the buffer. Is also sets
+	// the length of the slice as the length of the option data.
+	unpack([]byte) error
+	// String returns the string representation of the option.
+	String() string
+}
+
+// The nsid EDNS0 option is used to retrieve a nameserver
+// identifier. When sending a request Nsid must be set to the empty string
+// The identifier is an opaque string encoded as hex.
+// Basic use pattern for creating an nsid option:
+//
+//	o := new(dns.OPT)
+//	o.Hdr.Name = "."
+//	o.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeOPT
+//	e := new(dns.EDNS0_NSID)
+//	e.Code = dns.EDNS0NSID
+//	e.Nsid = "AA"
+//	o.Option = append(o.Option, e)
+type EDNS0_NSID struct {
+	Code uint16 // Always EDNS0NSID
+	Nsid string // This string needs to be hex encoded
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_NSID) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	h, err := hex.DecodeString(e.Nsid)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return h, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_NSID) Option() uint16        { return EDNS0NSID }
+func (e *EDNS0_NSID) unpack(b []byte) error { e.Nsid = hex.EncodeToString(b); return nil }
+func (e *EDNS0_NSID) String() string        { return string(e.Nsid) }
+
+// EDNS0_SUBNET is the subnet option that is used to give the remote nameserver
+// an idea of where the client lives. It can then give back a different
+// answer depending on the location or network topology.
+// Basic use pattern for creating an subnet option:
+//
+//	o := new(dns.OPT)
+//	o.Hdr.Name = "."
+//	o.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeOPT
+//	e := new(dns.EDNS0_SUBNET)
+//	e.Code = dns.EDNS0SUBNET
+//	e.Family = 1	// 1 for IPv4 source address, 2 for IPv6
+//	e.NetMask = 32	// 32 for IPV4, 128 for IPv6
+//	e.SourceScope = 0
+//	e.Address = net.ParseIP("127.0.0.1").To4()	// for IPv4
+//	// e.Address = net.ParseIP("2001:7b8:32a::2")	// for IPV6
+//	o.Option = append(o.Option, e)
+//
+// Note: the spec (draft-ietf-dnsop-edns-client-subnet-00) has some insane logic
+// for which netmask applies to the address. This code will parse all the
+// available bits when unpacking (up to optlen). When packing it will apply
+// SourceNetmask. If you need more advanced logic, patches welcome and good luck.
+type EDNS0_SUBNET struct {
+	Code          uint16 // Always EDNS0SUBNET
+	Family        uint16 // 1 for IP, 2 for IP6
+	SourceNetmask uint8
+	SourceScope   uint8
+	Address       net.IP
+	DraftOption   bool // Set to true if using the old (0x50fa) option code
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_SUBNET) Option() uint16 {
+	if e.DraftOption {
+		return EDNS0SUBNETDRAFT
+	}
+	return EDNS0SUBNET
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_SUBNET) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	b := make([]byte, 4)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(b[0:], e.Family)
+	b[2] = e.SourceNetmask
+	b[3] = e.SourceScope
+	switch e.Family {
+	case 1:
+		if e.SourceNetmask > net.IPv4len*8 {
+			return nil, errors.New("dns: bad netmask")
+		}
+		if len(e.Address.To4()) != net.IPv4len {
+			return nil, errors.New("dns: bad address")
+		}
+		ip := e.Address.To4().Mask(net.CIDRMask(int(e.SourceNetmask), net.IPv4len*8))
+		needLength := (e.SourceNetmask + 8 - 1) / 8 // division rounding up
+		b = append(b, ip[:needLength]...)
+	case 2:
+		if e.SourceNetmask > net.IPv6len*8 {
+			return nil, errors.New("dns: bad netmask")
+		}
+		if len(e.Address) != net.IPv6len {
+			return nil, errors.New("dns: bad address")
+		}
+		ip := e.Address.Mask(net.CIDRMask(int(e.SourceNetmask), net.IPv6len*8))
+		needLength := (e.SourceNetmask + 8 - 1) / 8 // division rounding up
+		b = append(b, ip[:needLength]...)
+	default:
+		return nil, errors.New("dns: bad address family")
+	}
+	return b, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_SUBNET) unpack(b []byte) error {
+	if len(b) < 4 {
+		return ErrBuf
+	}
+	e.Family = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(b)
+	e.SourceNetmask = b[2]
+	e.SourceScope = b[3]
+	switch e.Family {
+	case 1:
+		if e.SourceNetmask > net.IPv4len*8 || e.SourceScope > net.IPv4len*8 {
+			return errors.New("dns: bad netmask")
+		}
+		addr := make([]byte, net.IPv4len)
+		for i := 0; i < net.IPv4len && 4+i < len(b); i++ {
+			addr[i] = b[4+i]
+		}
+		e.Address = net.IPv4(addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3])
+	case 2:
+		if e.SourceNetmask > net.IPv6len*8 || e.SourceScope > net.IPv6len*8 {
+			return errors.New("dns: bad netmask")
+		}
+		addr := make([]byte, net.IPv6len)
+		for i := 0; i < net.IPv6len && 4+i < len(b); i++ {
+			addr[i] = b[4+i]
+		}
+		e.Address = net.IP{addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4],
+			addr[5], addr[6], addr[7], addr[8], addr[9], addr[10],
+			addr[11], addr[12], addr[13], addr[14], addr[15]}
+	default:
+		return errors.New("dns: bad address family")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_SUBNET) String() (s string) {
+	if e.Address == nil {
+		s = "<nil>"
+	} else if e.Address.To4() != nil {
+		s = e.Address.String()
+	} else {
+		s = "[" + e.Address.String() + "]"
+	}
+	s += "/" + strconv.Itoa(int(e.SourceNetmask)) + "/" + strconv.Itoa(int(e.SourceScope))
+	return
+}
+
+// The Cookie EDNS0 option
+//
+//	o := new(dns.OPT)
+//	o.Hdr.Name = "."
+//	o.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeOPT
+//	e := new(dns.EDNS0_COOKIE)
+//	e.Code = dns.EDNS0COOKIE
+//	e.Cookie = "24a5ac.."
+//	o.Option = append(o.Option, e)
+//
+// The Cookie field consists out of a client cookie (RFC 7873 Section 4), that is
+// always 8 bytes. It may then optionally be followed by the server cookie. The server
+// cookie is of variable length, 8 to a maximum of 32 bytes. In other words:
+//
+//	cCookie := o.Cookie[:16]
+//	sCookie := o.Cookie[16:]
+//
+// There is no guarantee that the Cookie string has a specific length.
+type EDNS0_COOKIE struct {
+	Code   uint16 // Always EDNS0COOKIE
+	Cookie string // Hex-encoded cookie data
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_COOKIE) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	h, err := hex.DecodeString(e.Cookie)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return h, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_COOKIE) Option() uint16        { return EDNS0COOKIE }
+func (e *EDNS0_COOKIE) unpack(b []byte) error { e.Cookie = hex.EncodeToString(b); return nil }
+func (e *EDNS0_COOKIE) String() string        { return e.Cookie }
+
+// The EDNS0_UL (Update Lease) (draft RFC) option is used to tell the server to set
+// an expiration on an update RR. This is helpful for clients that cannot clean
+// up after themselves. This is a draft RFC and more information can be found at
+// http://files.dns-sd.org/draft-sekar-dns-ul.txt
+//
+//	o := new(dns.OPT)
+//	o.Hdr.Name = "."
+//	o.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeOPT
+//	e := new(dns.EDNS0_UL)
+//	e.Code = dns.EDNS0UL
+//	e.Lease = 120 // in seconds
+//	o.Option = append(o.Option, e)
+type EDNS0_UL struct {
+	Code  uint16 // Always EDNS0UL
+	Lease uint32
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_UL) Option() uint16 { return EDNS0UL }
+func (e *EDNS0_UL) String() string { return strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.Lease), 10) }
+
+// Copied: http://golang.org/src/pkg/net/dnsmsg.go
+func (e *EDNS0_UL) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	b := make([]byte, 4)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(b, e.Lease)
+	return b, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_UL) unpack(b []byte) error {
+	if len(b) < 4 {
+		return ErrBuf
+	}
+	e.Lease = binary.BigEndian.Uint32(b)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EDNS0_LLQ stands for Long Lived Queries: http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-sekar-dns-llq-01
+// Implemented for completeness, as the EDNS0 type code is assigned.
+type EDNS0_LLQ struct {
+	Code      uint16 // Always EDNS0LLQ
+	Version   uint16
+	Opcode    uint16
+	Error     uint16
+	Id        uint64
+	LeaseLife uint32
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LLQ) Option() uint16 { return EDNS0LLQ }
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LLQ) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	b := make([]byte, 18)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(b[0:], e.Version)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(b[2:], e.Opcode)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(b[4:], e.Error)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint64(b[6:], e.Id)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(b[14:], e.LeaseLife)
+	return b, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LLQ) unpack(b []byte) error {
+	if len(b) < 18 {
+		return ErrBuf
+	}
+	e.Version = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(b[0:])
+	e.Opcode = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(b[2:])
+	e.Error = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(b[4:])
+	e.Id = binary.BigEndian.Uint64(b[6:])
+	e.LeaseLife = binary.BigEndian.Uint32(b[14:])
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LLQ) String() string {
+	s := strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.Version), 10) + " " + strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.Opcode), 10) +
+		" " + strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.Error), 10) + " " + strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.Id), 10) +
+		" " + strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.LeaseLife), 10)
+	return s
+}
+
+type EDNS0_DAU struct {
+	Code    uint16 // Always EDNS0DAU
+	AlgCode []uint8
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_DAU) Option() uint16        { return EDNS0DAU }
+func (e *EDNS0_DAU) pack() ([]byte, error) { return e.AlgCode, nil }
+func (e *EDNS0_DAU) unpack(b []byte) error { e.AlgCode = b; return nil }
+
+func (e *EDNS0_DAU) String() string {
+	s := ""
+	for i := 0; i < len(e.AlgCode); i++ {
+		if a, ok := AlgorithmToString[e.AlgCode[i]]; ok {
+			s += " " + a
+		} else {
+			s += " " + strconv.Itoa(int(e.AlgCode[i]))
+		}
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+type EDNS0_DHU struct {
+	Code    uint16 // Always EDNS0DHU
+	AlgCode []uint8
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_DHU) Option() uint16        { return EDNS0DHU }
+func (e *EDNS0_DHU) pack() ([]byte, error) { return e.AlgCode, nil }
+func (e *EDNS0_DHU) unpack(b []byte) error { e.AlgCode = b; return nil }
+
+func (e *EDNS0_DHU) String() string {
+	s := ""
+	for i := 0; i < len(e.AlgCode); i++ {
+		if a, ok := HashToString[e.AlgCode[i]]; ok {
+			s += " " + a
+		} else {
+			s += " " + strconv.Itoa(int(e.AlgCode[i]))
+		}
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+type EDNS0_N3U struct {
+	Code    uint16 // Always EDNS0N3U
+	AlgCode []uint8
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_N3U) Option() uint16        { return EDNS0N3U }
+func (e *EDNS0_N3U) pack() ([]byte, error) { return e.AlgCode, nil }
+func (e *EDNS0_N3U) unpack(b []byte) error { e.AlgCode = b; return nil }
+
+func (e *EDNS0_N3U) String() string {
+	// Re-use the hash map
+	s := ""
+	for i := 0; i < len(e.AlgCode); i++ {
+		if a, ok := HashToString[e.AlgCode[i]]; ok {
+			s += " " + a
+		} else {
+			s += " " + strconv.Itoa(int(e.AlgCode[i]))
+		}
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+type EDNS0_EXPIRE struct {
+	Code   uint16 // Always EDNS0EXPIRE
+	Expire uint32
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_EXPIRE) Option() uint16 { return EDNS0EXPIRE }
+func (e *EDNS0_EXPIRE) String() string { return strconv.FormatUint(uint64(e.Expire), 10) }
+
+func (e *EDNS0_EXPIRE) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	b := make([]byte, 4)
+	b[0] = byte(e.Expire >> 24)
+	b[1] = byte(e.Expire >> 16)
+	b[2] = byte(e.Expire >> 8)
+	b[3] = byte(e.Expire)
+	return b, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_EXPIRE) unpack(b []byte) error {
+	if len(b) < 4 {
+		return ErrBuf
+	}
+	e.Expire = binary.BigEndian.Uint32(b)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// The EDNS0_LOCAL option is used for local/experimental purposes. The option
+// code is recommended to be within the range [EDNS0LOCALSTART, EDNS0LOCALEND]
+// (RFC6891), although any unassigned code can actually be used.  The content of
+// the option is made available in Data, unaltered.
+// Basic use pattern for creating a local option:
+//
+//	o := new(dns.OPT)
+//	o.Hdr.Name = "."
+//	o.Hdr.Rrtype = dns.TypeOPT
+//	e := new(dns.EDNS0_LOCAL)
+//	e.Code = dns.EDNS0LOCALSTART
+//	e.Data = []byte{72, 82, 74}
+//	o.Option = append(o.Option, e)
+type EDNS0_LOCAL struct {
+	Code uint16
+	Data []byte
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LOCAL) Option() uint16 { return e.Code }
+func (e *EDNS0_LOCAL) String() string {
+	return strconv.FormatInt(int64(e.Code), 10) + ":0x" + hex.EncodeToString(e.Data)
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LOCAL) pack() ([]byte, error) {
+	b := make([]byte, len(e.Data))
+	copied := copy(b, e.Data)
+	if copied != len(e.Data) {
+		return nil, ErrBuf
+	}
+	return b, nil
+}
+
+func (e *EDNS0_LOCAL) unpack(b []byte) error {
+	e.Data = make([]byte, len(b))
+	copied := copy(e.Data, b)
+	if copied != len(b) {
+		return ErrBuf
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/format.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"net"
+	"reflect"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// NumField returns the number of rdata fields r has.
+func NumField(r RR) int {
+	return reflect.ValueOf(r).Elem().NumField() - 1 // Remove RR_Header
+}
+
+// Field returns the rdata field i as a string. Fields are indexed starting from 1.
+// RR types that holds slice data, for instance the NSEC type bitmap will return a single
+// string where the types are concatenated using a space.
+// Accessing non existing fields will cause a panic.
+func Field(r RR, i int) string {
+	if i == 0 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	d := reflect.ValueOf(r).Elem().Field(i)
+	switch k := d.Kind(); k {
+	case reflect.String:
+		return d.String()
+	case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+		return strconv.FormatInt(d.Int(), 10)
+	case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64:
+		return strconv.FormatUint(d.Uint(), 10)
+	case reflect.Slice:
+		switch reflect.ValueOf(r).Elem().Type().Field(i).Tag {
+		case `dns:"a"`:
+			// TODO(miek): Hmm store this as 16 bytes
+			if d.Len() < net.IPv6len {
+				return net.IPv4(byte(d.Index(0).Uint()),
+					byte(d.Index(1).Uint()),
+					byte(d.Index(2).Uint()),
+					byte(d.Index(3).Uint())).String()
+			}
+			return net.IPv4(byte(d.Index(12).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(13).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(14).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(15).Uint())).String()
+		case `dns:"aaaa"`:
+			return net.IP{
+				byte(d.Index(0).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(1).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(2).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(3).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(4).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(5).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(6).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(7).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(8).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(9).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(10).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(11).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(12).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(13).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(14).Uint()),
+				byte(d.Index(15).Uint()),
+			}.String()
+		case `dns:"nsec"`:
+			if d.Len() == 0 {
+				return ""
+			}
+			s := Type(d.Index(0).Uint()).String()
+			for i := 1; i < d.Len(); i++ {
+				s += " " + Type(d.Index(i).Uint()).String()
+			}
+			return s
+		default:
+			// if it does not have a tag its a string slice
+			fallthrough
+		case `dns:"txt"`:
+			if d.Len() == 0 {
+				return ""
+			}
+			s := d.Index(0).String()
+			for i := 1; i < d.Len(); i++ {
+				s += " " + d.Index(i).String()
+			}
+			return s
+		}
+	}
+	return ""
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/generate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Parse the $GENERATE statement as used in BIND9 zones.
+// See http://www.zytrax.com/books/dns/ch8/generate.html for instance.
+// We are called after '$GENERATE '. After which we expect:
+// * the range (12-24/2)
+// * lhs (ownername)
+// * [[ttl][class]]
+// * type
+// * rhs (rdata)
+// But we are lazy here, only the range is parsed *all* occurrences
+// of $ after that are interpreted.
+// Any error are returned as a string value, the empty string signals
+// "no error".
+func generate(l lex, c chan lex, t chan *Token, o string) string {
+	step := 1
+	if i := strings.IndexAny(l.token, "/"); i != -1 {
+		if i+1 == len(l.token) {
+			return "bad step in $GENERATE range"
+		}
+		if s, err := strconv.Atoi(l.token[i+1:]); err == nil {
+			if s < 0 {
+				return "bad step in $GENERATE range"
+			}
+			step = s
+		} else {
+			return "bad step in $GENERATE range"
+		}
+		l.token = l.token[:i]
+	}
+	sx := strings.SplitN(l.token, "-", 2)
+	if len(sx) != 2 {
+		return "bad start-stop in $GENERATE range"
+	}
+	start, err := strconv.Atoi(sx[0])
+	if err != nil {
+		return "bad start in $GENERATE range"
+	}
+	end, err := strconv.Atoi(sx[1])
+	if err != nil {
+		return "bad stop in $GENERATE range"
+	}
+	if end < 0 || start < 0 || end < start {
+		return "bad range in $GENERATE range"
+	}
+
+	<-c // _BLANK
+	// Create a complete new string, which we then parse again.
+	s := ""
+BuildRR:
+	l = <-c
+	if l.value != zNewline && l.value != zEOF {
+		s += l.token
+		goto BuildRR
+	}
+	for i := start; i <= end; i += step {
+		var (
+			escape bool
+			dom    bytes.Buffer
+			mod    string
+			err    error
+			offset int
+		)
+
+		for j := 0; j < len(s); j++ { // No 'range' because we need to jump around
+			switch s[j] {
+			case '\\':
+				if escape {
+					dom.WriteByte('\\')
+					escape = false
+					continue
+				}
+				escape = true
+			case '$':
+				mod = "%d"
+				offset = 0
+				if escape {
+					dom.WriteByte('$')
+					escape = false
+					continue
+				}
+				escape = false
+				if j+1 >= len(s) { // End of the string
+					dom.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf(mod, i+offset))
+					continue
+				} else {
+					if s[j+1] == '$' {
+						dom.WriteByte('$')
+						j++
+						continue
+					}
+				}
+				// Search for { and }
+				if s[j+1] == '{' { // Modifier block
+					sep := strings.Index(s[j+2:], "}")
+					if sep == -1 {
+						return "bad modifier in $GENERATE"
+					}
+					mod, offset, err = modToPrintf(s[j+2 : j+2+sep])
+					if err != nil {
+						return err.Error()
+					}
+					j += 2 + sep // Jump to it
+				}
+				dom.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf(mod, i+offset))
+			default:
+				if escape { // Pretty useless here
+					escape = false
+					continue
+				}
+				dom.WriteByte(s[j])
+			}
+		}
+		// Re-parse the RR and send it on the current channel t
+		rx, err := NewRR("$ORIGIN " + o + "\n" + dom.String())
+		if err != nil {
+			return err.Error()
+		}
+		t <- &Token{RR: rx}
+		// Its more efficient to first built the rrlist and then parse it in
+		// one go! But is this a problem?
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// Convert a $GENERATE modifier 0,0,d to something Printf can deal with.
+func modToPrintf(s string) (string, int, error) {
+	xs := strings.SplitN(s, ",", 3)
+	if len(xs) != 3 {
+		return "", 0, errors.New("bad modifier in $GENERATE")
+	}
+	// xs[0] is offset, xs[1] is width, xs[2] is base
+	if xs[2] != "o" && xs[2] != "d" && xs[2] != "x" && xs[2] != "X" {
+		return "", 0, errors.New("bad base in $GENERATE")
+	}
+	offset, err := strconv.Atoi(xs[0])
+	if err != nil || offset > 255 {
+		return "", 0, errors.New("bad offset in $GENERATE")
+	}
+	width, err := strconv.Atoi(xs[1])
+	if err != nil || width > 255 {
+		return "", offset, errors.New("bad width in $GENERATE")
+	}
+	switch {
+	case width < 0:
+		return "", offset, errors.New("bad width in $GENERATE")
+	case width == 0:
+		return "%" + xs[1] + xs[2], offset, nil
+	}
+	return "%0" + xs[1] + xs[2], offset, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/labels.go

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+package dns
+
+// Holds a bunch of helper functions for dealing with labels.
+
+// SplitDomainName splits a name string into it's labels.
+// www.miek.nl. returns []string{"www", "miek", "nl"}
+// .www.miek.nl. returns []string{"", "www", "miek", "nl"},
+// The root label (.) returns nil. Note that using
+// strings.Split(s) will work in most cases, but does not handle
+// escaped dots (\.) for instance.
+// s must be a syntactically valid domain name, see IsDomainName.
+func SplitDomainName(s string) (labels []string) {
+	if len(s) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	fqdnEnd := 0 // offset of the final '.' or the length of the name
+	idx := Split(s)
+	begin := 0
+	if s[len(s)-1] == '.' {
+		fqdnEnd = len(s) - 1
+	} else {
+		fqdnEnd = len(s)
+	}
+
+	switch len(idx) {
+	case 0:
+		return nil
+	case 1:
+		// no-op
+	default:
+		end := 0
+		for i := 1; i < len(idx); i++ {
+			end = idx[i]
+			labels = append(labels, s[begin:end-1])
+			begin = end
+		}
+	}
+
+	labels = append(labels, s[begin:fqdnEnd])
+	return labels
+}
+
+// CompareDomainName compares the names s1 and s2 and
+// returns how many labels they have in common starting from the *right*.
+// The comparison stops at the first inequality. The names are not downcased
+// before the comparison.
+//
+// www.miek.nl. and miek.nl. have two labels in common: miek and nl
+// www.miek.nl. and www.bla.nl. have one label in common: nl
+//
+// s1 and s2 must be syntactically valid domain names.
+func CompareDomainName(s1, s2 string) (n int) {
+	s1 = Fqdn(s1)
+	s2 = Fqdn(s2)
+	l1 := Split(s1)
+	l2 := Split(s2)
+
+	// the first check: root label
+	if l1 == nil || l2 == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	j1 := len(l1) - 1 // end
+	i1 := len(l1) - 2 // start
+	j2 := len(l2) - 1
+	i2 := len(l2) - 2
+	// the second check can be done here: last/only label
+	// before we fall through into the for-loop below
+	if s1[l1[j1]:] == s2[l2[j2]:] {
+		n++
+	} else {
+		return
+	}
+	for {
+		if i1 < 0 || i2 < 0 {
+			break
+		}
+		if s1[l1[i1]:l1[j1]] == s2[l2[i2]:l2[j2]] {
+			n++
+		} else {
+			break
+		}
+		j1--
+		i1--
+		j2--
+		i2--
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// CountLabel counts the the number of labels in the string s.
+// s must be a syntactically valid domain name.
+func CountLabel(s string) (labels int) {
+	if s == "." {
+		return
+	}
+	off := 0
+	end := false
+	for {
+		off, end = NextLabel(s, off)
+		labels++
+		if end {
+			return
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Split splits a name s into its label indexes.
+// www.miek.nl. returns []int{0, 4, 9}, www.miek.nl also returns []int{0, 4, 9}.
+// The root name (.) returns nil. Also see SplitDomainName.
+// s must be a syntactically valid domain name.
+func Split(s string) []int {
+	if s == "." {
+		return nil
+	}
+	idx := make([]int, 1, 3)
+	off := 0
+	end := false
+
+	for {
+		off, end = NextLabel(s, off)
+		if end {
+			return idx
+		}
+		idx = append(idx, off)
+	}
+}
+
+// NextLabel returns the index of the start of the next label in the
+// string s starting at offset.
+// The bool end is true when the end of the string has been reached.
+// Also see PrevLabel.
+func NextLabel(s string, offset int) (i int, end bool) {
+	quote := false
+	for i = offset; i < len(s)-1; i++ {
+		switch s[i] {
+		case '\\':
+			quote = !quote
+		default:
+			quote = false
+		case '.':
+			if quote {
+				quote = !quote
+				continue
+			}
+			return i + 1, false
+		}
+	}
+	return i + 1, true
+}
+
+// PrevLabel returns the index of the label when starting from the right and
+// jumping n labels to the left.
+// The bool start is true when the start of the string has been overshot.
+// Also see NextLabel.
+func PrevLabel(s string, n int) (i int, start bool) {
+	if n == 0 {
+		return len(s), false
+	}
+	lab := Split(s)
+	if lab == nil {
+		return 0, true
+	}
+	if n > len(lab) {
+		return 0, true
+	}
+	return lab[len(lab)-n], false
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/msg_generate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+//+build ignore
+
+// msg_generate.go is meant to run with go generate. It will use
+// go/{importer,types} to track down all the RR struct types. Then for each type
+// it will generate pack/unpack methods based on the struct tags. The generated source is
+// written to zmsg.go, and is meant to be checked into git.
+package main
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"go/format"
+	"go/importer"
+	"go/types"
+	"log"
+	"os"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+var packageHdr = `
+// *** DO NOT MODIFY ***
+// AUTOGENERATED BY go generate from msg_generate.go
+
+package dns
+
+`
+
+// getTypeStruct will take a type and the package scope, and return the
+// (innermost) struct if the type is considered a RR type (currently defined as
+// those structs beginning with a RR_Header, could be redefined as implementing
+// the RR interface). The bool return value indicates if embedded structs were
+// resolved.
+func getTypeStruct(t types.Type, scope *types.Scope) (*types.Struct, bool) {
+	st, ok := t.Underlying().(*types.Struct)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+	if st.Field(0).Type() == scope.Lookup("RR_Header").Type() {
+		return st, false
+	}
+	if st.Field(0).Anonymous() {
+		st, _ := getTypeStruct(st.Field(0).Type(), scope)
+		return st, true
+	}
+	return nil, false
+}
+
+func main() {
+	// Import and type-check the package
+	pkg, err := importer.Default().Import("github.com/miekg/dns")
+	fatalIfErr(err)
+	scope := pkg.Scope()
+
+	// Collect actual types (*X)
+	var namedTypes []string
+	for _, name := range scope.Names() {
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		if o == nil || !o.Exported() {
+			continue
+		}
+		if st, _ := getTypeStruct(o.Type(), scope); st == nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if name == "PrivateRR" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Check if corresponding TypeX exists
+		if scope.Lookup("Type"+o.Name()) == nil && o.Name() != "RFC3597" {
+			log.Fatalf("Constant Type%s does not exist.", o.Name())
+		}
+
+		namedTypes = append(namedTypes, o.Name())
+	}
+
+	b := &bytes.Buffer{}
+	b.WriteString(packageHdr)
+
+	fmt.Fprint(b, "// pack*() functions\n\n")
+	for _, name := range namedTypes {
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		st, _ := getTypeStruct(o.Type(), scope)
+
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "func (rr *%s) pack(msg []byte, off int, compression map[string]int, compress bool) (int, error) {\n", name)
+		fmt.Fprint(b, `off, err := rr.Hdr.pack(msg, off, compression, compress)
+if err != nil {
+	return off, err
+}
+headerEnd := off
+`)
+		for i := 1; i < st.NumFields(); i++ {
+			o := func(s string) {
+				fmt.Fprintf(b, s, st.Field(i).Name())
+				fmt.Fprint(b, `if err != nil {
+return off, err
+}
+`)
+			}
+
+			if _, ok := st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Slice); ok {
+				switch st.Tag(i) {
+				case `dns:"-"`: // ignored
+				case `dns:"txt"`:
+					o("off, err = packStringTxt(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case `dns:"opt"`:
+					o("off, err = packDataOpt(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case `dns:"nsec"`:
+					o("off, err = packDataNsec(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case `dns:"domain-name"`:
+					o("off, err = packDataDomainNames(rr.%s, msg, off, compression, compress)\n")
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+				}
+				continue
+			}
+
+			switch {
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"-"`: // ignored
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"cdomain-name"`:
+				fallthrough
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"domain-name"`:
+				o("off, err = PackDomainName(rr.%s, msg, off, compression, compress)\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"a"`:
+				o("off, err = packDataA(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"aaaa"`:
+				o("off, err = packDataAAAA(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"uint48"`:
+				o("off, err = packUint48(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"txt"`:
+				o("off, err = packString(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+
+			case strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-base32`): // size-base32 can be packed just like base32
+				fallthrough
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"base32"`:
+				o("off, err = packStringBase32(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+
+			case strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-base64`): // size-base64 can be packed just like base64
+				fallthrough
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"base64"`:
+				o("off, err = packStringBase64(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+
+			case strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-hex:SaltLength`): // Hack to fix empty salt length for NSEC3
+				o("if rr.%s == \"-\" { /* do nothing, empty salt */ }\n")
+				continue
+			case strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-hex`): // size-hex can be packed just like hex
+				fallthrough
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"hex"`:
+				o("off, err = packStringHex(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"octet"`:
+				o("off, err = packStringOctet(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == "":
+				switch st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Basic).Kind() {
+				case types.Uint8:
+					o("off, err = packUint8(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case types.Uint16:
+					o("off, err = packUint16(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case types.Uint32:
+					o("off, err = packUint32(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case types.Uint64:
+					o("off, err = packUint64(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				case types.String:
+					o("off, err = packString(rr.%s, msg, off)\n")
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name())
+				}
+			default:
+				log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+			}
+		}
+		// We have packed everything, only now we know the rdlength of this RR
+		fmt.Fprintln(b, "rr.Header().Rdlength = uint16(off-headerEnd)")
+		fmt.Fprintln(b, "return off, nil }\n")
+	}
+
+	fmt.Fprint(b, "// unpack*() functions\n\n")
+	for _, name := range namedTypes {
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		st, _ := getTypeStruct(o.Type(), scope)
+
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "func unpack%s(h RR_Header, msg []byte, off int) (RR, int, error) {\n", name)
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "rr := new(%s)\n", name)
+		fmt.Fprint(b, "rr.Hdr = h\n")
+		fmt.Fprint(b, `if noRdata(h) {
+return rr, off, nil
+	}
+var err error
+rdStart := off
+_ = rdStart
+
+`)
+		for i := 1; i < st.NumFields(); i++ {
+			o := func(s string) {
+				fmt.Fprintf(b, s, st.Field(i).Name())
+				fmt.Fprint(b, `if err != nil {
+return rr, off, err
+}
+`)
+			}
+
+			// size-* are special, because they reference a struct member we should use for the length.
+			if strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-`) {
+				structMember := structMember(st.Tag(i))
+				structTag := structTag(st.Tag(i))
+				switch structTag {
+				case "hex":
+					fmt.Fprintf(b, "rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringHex(msg, off, off + int(rr.%s))\n", st.Field(i).Name(), structMember)
+				case "base32":
+					fmt.Fprintf(b, "rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringBase32(msg, off, off + int(rr.%s))\n", st.Field(i).Name(), structMember)
+				case "base64":
+					fmt.Fprintf(b, "rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringBase64(msg, off, off + int(rr.%s))\n", st.Field(i).Name(), structMember)
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+				}
+				fmt.Fprint(b, `if err != nil {
+return rr, off, err
+}
+`)
+				continue
+			}
+
+			if _, ok := st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Slice); ok {
+				switch st.Tag(i) {
+				case `dns:"-"`: // ignored
+				case `dns:"txt"`:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringTxt(msg, off)\n")
+				case `dns:"opt"`:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackDataOpt(msg, off)\n")
+				case `dns:"nsec"`:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackDataNsec(msg, off)\n")
+				case `dns:"domain-name"`:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackDataDomainNames(msg, off, rdStart + int(rr.Hdr.Rdlength))\n")
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+				}
+				continue
+			}
+
+			switch st.Tag(i) {
+			case `dns:"-"`: // ignored
+			case `dns:"cdomain-name"`:
+				fallthrough
+			case `dns:"domain-name"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = UnpackDomainName(msg, off)\n")
+			case `dns:"a"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackDataA(msg, off)\n")
+			case `dns:"aaaa"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackDataAAAA(msg, off)\n")
+			case `dns:"uint48"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackUint48(msg, off)\n")
+			case `dns:"txt"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackString(msg, off)\n")
+			case `dns:"base32"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringBase32(msg, off, rdStart + int(rr.Hdr.Rdlength))\n")
+			case `dns:"base64"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringBase64(msg, off, rdStart + int(rr.Hdr.Rdlength))\n")
+			case `dns:"hex"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringHex(msg, off, rdStart + int(rr.Hdr.Rdlength))\n")
+			case `dns:"octet"`:
+				o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackStringOctet(msg, off)\n")
+			case "":
+				switch st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Basic).Kind() {
+				case types.Uint8:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackUint8(msg, off)\n")
+				case types.Uint16:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackUint16(msg, off)\n")
+				case types.Uint32:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackUint32(msg, off)\n")
+				case types.Uint64:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackUint64(msg, off)\n")
+				case types.String:
+					o("rr.%s, off, err = unpackString(msg, off)\n")
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name())
+				}
+			default:
+				log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+			}
+			// If we've hit len(msg) we return without error.
+			if i < st.NumFields()-1 {
+				fmt.Fprintf(b, `if off == len(msg) {
+return rr, off, nil
+	}
+`)
+			}
+		}
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "return rr, off, err }\n\n")
+	}
+	// Generate typeToUnpack map
+	fmt.Fprintln(b, "var typeToUnpack = map[uint16]func(RR_Header, []byte, int) (RR, int, error){")
+	for _, name := range namedTypes {
+		if name == "RFC3597" {
+			continue
+		}
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "Type%s: unpack%s,\n", name, name)
+	}
+	fmt.Fprintln(b, "}\n")
+
+	// gofmt
+	res, err := format.Source(b.Bytes())
+	if err != nil {
+		b.WriteTo(os.Stderr)
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	// write result
+	f, err := os.Create("zmsg.go")
+	fatalIfErr(err)
+	defer f.Close()
+	f.Write(res)
+}
+
+// structMember will take a tag like dns:"size-base32:SaltLength" and return the last part of this string.
+func structMember(s string) string {
+	fields := strings.Split(s, ":")
+	if len(fields) == 0 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	f := fields[len(fields)-1]
+	// f should have a closing "
+	if len(f) > 1 {
+		return f[:len(f)-1]
+	}
+	return f
+}
+
+// structTag will take a tag like dns:"size-base32:SaltLength" and return base32.
+func structTag(s string) string {
+	fields := strings.Split(s, ":")
+	if len(fields) < 2 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return fields[1][len("\"size-"):]
+}
+
+func fatalIfErr(err error) {
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/msg_helpers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"encoding/base32"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"net"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// helper functions called from the generated zmsg.go
+
+// These function are named after the tag to help pack/unpack, if there is no tag it is the name
+// of the type they pack/unpack (string, int, etc). We prefix all with unpackData or packData, so packDataA or
+// packDataDomainName.
+
+func unpackDataA(msg []byte, off int) (net.IP, int, error) {
+	if off+net.IPv4len > len(msg) {
+		return nil, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking a"}
+	}
+	a := append(make(net.IP, 0, net.IPv4len), msg[off:off+net.IPv4len]...)
+	off += net.IPv4len
+	return a, off, nil
+}
+
+func packDataA(a net.IP, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	// It must be a slice of 4, even if it is 16, we encode only the first 4
+	if off+net.IPv4len > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing a"}
+	}
+	switch len(a) {
+	case net.IPv4len, net.IPv6len:
+		copy(msg[off:], a.To4())
+		off += net.IPv4len
+	case 0:
+		// Allowed, for dynamic updates.
+	default:
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing a"}
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackDataAAAA(msg []byte, off int) (net.IP, int, error) {
+	if off+net.IPv6len > len(msg) {
+		return nil, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking aaaa"}
+	}
+	aaaa := append(make(net.IP, 0, net.IPv6len), msg[off:off+net.IPv6len]...)
+	off += net.IPv6len
+	return aaaa, off, nil
+}
+
+func packDataAAAA(aaaa net.IP, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	if off+net.IPv6len > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing aaaa"}
+	}
+
+	switch len(aaaa) {
+	case net.IPv6len:
+		copy(msg[off:], aaaa)
+		off += net.IPv6len
+	case 0:
+		// Allowed, dynamic updates.
+	default:
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing aaaa"}
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+// unpackHeader unpacks an RR header, returning the offset to the end of the header and a
+// re-sliced msg according to the expected length of the RR.
+func unpackHeader(msg []byte, off int) (rr RR_Header, off1 int, truncmsg []byte, err error) {
+	hdr := RR_Header{}
+	if off == len(msg) {
+		return hdr, off, msg, nil
+	}
+
+	hdr.Name, off, err = UnpackDomainName(msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return hdr, len(msg), msg, err
+	}
+	hdr.Rrtype, off, err = unpackUint16(msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return hdr, len(msg), msg, err
+	}
+	hdr.Class, off, err = unpackUint16(msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return hdr, len(msg), msg, err
+	}
+	hdr.Ttl, off, err = unpackUint32(msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return hdr, len(msg), msg, err
+	}
+	hdr.Rdlength, off, err = unpackUint16(msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return hdr, len(msg), msg, err
+	}
+	msg, err = truncateMsgFromRdlength(msg, off, hdr.Rdlength)
+	return hdr, off, msg, nil
+}
+
+// pack packs an RR header, returning the offset to the end of the header.
+// See PackDomainName for documentation about the compression.
+func (hdr RR_Header) pack(msg []byte, off int, compression map[string]int, compress bool) (off1 int, err error) {
+	if off == len(msg) {
+		return off, nil
+	}
+
+	off, err = PackDomainName(hdr.Name, msg, off, compression, compress)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(hdr.Rrtype, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(hdr.Class, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint32(hdr.Ttl, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(hdr.Rdlength, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+// helper helper functions.
+
+// truncateMsgFromRdLength truncates msg to match the expected length of the RR.
+// Returns an error if msg is smaller than the expected size.
+func truncateMsgFromRdlength(msg []byte, off int, rdlength uint16) (truncmsg []byte, err error) {
+	lenrd := off + int(rdlength)
+	if lenrd > len(msg) {
+		return msg, &Error{err: "overflowing header size"}
+	}
+	return msg[:lenrd], nil
+}
+
+func fromBase32(s []byte) (buf []byte, err error) {
+	buflen := base32.HexEncoding.DecodedLen(len(s))
+	buf = make([]byte, buflen)
+	n, err := base32.HexEncoding.Decode(buf, s)
+	buf = buf[:n]
+	return
+}
+
+func toBase32(b []byte) string { return base32.HexEncoding.EncodeToString(b) }
+
+func fromBase64(s []byte) (buf []byte, err error) {
+	buflen := base64.StdEncoding.DecodedLen(len(s))
+	buf = make([]byte, buflen)
+	n, err := base64.StdEncoding.Decode(buf, s)
+	buf = buf[:n]
+	return
+}
+
+func toBase64(b []byte) string { return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(b) }
+
+// dynamicUpdate returns true if the Rdlength is zero.
+func noRdata(h RR_Header) bool { return h.Rdlength == 0 }
+
+func unpackUint8(msg []byte, off int) (i uint8, off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+1 > len(msg) {
+		return 0, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking uint8"}
+	}
+	return uint8(msg[off]), off + 1, nil
+}
+
+func packUint8(i uint8, msg []byte, off int) (off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+1 > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing uint8"}
+	}
+	msg[off] = byte(i)
+	return off + 1, nil
+}
+
+func unpackUint16(msg []byte, off int) (i uint16, off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+2 > len(msg) {
+		return 0, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking uint16"}
+	}
+	return binary.BigEndian.Uint16(msg[off:]), off + 2, nil
+}
+
+func packUint16(i uint16, msg []byte, off int) (off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+2 > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing uint16"}
+	}
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(msg[off:], i)
+	return off + 2, nil
+}
+
+func unpackUint32(msg []byte, off int) (i uint32, off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+4 > len(msg) {
+		return 0, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking uint32"}
+	}
+	return binary.BigEndian.Uint32(msg[off:]), off + 4, nil
+}
+
+func packUint32(i uint32, msg []byte, off int) (off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+4 > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing uint32"}
+	}
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(msg[off:], i)
+	return off + 4, nil
+}
+
+func unpackUint48(msg []byte, off int) (i uint64, off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+6 > len(msg) {
+		return 0, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking uint64 as uint48"}
+	}
+	// Used in TSIG where the last 48 bits are occupied, so for now, assume a uint48 (6 bytes)
+	i = (uint64(uint64(msg[off])<<40 | uint64(msg[off+1])<<32 | uint64(msg[off+2])<<24 | uint64(msg[off+3])<<16 |
+		uint64(msg[off+4])<<8 | uint64(msg[off+5])))
+	off += 6
+	return i, off, nil
+}
+
+func packUint48(i uint64, msg []byte, off int) (off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+6 > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing uint64 as uint48"}
+	}
+	msg[off] = byte(i >> 40)
+	msg[off+1] = byte(i >> 32)
+	msg[off+2] = byte(i >> 24)
+	msg[off+3] = byte(i >> 16)
+	msg[off+4] = byte(i >> 8)
+	msg[off+5] = byte(i)
+	off += 6
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackUint64(msg []byte, off int) (i uint64, off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+8 > len(msg) {
+		return 0, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking uint64"}
+	}
+	return binary.BigEndian.Uint64(msg[off:]), off + 8, nil
+}
+
+func packUint64(i uint64, msg []byte, off int) (off1 int, err error) {
+	if off+8 > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing uint64"}
+	}
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint64(msg[off:], i)
+	off += 8
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackString(msg []byte, off int) (string, int, error) {
+	if off+1 > len(msg) {
+		return "", off, &Error{err: "overflow unpacking txt"}
+	}
+	l := int(msg[off])
+	if off+l+1 > len(msg) {
+		return "", off, &Error{err: "overflow unpacking txt"}
+	}
+	s := make([]byte, 0, l)
+	for _, b := range msg[off+1 : off+1+l] {
+		switch b {
+		case '"', '\\':
+			s = append(s, '\\', b)
+		case '\t', '\r', '\n':
+			s = append(s, b)
+		default:
+			if b < 32 || b > 127 { // unprintable
+				var buf [3]byte
+				bufs := strconv.AppendInt(buf[:0], int64(b), 10)
+				s = append(s, '\\')
+				for i := 0; i < 3-len(bufs); i++ {
+					s = append(s, '0')
+				}
+				for _, r := range bufs {
+					s = append(s, r)
+				}
+			} else {
+				s = append(s, b)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	off += 1 + l
+	return string(s), off, nil
+}
+
+func packString(s string, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	txtTmp := make([]byte, 256*4+1)
+	off, err := packTxtString(s, msg, off, txtTmp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackStringBase32(msg []byte, off, end int) (string, int, error) {
+	if end > len(msg) {
+		return "", len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking base32"}
+	}
+	s := toBase32(msg[off:end])
+	return s, end, nil
+}
+
+func packStringBase32(s string, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	b32, err := fromBase32([]byte(s))
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	if off+len(b32) > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing base32"}
+	}
+	copy(msg[off:off+len(b32)], b32)
+	off += len(b32)
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackStringBase64(msg []byte, off, end int) (string, int, error) {
+	// Rest of the RR is base64 encoded value, so we don't need an explicit length
+	// to be set. Thus far all RR's that have base64 encoded fields have those as their
+	// last one. What we do need is the end of the RR!
+	if end > len(msg) {
+		return "", len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking base64"}
+	}
+	s := toBase64(msg[off:end])
+	return s, end, nil
+}
+
+func packStringBase64(s string, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	b64, err := fromBase64([]byte(s))
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	if off+len(b64) > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing base64"}
+	}
+	copy(msg[off:off+len(b64)], b64)
+	off += len(b64)
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackStringHex(msg []byte, off, end int) (string, int, error) {
+	// Rest of the RR is hex encoded value, so we don't need an explicit length
+	// to be set. NSEC and TSIG have hex fields with a length field.
+	// What we do need is the end of the RR!
+	if end > len(msg) {
+		return "", len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking hex"}
+	}
+
+	s := hex.EncodeToString(msg[off:end])
+	return s, end, nil
+}
+
+func packStringHex(s string, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	h, err := hex.DecodeString(s)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	if off+(len(h)) > len(msg) {
+		return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing hex"}
+	}
+	copy(msg[off:off+len(h)], h)
+	off += len(h)
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackStringTxt(msg []byte, off int) ([]string, int, error) {
+	txt, off, err := unpackTxt(msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, len(msg), err
+	}
+	return txt, off, nil
+}
+
+func packStringTxt(s []string, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	txtTmp := make([]byte, 256*4+1) // If the whole string consists out of \DDD we need this many.
+	off, err := packTxt(s, msg, off, txtTmp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackDataOpt(msg []byte, off int) ([]EDNS0, int, error) {
+	var edns []EDNS0
+Option:
+	code := uint16(0)
+	if off+4 > len(msg) {
+		return nil, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking opt"}
+	}
+	code = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(msg[off:])
+	off += 2
+	optlen := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(msg[off:])
+	off += 2
+	if off+int(optlen) > len(msg) {
+		return nil, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking opt"}
+	}
+	switch code {
+	case EDNS0NSID:
+		e := new(EDNS0_NSID)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	case EDNS0SUBNET, EDNS0SUBNETDRAFT:
+		e := new(EDNS0_SUBNET)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+		if code == EDNS0SUBNETDRAFT {
+			e.DraftOption = true
+		}
+	case EDNS0COOKIE:
+		e := new(EDNS0_COOKIE)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	case EDNS0UL:
+		e := new(EDNS0_UL)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	case EDNS0LLQ:
+		e := new(EDNS0_LLQ)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	case EDNS0DAU:
+		e := new(EDNS0_DAU)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	case EDNS0DHU:
+		e := new(EDNS0_DHU)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	case EDNS0N3U:
+		e := new(EDNS0_N3U)
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	default:
+		e := new(EDNS0_LOCAL)
+		e.Code = code
+		if err := e.unpack(msg[off : off+int(optlen)]); err != nil {
+			return nil, len(msg), err
+		}
+		edns = append(edns, e)
+		off += int(optlen)
+	}
+
+	if off < len(msg) {
+		goto Option
+	}
+
+	return edns, off, nil
+}
+
+func packDataOpt(options []EDNS0, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	for _, el := range options {
+		b, err := el.pack()
+		if err != nil || off+3 > len(msg) {
+			return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing opt"}
+		}
+		binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(msg[off:], el.Option())      // Option code
+		binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(msg[off+2:], uint16(len(b))) // Length
+		off += 4
+		if off+len(b) > len(msg) {
+			copy(msg[off:], b)
+			off = len(msg)
+			continue
+		}
+		// Actual data
+		copy(msg[off:off+len(b)], b)
+		off += len(b)
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackStringOctet(msg []byte, off int) (string, int, error) {
+	s := string(msg[off:])
+	return s, len(msg), nil
+}
+
+func packStringOctet(s string, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	txtTmp := make([]byte, 256*4+1)
+	off, err := packOctetString(s, msg, off, txtTmp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackDataNsec(msg []byte, off int) ([]uint16, int, error) {
+	var nsec []uint16
+	length, window, lastwindow := 0, 0, -1
+	for off < len(msg) {
+		if off+2 > len(msg) {
+			return nsec, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking nsecx"}
+		}
+		window = int(msg[off])
+		length = int(msg[off+1])
+		off += 2
+		if window <= lastwindow {
+			// RFC 4034: Blocks are present in the NSEC RR RDATA in
+			// increasing numerical order.
+			return nsec, len(msg), &Error{err: "out of order NSEC block"}
+		}
+		if length == 0 {
+			// RFC 4034: Blocks with no types present MUST NOT be included.
+			return nsec, len(msg), &Error{err: "empty NSEC block"}
+		}
+		if length > 32 {
+			return nsec, len(msg), &Error{err: "NSEC block too long"}
+		}
+		if off+length > len(msg) {
+			return nsec, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflowing NSEC block"}
+		}
+
+		// Walk the bytes in the window and extract the type bits
+		for j := 0; j < length; j++ {
+			b := msg[off+j]
+			// Check the bits one by one, and set the type
+			if b&0x80 == 0x80 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+0))
+			}
+			if b&0x40 == 0x40 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+1))
+			}
+			if b&0x20 == 0x20 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+2))
+			}
+			if b&0x10 == 0x10 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+3))
+			}
+			if b&0x8 == 0x8 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+4))
+			}
+			if b&0x4 == 0x4 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+5))
+			}
+			if b&0x2 == 0x2 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+6))
+			}
+			if b&0x1 == 0x1 {
+				nsec = append(nsec, uint16(window*256+j*8+7))
+			}
+		}
+		off += length
+		lastwindow = window
+	}
+	return nsec, off, nil
+}
+
+func packDataNsec(bitmap []uint16, msg []byte, off int) (int, error) {
+	if len(bitmap) == 0 {
+		return off, nil
+	}
+	var lastwindow, lastlength uint16
+	for j := 0; j < len(bitmap); j++ {
+		t := bitmap[j]
+		window := t / 256
+		length := (t-window*256)/8 + 1
+		if window > lastwindow && lastlength != 0 { // New window, jump to the new offset
+			off += int(lastlength) + 2
+			lastlength = 0
+		}
+		if window < lastwindow || length < lastlength {
+			return len(msg), &Error{err: "nsec bits out of order"}
+		}
+		if off+2+int(length) > len(msg) {
+			return len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow packing nsec"}
+		}
+		// Setting the window #
+		msg[off] = byte(window)
+		// Setting the octets length
+		msg[off+1] = byte(length)
+		// Setting the bit value for the type in the right octet
+		msg[off+1+int(length)] |= byte(1 << (7 - (t % 8)))
+		lastwindow, lastlength = window, length
+	}
+	off += int(lastlength) + 2
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func unpackDataDomainNames(msg []byte, off, end int) ([]string, int, error) {
+	var (
+		servers []string
+		s       string
+		err     error
+	)
+	if end > len(msg) {
+		return nil, len(msg), &Error{err: "overflow unpacking domain names"}
+	}
+	for off < end {
+		s, off, err = UnpackDomainName(msg, off)
+		if err != nil {
+			return servers, len(msg), err
+		}
+		servers = append(servers, s)
+	}
+	return servers, off, nil
+}
+
+func packDataDomainNames(names []string, msg []byte, off int, compression map[string]int, compress bool) (int, error) {
+	var err error
+	for j := 0; j < len(names); j++ {
+		off, err = PackDomainName(names[j], msg, off, compression, false && compress)
+		if err != nil {
+			return len(msg), err
+		}
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/nsecx.go

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto/sha1"
+	"hash"
+	"io"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+type saltWireFmt struct {
+	Salt string `dns:"size-hex"`
+}
+
+// HashName hashes a string (label) according to RFC 5155. It returns the hashed string in uppercase.
+func HashName(label string, ha uint8, iter uint16, salt string) string {
+	saltwire := new(saltWireFmt)
+	saltwire.Salt = salt
+	wire := make([]byte, DefaultMsgSize)
+	n, err := packSaltWire(saltwire, wire)
+	if err != nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	wire = wire[:n]
+	name := make([]byte, 255)
+	off, err := PackDomainName(strings.ToLower(label), name, 0, nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	name = name[:off]
+	var s hash.Hash
+	switch ha {
+	case SHA1:
+		s = sha1.New()
+	default:
+		return ""
+	}
+
+	// k = 0
+	name = append(name, wire...)
+	io.WriteString(s, string(name))
+	nsec3 := s.Sum(nil)
+	// k > 0
+	for k := uint16(0); k < iter; k++ {
+		s.Reset()
+		nsec3 = append(nsec3, wire...)
+		io.WriteString(s, string(nsec3))
+		nsec3 = s.Sum(nil)
+	}
+	return toBase32(nsec3)
+}
+
+// Denialer is an interface that should be implemented by types that are used to denial
+// answers in DNSSEC.
+type Denialer interface {
+	// Cover will check if the (unhashed) name is being covered by this NSEC or NSEC3.
+	Cover(name string) bool
+	// Match will check if the ownername matches the (unhashed) name for this NSEC3 or NSEC3.
+	Match(name string) bool
+}
+
+// Cover implements the Denialer interface.
+func (rr *NSEC) Cover(name string) bool {
+	return true
+}
+
+// Match implements the Denialer interface.
+func (rr *NSEC) Match(name string) bool {
+	return true
+}
+
+// Cover implements the Denialer interface.
+func (rr *NSEC3) Cover(name string) bool {
+	// FIXME(miek): check if the zones match
+	// FIXME(miek): check if we're not dealing with parent nsec3
+	hname := HashName(name, rr.Hash, rr.Iterations, rr.Salt)
+	labels := Split(rr.Hdr.Name)
+	if len(labels) < 2 {
+		return false
+	}
+	hash := strings.ToUpper(rr.Hdr.Name[labels[0] : labels[1]-1]) // -1 to remove the dot
+	if hash == rr.NextDomain {
+		return false // empty interval
+	}
+	if hash > rr.NextDomain { // last name, points to apex
+		// hname > hash
+		// hname > rr.NextDomain
+		// TODO(miek)
+	}
+	if hname <= hash {
+		return false
+	}
+	if hname >= rr.NextDomain {
+		return false
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// Match implements the Denialer interface.
+func (rr *NSEC3) Match(name string) bool {
+	// FIXME(miek): Check if we are in the same zone
+	hname := HashName(name, rr.Hash, rr.Iterations, rr.Salt)
+	labels := Split(rr.Hdr.Name)
+	if len(labels) < 2 {
+		return false
+	}
+	hash := strings.ToUpper(rr.Hdr.Name[labels[0] : labels[1]-1]) // -1 to remove the .
+	if hash == hname {
+		return true
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+func packSaltWire(sw *saltWireFmt, msg []byte) (int, error) {
+	off, err := packStringHex(sw.Salt, msg, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/privaterr.go

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// PrivateRdata is an interface used for implementing "Private Use" RR types, see
+// RFC 6895. This allows one to experiment with new RR types, without requesting an
+// official type code. Also see dns.PrivateHandle and dns.PrivateHandleRemove.
+type PrivateRdata interface {
+	// String returns the text presentaton of the Rdata of the Private RR.
+	String() string
+	// Parse parses the Rdata of the private RR.
+	Parse([]string) error
+	// Pack is used when packing a private RR into a buffer.
+	Pack([]byte) (int, error)
+	// Unpack is used when unpacking a private RR from a buffer.
+	// TODO(miek): diff. signature than Pack, see edns0.go for instance.
+	Unpack([]byte) (int, error)
+	// Copy copies the Rdata.
+	Copy(PrivateRdata) error
+	// Len returns the length in octets of the Rdata.
+	Len() int
+}
+
+// PrivateRR represents an RR that uses a PrivateRdata user-defined type.
+// It mocks normal RRs and implements dns.RR interface.
+type PrivateRR struct {
+	Hdr  RR_Header
+	Data PrivateRdata
+}
+
+func mkPrivateRR(rrtype uint16) *PrivateRR {
+	// Panics if RR is not an instance of PrivateRR.
+	rrfunc, ok := TypeToRR[rrtype]
+	if !ok {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("dns: invalid operation with Private RR type %d", rrtype))
+	}
+
+	anyrr := rrfunc()
+	switch rr := anyrr.(type) {
+	case *PrivateRR:
+		return rr
+	}
+	panic(fmt.Sprintf("dns: RR is not a PrivateRR, TypeToRR[%d] generator returned %T", rrtype, anyrr))
+}
+
+// Header return the RR header of r.
+func (r *PrivateRR) Header() *RR_Header { return &r.Hdr }
+
+func (r *PrivateRR) String() string { return r.Hdr.String() + r.Data.String() }
+
+// Private len and copy parts to satisfy RR interface.
+func (r *PrivateRR) len() int { return r.Hdr.len() + r.Data.Len() }
+func (r *PrivateRR) copy() RR {
+	// make new RR like this:
+	rr := mkPrivateRR(r.Hdr.Rrtype)
+	newh := r.Hdr.copyHeader()
+	rr.Hdr = *newh
+
+	err := r.Data.Copy(rr.Data)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic("dns: got value that could not be used to copy Private rdata")
+	}
+	return rr
+}
+func (r *PrivateRR) pack(msg []byte, off int, compression map[string]int, compress bool) (int, error) {
+	off, err := r.Hdr.pack(msg, off, compression, compress)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	headerEnd := off
+	n, err := r.Data.Pack(msg[off:])
+	if err != nil {
+		return len(msg), err
+	}
+	off += n
+	r.Header().Rdlength = uint16(off - headerEnd)
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+// PrivateHandle registers a private resource record type. It requires
+// string and numeric representation of private RR type and generator function as argument.
+func PrivateHandle(rtypestr string, rtype uint16, generator func() PrivateRdata) {
+	rtypestr = strings.ToUpper(rtypestr)
+
+	TypeToRR[rtype] = func() RR { return &PrivateRR{RR_Header{}, generator()} }
+	TypeToString[rtype] = rtypestr
+	StringToType[rtypestr] = rtype
+
+	typeToUnpack[rtype] = func(h RR_Header, msg []byte, off int) (RR, int, error) {
+		if noRdata(h) {
+			return &h, off, nil
+		}
+		var err error
+
+		rr := mkPrivateRR(h.Rrtype)
+		rr.Hdr = h
+
+		off1, err := rr.Data.Unpack(msg[off:])
+		off += off1
+		if err != nil {
+			return rr, off, err
+		}
+		return rr, off, err
+	}
+
+	setPrivateRR := func(h RR_Header, c chan lex, o, f string) (RR, *ParseError, string) {
+		rr := mkPrivateRR(h.Rrtype)
+		rr.Hdr = h
+
+		var l lex
+		text := make([]string, 0, 2) // could be 0..N elements, median is probably 1
+	Fetch:
+		for {
+			// TODO(miek): we could also be returning _QUOTE, this might or might not
+			// be an issue (basically parsing TXT becomes hard)
+			switch l = <-c; l.value {
+			case zNewline, zEOF:
+				break Fetch
+			case zString:
+				text = append(text, l.token)
+			}
+		}
+
+		err := rr.Data.Parse(text)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, &ParseError{f, err.Error(), l}, ""
+		}
+
+		return rr, nil, ""
+	}
+
+	typeToparserFunc[rtype] = parserFunc{setPrivateRR, true}
+}
+
+// PrivateHandleRemove removes defenitions required to support private RR type.
+func PrivateHandleRemove(rtype uint16) {
+	rtypestr, ok := TypeToString[rtype]
+	if ok {
+		delete(TypeToRR, rtype)
+		delete(TypeToString, rtype)
+		delete(typeToparserFunc, rtype)
+		delete(StringToType, rtypestr)
+		delete(typeToUnpack, rtype)
+	}
+	return
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/rawmsg.go

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package dns
+
+import "encoding/binary"
+
+// rawSetRdlength sets the rdlength in the header of
+// the RR. The offset 'off' must be positioned at the
+// start of the header of the RR, 'end' must be the
+// end of the RR.
+func rawSetRdlength(msg []byte, off, end int) bool {
+	l := len(msg)
+Loop:
+	for {
+		if off+1 > l {
+			return false
+		}
+		c := int(msg[off])
+		off++
+		switch c & 0xC0 {
+		case 0x00:
+			if c == 0x00 {
+				// End of the domainname
+				break Loop
+			}
+			if off+c > l {
+				return false
+			}
+			off += c
+
+		case 0xC0:
+			// pointer, next byte included, ends domainname
+			off++
+			break Loop
+		}
+	}
+	// The domainname has been seen, we at the start of the fixed part in the header.
+	// Type is 2 bytes, class is 2 bytes, ttl 4 and then 2 bytes for the length.
+	off += 2 + 2 + 4
+	if off+2 > l {
+		return false
+	}
+	//off+1 is the end of the header, 'end' is the end of the rr
+	//so 'end' - 'off+2' is the length of the rdata
+	rdatalen := end - (off + 2)
+	if rdatalen > 0xFFFF {
+		return false
+	}
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(msg[off:], uint16(rdatalen))
+	return true
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/reverse.go

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package dns
+
+// StringToType is the reverse of TypeToString, needed for string parsing.
+var StringToType = reverseInt16(TypeToString)
+
+// StringToClass is the reverse of ClassToString, needed for string parsing.
+var StringToClass = reverseInt16(ClassToString)
+
+// Map of opcodes strings.
+var StringToOpcode = reverseInt(OpcodeToString)
+
+// Map of rcodes strings.
+var StringToRcode = reverseInt(RcodeToString)
+
+// Reverse a map
+func reverseInt8(m map[uint8]string) map[string]uint8 {
+	n := make(map[string]uint8, len(m))
+	for u, s := range m {
+		n[s] = u
+	}
+	return n
+}
+
+func reverseInt16(m map[uint16]string) map[string]uint16 {
+	n := make(map[string]uint16, len(m))
+	for u, s := range m {
+		n[s] = u
+	}
+	return n
+}
+
+func reverseInt(m map[int]string) map[string]int {
+	n := make(map[string]int, len(m))
+	for u, s := range m {
+		n[s] = u
+	}
+	return n
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/sanitize.go

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+package dns
+
+// Dedup removes identical RRs from rrs. It preserves the original ordering.
+// The lowest TTL of any duplicates is used in the remaining one. Dedup modifies
+// rrs.
+// m is used to store the RRs temporay. If it is nil a new map will be allocated.
+func Dedup(rrs []RR, m map[string]RR) []RR {
+	if m == nil {
+		m = make(map[string]RR)
+	}
+	// Save the keys, so we don't have to call normalizedString twice.
+	keys := make([]*string, 0, len(rrs))
+
+	for _, r := range rrs {
+		key := normalizedString(r)
+		keys = append(keys, &key)
+		if _, ok := m[key]; ok {
+			// Shortest TTL wins.
+			if m[key].Header().Ttl > r.Header().Ttl {
+				m[key].Header().Ttl = r.Header().Ttl
+			}
+			continue
+		}
+
+		m[key] = r
+	}
+	// If the length of the result map equals the amount of RRs we got,
+	// it means they were all different. We can then just return the original rrset.
+	if len(m) == len(rrs) {
+		return rrs
+	}
+
+	j := 0
+	for i, r := range rrs {
+		// If keys[i] lives in the map, we should copy and remove it.
+		if _, ok := m[*keys[i]]; ok {
+			delete(m, *keys[i])
+			rrs[j] = r
+			j++
+		}
+
+		if len(m) == 0 {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rrs[:j]
+}
+
+// normalizedString returns a normalized string from r. The TTL
+// is removed and the domain name is lowercased. We go from this:
+// DomainName<TAB>TTL<TAB>CLASS<TAB>TYPE<TAB>RDATA to:
+// lowercasename<TAB>CLASS<TAB>TYPE...
+func normalizedString(r RR) string {
+	// A string Go DNS makes has: domainname<TAB>TTL<TAB>...
+	b := []byte(r.String())
+
+	// find the first non-escaped tab, then another, so we capture where the TTL lives.
+	esc := false
+	ttlStart, ttlEnd := 0, 0
+	for i := 0; i < len(b) && ttlEnd == 0; i++ {
+		switch {
+		case b[i] == '\\':
+			esc = !esc
+		case b[i] == '\t' && !esc:
+			if ttlStart == 0 {
+				ttlStart = i
+				continue
+			}
+			if ttlEnd == 0 {
+				ttlEnd = i
+			}
+		case b[i] >= 'A' && b[i] <= 'Z' && !esc:
+			b[i] += 32
+		default:
+			esc = false
+		}
+	}
+
+	// remove TTL.
+	copy(b[ttlStart:], b[ttlEnd:])
+	cut := ttlEnd - ttlStart
+	return string(b[:len(b)-cut])
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/scan.go

@@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"io"
+	"log"
+	"os"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+type debugging bool
+
+const debug debugging = false
+
+func (d debugging) Printf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+	if d {
+		log.Printf(format, args...)
+	}
+}
+
+const maxTok = 2048 // Largest token we can return.
+const maxUint16 = 1<<16 - 1
+
+// Tokinize a RFC 1035 zone file. The tokenizer will normalize it:
+// * Add ownernames if they are left blank;
+// * Suppress sequences of spaces;
+// * Make each RR fit on one line (_NEWLINE is send as last)
+// * Handle comments: ;
+// * Handle braces - anywhere.
+const (
+	// Zonefile
+	zEOF = iota
+	zString
+	zBlank
+	zQuote
+	zNewline
+	zRrtpe
+	zOwner
+	zClass
+	zDirOrigin   // $ORIGIN
+	zDirTtl      // $TTL
+	zDirInclude  // $INCLUDE
+	zDirGenerate // $GENERATE
+
+	// Privatekey file
+	zValue
+	zKey
+
+	zExpectOwnerDir      // Ownername
+	zExpectOwnerBl       // Whitespace after the ownername
+	zExpectAny           // Expect rrtype, ttl or class
+	zExpectAnyNoClass    // Expect rrtype or ttl
+	zExpectAnyNoClassBl  // The whitespace after _EXPECT_ANY_NOCLASS
+	zExpectAnyNoTtl      // Expect rrtype or class
+	zExpectAnyNoTtlBl    // Whitespace after _EXPECT_ANY_NOTTL
+	zExpectRrtype        // Expect rrtype
+	zExpectRrtypeBl      // Whitespace BEFORE rrtype
+	zExpectRdata         // The first element of the rdata
+	zExpectDirTtlBl      // Space after directive $TTL
+	zExpectDirTtl        // Directive $TTL
+	zExpectDirOriginBl   // Space after directive $ORIGIN
+	zExpectDirOrigin     // Directive $ORIGIN
+	zExpectDirIncludeBl  // Space after directive $INCLUDE
+	zExpectDirInclude    // Directive $INCLUDE
+	zExpectDirGenerate   // Directive $GENERATE
+	zExpectDirGenerateBl // Space after directive $GENERATE
+)
+
+// ParseError is a parsing error. It contains the parse error and the location in the io.Reader
+// where the error occurred.
+type ParseError struct {
+	file string
+	err  string
+	lex  lex
+}
+
+func (e *ParseError) Error() (s string) {
+	if e.file != "" {
+		s = e.file + ": "
+	}
+	s += "dns: " + e.err + ": " + strconv.QuoteToASCII(e.lex.token) + " at line: " +
+		strconv.Itoa(e.lex.line) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(e.lex.column)
+	return
+}
+
+type lex struct {
+	token      string // text of the token
+	tokenUpper string // uppercase text of the token
+	length     int    // length of the token
+	err        bool   // when true, token text has lexer error
+	value      uint8  // value: zString, _BLANK, etc.
+	line       int    // line in the file
+	column     int    // column in the file
+	torc       uint16 // type or class as parsed in the lexer, we only need to look this up in the grammar
+	comment    string // any comment text seen
+}
+
+// Token holds the token that are returned when a zone file is parsed.
+type Token struct {
+	// The scanned resource record when error is not nil.
+	RR
+	// When an error occurred, this has the error specifics.
+	Error *ParseError
+	// A potential comment positioned after the RR and on the same line.
+	Comment string
+}
+
+// NewRR reads the RR contained in the string s. Only the first RR is
+// returned. If s contains no RR, return nil with no error. The class
+// defaults to IN and TTL defaults to 3600. The full zone file syntax
+// like $TTL, $ORIGIN, etc. is supported. All fields of the returned
+// RR are set, except RR.Header().Rdlength which is set to 0.
+func NewRR(s string) (RR, error) {
+	if len(s) > 0 && s[len(s)-1] != '\n' { // We need a closing newline
+		return ReadRR(strings.NewReader(s+"\n"), "")
+	}
+	return ReadRR(strings.NewReader(s), "")
+}
+
+// ReadRR reads the RR contained in q.
+// See NewRR for more documentation.
+func ReadRR(q io.Reader, filename string) (RR, error) {
+	r := <-parseZoneHelper(q, ".", filename, 1)
+	if r == nil {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	if r.Error != nil {
+		return nil, r.Error
+	}
+	return r.RR, nil
+}
+
+// ParseZone reads a RFC 1035 style zonefile from r. It returns *Tokens on the
+// returned channel, which consist out the parsed RR, a potential comment or an error.
+// If there is an error the RR is nil. The string file is only used
+// in error reporting. The string origin is used as the initial origin, as
+// if the file would start with: $ORIGIN origin .
+// The directives $INCLUDE, $ORIGIN, $TTL and $GENERATE are supported.
+// The channel t is closed by ParseZone when the end of r is reached.
+//
+// Basic usage pattern when reading from a string (z) containing the
+// zone data:
+//
+//	for x := range dns.ParseZone(strings.NewReader(z), "", "") {
+//		if x.Error != nil {
+//                  // log.Println(x.Error)
+//              } else {
+//                  // Do something with x.RR
+//              }
+//	}
+//
+// Comments specified after an RR (and on the same line!) are returned too:
+//
+//	foo. IN A 10.0.0.1 ; this is a comment
+//
+// The text "; this is comment" is returned in Token.Comment. Comments inside the
+// RR are discarded. Comments on a line by themselves are discarded too.
+func ParseZone(r io.Reader, origin, file string) chan *Token {
+	return parseZoneHelper(r, origin, file, 10000)
+}
+
+func parseZoneHelper(r io.Reader, origin, file string, chansize int) chan *Token {
+	t := make(chan *Token, chansize)
+	go parseZone(r, origin, file, t, 0)
+	return t
+}
+
+func parseZone(r io.Reader, origin, f string, t chan *Token, include int) {
+	defer func() {
+		if include == 0 {
+			close(t)
+		}
+	}()
+	s := scanInit(r)
+	c := make(chan lex)
+	// Start the lexer
+	go zlexer(s, c)
+	// 6 possible beginnings of a line, _ is a space
+	// 0. zRRTYPE                              -> all omitted until the rrtype
+	// 1. zOwner _ zRrtype                     -> class/ttl omitted
+	// 2. zOwner _ zString _ zRrtype           -> class omitted
+	// 3. zOwner _ zString _ zClass  _ zRrtype -> ttl/class
+	// 4. zOwner _ zClass  _ zRrtype           -> ttl omitted
+	// 5. zOwner _ zClass  _ zString _ zRrtype -> class/ttl (reversed)
+	// After detecting these, we know the zRrtype so we can jump to functions
+	// handling the rdata for each of these types.
+
+	if origin == "" {
+		origin = "."
+	}
+	origin = Fqdn(origin)
+	if _, ok := IsDomainName(origin); !ok {
+		t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "bad initial origin name", lex{}}}
+		return
+	}
+
+	st := zExpectOwnerDir // initial state
+	var h RR_Header
+	var defttl uint32 = defaultTtl
+	var prevName string
+	for l := range c {
+		// Lexer spotted an error already
+		if l.err == true {
+			t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, l.token, l}}
+			return
+
+		}
+		switch st {
+		case zExpectOwnerDir:
+			// We can also expect a directive, like $TTL or $ORIGIN
+			h.Ttl = defttl
+			h.Class = ClassINET
+			switch l.value {
+			case zNewline:
+				st = zExpectOwnerDir
+			case zOwner:
+				h.Name = l.token
+				if l.token[0] == '@' {
+					h.Name = origin
+					prevName = h.Name
+					st = zExpectOwnerBl
+					break
+				}
+				if h.Name[l.length-1] != '.' {
+					h.Name = appendOrigin(h.Name, origin)
+				}
+				_, ok := IsDomainName(l.token)
+				if !ok {
+					t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "bad owner name", l}}
+					return
+				}
+				prevName = h.Name
+				st = zExpectOwnerBl
+			case zDirTtl:
+				st = zExpectDirTtlBl
+			case zDirOrigin:
+				st = zExpectDirOriginBl
+			case zDirInclude:
+				st = zExpectDirIncludeBl
+			case zDirGenerate:
+				st = zExpectDirGenerateBl
+			case zRrtpe:
+				h.Name = prevName
+				h.Rrtype = l.torc
+				st = zExpectRdata
+			case zClass:
+				h.Name = prevName
+				h.Class = l.torc
+				st = zExpectAnyNoClassBl
+			case zBlank:
+				// Discard, can happen when there is nothing on the
+				// line except the RR type
+			case zString:
+				ttl, ok := stringToTtl(l.token)
+				if !ok {
+					t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "not a TTL", l}}
+					return
+				}
+				h.Ttl = ttl
+				// Don't about the defttl, we should take the $TTL value
+				// defttl = ttl
+				st = zExpectAnyNoTtlBl
+
+			default:
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "syntax error at beginning", l}}
+				return
+			}
+		case zExpectDirIncludeBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank after $INCLUDE-directive", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectDirInclude
+		case zExpectDirInclude:
+			if l.value != zString {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting $INCLUDE value, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			neworigin := origin // There may be optionally a new origin set after the filename, if not use current one
+			l := <-c
+			switch l.value {
+			case zBlank:
+				l := <-c
+				if l.value == zString {
+					if _, ok := IsDomainName(l.token); !ok || l.length == 0 || l.err {
+						t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "bad origin name", l}}
+						return
+					}
+					// a new origin is specified.
+					if l.token[l.length-1] != '.' {
+						if origin != "." { // Prevent .. endings
+							neworigin = l.token + "." + origin
+						} else {
+							neworigin = l.token + origin
+						}
+					} else {
+						neworigin = l.token
+					}
+				}
+			case zNewline, zEOF:
+				// Ok
+			default:
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "garbage after $INCLUDE", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			// Start with the new file
+			r1, e1 := os.Open(l.token)
+			if e1 != nil {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "failed to open `" + l.token + "'", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			if include+1 > 7 {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "too deeply nested $INCLUDE", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			parseZone(r1, l.token, neworigin, t, include+1)
+			st = zExpectOwnerDir
+		case zExpectDirTtlBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank after $TTL-directive", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectDirTtl
+		case zExpectDirTtl:
+			if l.value != zString {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting $TTL value, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			if e, _ := slurpRemainder(c, f); e != nil {
+				t <- &Token{Error: e}
+				return
+			}
+			ttl, ok := stringToTtl(l.token)
+			if !ok {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting $TTL value, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			defttl = ttl
+			st = zExpectOwnerDir
+		case zExpectDirOriginBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank after $ORIGIN-directive", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectDirOrigin
+		case zExpectDirOrigin:
+			if l.value != zString {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting $ORIGIN value, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			if e, _ := slurpRemainder(c, f); e != nil {
+				t <- &Token{Error: e}
+			}
+			if _, ok := IsDomainName(l.token); !ok {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "bad origin name", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			if l.token[l.length-1] != '.' {
+				if origin != "." { // Prevent .. endings
+					origin = l.token + "." + origin
+				} else {
+					origin = l.token + origin
+				}
+			} else {
+				origin = l.token
+			}
+			st = zExpectOwnerDir
+		case zExpectDirGenerateBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank after $GENERATE-directive", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectDirGenerate
+		case zExpectDirGenerate:
+			if l.value != zString {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting $GENERATE value, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			if errMsg := generate(l, c, t, origin); errMsg != "" {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, errMsg, l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectOwnerDir
+		case zExpectOwnerBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank after owner", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectAny
+		case zExpectAny:
+			switch l.value {
+			case zRrtpe:
+				h.Rrtype = l.torc
+				st = zExpectRdata
+			case zClass:
+				h.Class = l.torc
+				st = zExpectAnyNoClassBl
+			case zString:
+				ttl, ok := stringToTtl(l.token)
+				if !ok {
+					t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "not a TTL", l}}
+					return
+				}
+				h.Ttl = ttl
+				// defttl = ttl // don't set the defttl here
+				st = zExpectAnyNoTtlBl
+			default:
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting RR type, TTL or class, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+		case zExpectAnyNoClassBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank before class", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectAnyNoClass
+		case zExpectAnyNoTtlBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank before TTL", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectAnyNoTtl
+		case zExpectAnyNoTtl:
+			switch l.value {
+			case zClass:
+				h.Class = l.torc
+				st = zExpectRrtypeBl
+			case zRrtpe:
+				h.Rrtype = l.torc
+				st = zExpectRdata
+			default:
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting RR type or class, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+		case zExpectAnyNoClass:
+			switch l.value {
+			case zString:
+				ttl, ok := stringToTtl(l.token)
+				if !ok {
+					t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "not a TTL", l}}
+					return
+				}
+				h.Ttl = ttl
+				// defttl = ttl // don't set the def ttl anymore
+				st = zExpectRrtypeBl
+			case zRrtpe:
+				h.Rrtype = l.torc
+				st = zExpectRdata
+			default:
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "expecting RR type or TTL, not this...", l}}
+				return
+			}
+		case zExpectRrtypeBl:
+			if l.value != zBlank {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "no blank before RR type", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			st = zExpectRrtype
+		case zExpectRrtype:
+			if l.value != zRrtpe {
+				t <- &Token{Error: &ParseError{f, "unknown RR type", l}}
+				return
+			}
+			h.Rrtype = l.torc
+			st = zExpectRdata
+		case zExpectRdata:
+			r, e, c1 := setRR(h, c, origin, f)
+			if e != nil {
+				// If e.lex is nil than we have encounter a unknown RR type
+				// in that case we substitute our current lex token
+				if e.lex.token == "" && e.lex.value == 0 {
+					e.lex = l // Uh, dirty
+				}
+				t <- &Token{Error: e}
+				return
+			}
+			t <- &Token{RR: r, Comment: c1}
+			st = zExpectOwnerDir
+		}
+	}
+	// If we get here, we and the h.Rrtype is still zero, we haven't parsed anything, this
+	// is not an error, because an empty zone file is still a zone file.
+}
+
+// zlexer scans the sourcefile and returns tokens on the channel c.
+func zlexer(s *scan, c chan lex) {
+	var l lex
+	str := make([]byte, maxTok) // Should be enough for any token
+	stri := 0                   // Offset in str (0 means empty)
+	com := make([]byte, maxTok) // Hold comment text
+	comi := 0
+	quote := false
+	escape := false
+	space := false
+	commt := false
+	rrtype := false
+	owner := true
+	brace := 0
+	x, err := s.tokenText()
+	defer close(c)
+	for err == nil {
+		l.column = s.position.Column
+		l.line = s.position.Line
+		if stri >= maxTok {
+			l.token = "token length insufficient for parsing"
+			l.err = true
+			debug.Printf("[%+v]", l.token)
+			c <- l
+			return
+		}
+		if comi >= maxTok {
+			l.token = "comment length insufficient for parsing"
+			l.err = true
+			debug.Printf("[%+v]", l.token)
+			c <- l
+			return
+		}
+
+		switch x {
+		case ' ', '\t':
+			if escape {
+				escape = false
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			if quote {
+				// Inside quotes this is legal
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			if commt {
+				com[comi] = x
+				comi++
+				break
+			}
+			if stri == 0 {
+				// Space directly in the beginning, handled in the grammar
+			} else if owner {
+				// If we have a string and its the first, make it an owner
+				l.value = zOwner
+				l.token = string(str[:stri])
+				l.tokenUpper = strings.ToUpper(l.token)
+				l.length = stri
+				// escape $... start with a \ not a $, so this will work
+				switch l.tokenUpper {
+				case "$TTL":
+					l.value = zDirTtl
+				case "$ORIGIN":
+					l.value = zDirOrigin
+				case "$INCLUDE":
+					l.value = zDirInclude
+				case "$GENERATE":
+					l.value = zDirGenerate
+				}
+				debug.Printf("[7 %+v]", l.token)
+				c <- l
+			} else {
+				l.value = zString
+				l.token = string(str[:stri])
+				l.tokenUpper = strings.ToUpper(l.token)
+				l.length = stri
+				if !rrtype {
+					if t, ok := StringToType[l.tokenUpper]; ok {
+						l.value = zRrtpe
+						l.torc = t
+						rrtype = true
+					} else {
+						if strings.HasPrefix(l.tokenUpper, "TYPE") {
+							t, ok := typeToInt(l.token)
+							if !ok {
+								l.token = "unknown RR type"
+								l.err = true
+								c <- l
+								return
+							}
+							l.value = zRrtpe
+							l.torc = t
+						}
+					}
+					if t, ok := StringToClass[l.tokenUpper]; ok {
+						l.value = zClass
+						l.torc = t
+					} else {
+						if strings.HasPrefix(l.tokenUpper, "CLASS") {
+							t, ok := classToInt(l.token)
+							if !ok {
+								l.token = "unknown class"
+								l.err = true
+								c <- l
+								return
+							}
+							l.value = zClass
+							l.torc = t
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				debug.Printf("[6 %+v]", l.token)
+				c <- l
+			}
+			stri = 0
+			// I reverse space stuff here
+			if !space && !commt {
+				l.value = zBlank
+				l.token = " "
+				l.length = 1
+				debug.Printf("[5 %+v]", l.token)
+				c <- l
+			}
+			owner = false
+			space = true
+		case ';':
+			if escape {
+				escape = false
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			if quote {
+				// Inside quotes this is legal
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			if stri > 0 {
+				l.value = zString
+				l.token = string(str[:stri])
+				l.length = stri
+				debug.Printf("[4 %+v]", l.token)
+				c <- l
+				stri = 0
+			}
+			commt = true
+			com[comi] = ';'
+			comi++
+		case '\r':
+			escape = false
+			if quote {
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			// discard if outside of quotes
+		case '\n':
+			escape = false
+			// Escaped newline
+			if quote {
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			// inside quotes this is legal
+			if commt {
+				// Reset a comment
+				commt = false
+				rrtype = false
+				stri = 0
+				// If not in a brace this ends the comment AND the RR
+				if brace == 0 {
+					owner = true
+					owner = true
+					l.value = zNewline
+					l.token = "\n"
+					l.length = 1
+					l.comment = string(com[:comi])
+					debug.Printf("[3 %+v %+v]", l.token, l.comment)
+					c <- l
+					l.comment = ""
+					comi = 0
+					break
+				}
+				com[comi] = ' ' // convert newline to space
+				comi++
+				break
+			}
+
+			if brace == 0 {
+				// If there is previous text, we should output it here
+				if stri != 0 {
+					l.value = zString
+					l.token = string(str[:stri])
+					l.tokenUpper = strings.ToUpper(l.token)
+
+					l.length = stri
+					if !rrtype {
+						if t, ok := StringToType[l.tokenUpper]; ok {
+							l.value = zRrtpe
+							l.torc = t
+							rrtype = true
+						}
+					}
+					debug.Printf("[2 %+v]", l.token)
+					c <- l
+				}
+				l.value = zNewline
+				l.token = "\n"
+				l.length = 1
+				debug.Printf("[1 %+v]", l.token)
+				c <- l
+				stri = 0
+				commt = false
+				rrtype = false
+				owner = true
+				comi = 0
+			}
+		case '\\':
+			// comments do not get escaped chars, everything is copied
+			if commt {
+				com[comi] = x
+				comi++
+				break
+			}
+			// something already escaped must be in string
+			if escape {
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				escape = false
+				break
+			}
+			// something escaped outside of string gets added to string
+			str[stri] = x
+			stri++
+			escape = true
+		case '"':
+			if commt {
+				com[comi] = x
+				comi++
+				break
+			}
+			if escape {
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				escape = false
+				break
+			}
+			space = false
+			// send previous gathered text and the quote
+			if stri != 0 {
+				l.value = zString
+				l.token = string(str[:stri])
+				l.length = stri
+
+				debug.Printf("[%+v]", l.token)
+				c <- l
+				stri = 0
+			}
+
+			// send quote itself as separate token
+			l.value = zQuote
+			l.token = "\""
+			l.length = 1
+			c <- l
+			quote = !quote
+		case '(', ')':
+			if commt {
+				com[comi] = x
+				comi++
+				break
+			}
+			if escape {
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				escape = false
+				break
+			}
+			if quote {
+				str[stri] = x
+				stri++
+				break
+			}
+			switch x {
+			case ')':
+				brace--
+				if brace < 0 {
+					l.token = "extra closing brace"
+					l.err = true
+					debug.Printf("[%+v]", l.token)
+					c <- l
+					return
+				}
+			case '(':
+				brace++
+			}
+		default:
+			escape = false
+			if commt {
+				com[comi] = x
+				comi++
+				break
+			}
+			str[stri] = x
+			stri++
+			space = false
+		}
+		x, err = s.tokenText()
+	}
+	if stri > 0 {
+		// Send remainder
+		l.token = string(str[:stri])
+		l.length = stri
+		l.value = zString
+		debug.Printf("[%+v]", l.token)
+		c <- l
+	}
+}
+
+// Extract the class number from CLASSxx
+func classToInt(token string) (uint16, bool) {
+	offset := 5
+	if len(token) < offset+1 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	class, ok := strconv.Atoi(token[offset:])
+	if ok != nil || class > maxUint16 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	return uint16(class), true
+}
+
+// Extract the rr number from TYPExxx
+func typeToInt(token string) (uint16, bool) {
+	offset := 4
+	if len(token) < offset+1 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	typ, ok := strconv.Atoi(token[offset:])
+	if ok != nil || typ > maxUint16 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	return uint16(typ), true
+}
+
+// Parse things like 2w, 2m, etc, Return the time in seconds.
+func stringToTtl(token string) (uint32, bool) {
+	s := uint32(0)
+	i := uint32(0)
+	for _, c := range token {
+		switch c {
+		case 's', 'S':
+			s += i
+			i = 0
+		case 'm', 'M':
+			s += i * 60
+			i = 0
+		case 'h', 'H':
+			s += i * 60 * 60
+			i = 0
+		case 'd', 'D':
+			s += i * 60 * 60 * 24
+			i = 0
+		case 'w', 'W':
+			s += i * 60 * 60 * 24 * 7
+			i = 0
+		case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9':
+			i *= 10
+			i += uint32(c) - '0'
+		default:
+			return 0, false
+		}
+	}
+	return s + i, true
+}
+
+// Parse LOC records' <digits>[.<digits>][mM] into a
+// mantissa exponent format. Token should contain the entire
+// string (i.e. no spaces allowed)
+func stringToCm(token string) (e, m uint8, ok bool) {
+	if token[len(token)-1] == 'M' || token[len(token)-1] == 'm' {
+		token = token[0 : len(token)-1]
+	}
+	s := strings.SplitN(token, ".", 2)
+	var meters, cmeters, val int
+	var err error
+	switch len(s) {
+	case 2:
+		if cmeters, err = strconv.Atoi(s[1]); err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		fallthrough
+	case 1:
+		if meters, err = strconv.Atoi(s[0]); err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+	case 0:
+		// huh?
+		return 0, 0, false
+	}
+	ok = true
+	if meters > 0 {
+		e = 2
+		val = meters
+	} else {
+		e = 0
+		val = cmeters
+	}
+	for val > 10 {
+		e++
+		val /= 10
+	}
+	if e > 9 {
+		ok = false
+	}
+	m = uint8(val)
+	return
+}
+
+func appendOrigin(name, origin string) string {
+	if origin == "." {
+		return name + origin
+	}
+	return name + "." + origin
+}
+
+// LOC record helper function
+func locCheckNorth(token string, latitude uint32) (uint32, bool) {
+	switch token {
+	case "n", "N":
+		return LOC_EQUATOR + latitude, true
+	case "s", "S":
+		return LOC_EQUATOR - latitude, true
+	}
+	return latitude, false
+}
+
+// LOC record helper function
+func locCheckEast(token string, longitude uint32) (uint32, bool) {
+	switch token {
+	case "e", "E":
+		return LOC_EQUATOR + longitude, true
+	case "w", "W":
+		return LOC_EQUATOR - longitude, true
+	}
+	return longitude, false
+}
+
+// "Eat" the rest of the "line". Return potential comments
+func slurpRemainder(c chan lex, f string) (*ParseError, string) {
+	l := <-c
+	com := ""
+	switch l.value {
+	case zBlank:
+		l = <-c
+		com = l.comment
+		if l.value != zNewline && l.value != zEOF {
+			return &ParseError{f, "garbage after rdata", l}, ""
+		}
+	case zNewline:
+		com = l.comment
+	case zEOF:
+	default:
+		return &ParseError{f, "garbage after rdata", l}, ""
+	}
+	return nil, com
+}
+
+// Parse a 64 bit-like ipv6 address: "0014:4fff:ff20:ee64"
+// Used for NID and L64 record.
+func stringToNodeID(l lex) (uint64, *ParseError) {
+	if len(l.token) < 19 {
+		return 0, &ParseError{l.token, "bad NID/L64 NodeID/Locator64", l}
+	}
+	// There must be three colons at fixes postitions, if not its a parse error
+	if l.token[4] != ':' && l.token[9] != ':' && l.token[14] != ':' {
+		return 0, &ParseError{l.token, "bad NID/L64 NodeID/Locator64", l}
+	}
+	s := l.token[0:4] + l.token[5:9] + l.token[10:14] + l.token[15:19]
+	u, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 16, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, &ParseError{l.token, "bad NID/L64 NodeID/Locator64", l}
+	}
+	return u, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/scanner.go

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+package dns
+
+// Implement a simple scanner, return a byte stream from an io reader.
+
+import (
+	"bufio"
+	"io"
+	"text/scanner"
+)
+
+type scan struct {
+	src      *bufio.Reader
+	position scanner.Position
+	eof      bool // Have we just seen a eof
+}
+
+func scanInit(r io.Reader) *scan {
+	s := new(scan)
+	s.src = bufio.NewReader(r)
+	s.position.Line = 1
+	return s
+}
+
+// tokenText returns the next byte from the input
+func (s *scan) tokenText() (byte, error) {
+	c, err := s.src.ReadByte()
+	if err != nil {
+		return c, err
+	}
+	// delay the newline handling until the next token is delivered,
+	// fixes off-by-one errors when reporting a parse error.
+	if s.eof == true {
+		s.position.Line++
+		s.position.Column = 0
+		s.eof = false
+	}
+	if c == '\n' {
+		s.eof = true
+		return c, nil
+	}
+	s.position.Column++
+	return c, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/server.go

@@ -0,0 +1,732 @@
+// DNS server implementation.
+
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Maximum number of TCP queries before we close the socket.
+const maxTCPQueries = 128
+
+// Handler is implemented by any value that implements ServeDNS.
+type Handler interface {
+	ServeDNS(w ResponseWriter, r *Msg)
+}
+
+// A ResponseWriter interface is used by an DNS handler to
+// construct an DNS response.
+type ResponseWriter interface {
+	// LocalAddr returns the net.Addr of the server
+	LocalAddr() net.Addr
+	// RemoteAddr returns the net.Addr of the client that sent the current request.
+	RemoteAddr() net.Addr
+	// WriteMsg writes a reply back to the client.
+	WriteMsg(*Msg) error
+	// Write writes a raw buffer back to the client.
+	Write([]byte) (int, error)
+	// Close closes the connection.
+	Close() error
+	// TsigStatus returns the status of the Tsig.
+	TsigStatus() error
+	// TsigTimersOnly sets the tsig timers only boolean.
+	TsigTimersOnly(bool)
+	// Hijack lets the caller take over the connection.
+	// After a call to Hijack(), the DNS package will not do anything with the connection.
+	Hijack()
+}
+
+type response struct {
+	hijacked       bool // connection has been hijacked by handler
+	tsigStatus     error
+	tsigTimersOnly bool
+	tsigRequestMAC string
+	tsigSecret     map[string]string // the tsig secrets
+	udp            *net.UDPConn      // i/o connection if UDP was used
+	tcp            net.Conn          // i/o connection if TCP was used
+	udpSession     *SessionUDP       // oob data to get egress interface right
+	remoteAddr     net.Addr          // address of the client
+	writer         Writer            // writer to output the raw DNS bits
+}
+
+// ServeMux is an DNS request multiplexer. It matches the
+// zone name of each incoming request against a list of
+// registered patterns add calls the handler for the pattern
+// that most closely matches the zone name. ServeMux is DNSSEC aware, meaning
+// that queries for the DS record are redirected to the parent zone (if that
+// is also registered), otherwise the child gets the query.
+// ServeMux is also safe for concurrent access from multiple goroutines.
+type ServeMux struct {
+	z map[string]Handler
+	m *sync.RWMutex
+}
+
+// NewServeMux allocates and returns a new ServeMux.
+func NewServeMux() *ServeMux { return &ServeMux{z: make(map[string]Handler), m: new(sync.RWMutex)} }
+
+// DefaultServeMux is the default ServeMux used by Serve.
+var DefaultServeMux = NewServeMux()
+
+// The HandlerFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of
+// ordinary functions as DNS handlers.  If f is a function
+// with the appropriate signature, HandlerFunc(f) is a
+// Handler object that calls f.
+type HandlerFunc func(ResponseWriter, *Msg)
+
+// ServeDNS calls f(w, r).
+func (f HandlerFunc) ServeDNS(w ResponseWriter, r *Msg) {
+	f(w, r)
+}
+
+// HandleFailed returns a HandlerFunc that returns SERVFAIL for every request it gets.
+func HandleFailed(w ResponseWriter, r *Msg) {
+	m := new(Msg)
+	m.SetRcode(r, RcodeServerFailure)
+	// does not matter if this write fails
+	w.WriteMsg(m)
+}
+
+func failedHandler() Handler { return HandlerFunc(HandleFailed) }
+
+// ListenAndServe Starts a server on address and network specified Invoke handler
+// for incoming queries.
+func ListenAndServe(addr string, network string, handler Handler) error {
+	server := &Server{Addr: addr, Net: network, Handler: handler}
+	return server.ListenAndServe()
+}
+
+// ListenAndServeTLS acts like http.ListenAndServeTLS, more information in
+// http://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ListenAndServeTLS
+func ListenAndServeTLS(addr, certFile, keyFile string, handler Handler) error {
+	cert, err := tls.LoadX509KeyPair(certFile, keyFile)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	config := tls.Config{
+		Certificates: []tls.Certificate{cert},
+	}
+
+	server := &Server{
+		Addr:      addr,
+		Net:       "tcp-tls",
+		TLSConfig: &config,
+		Handler:   handler,
+	}
+
+	return server.ListenAndServe()
+}
+
+// ActivateAndServe activates a server with a listener from systemd,
+// l and p should not both be non-nil.
+// If both l and p are not nil only p will be used.
+// Invoke handler for incoming queries.
+func ActivateAndServe(l net.Listener, p net.PacketConn, handler Handler) error {
+	server := &Server{Listener: l, PacketConn: p, Handler: handler}
+	return server.ActivateAndServe()
+}
+
+func (mux *ServeMux) match(q string, t uint16) Handler {
+	mux.m.RLock()
+	defer mux.m.RUnlock()
+	var handler Handler
+	b := make([]byte, len(q)) // worst case, one label of length q
+	off := 0
+	end := false
+	for {
+		l := len(q[off:])
+		for i := 0; i < l; i++ {
+			b[i] = q[off+i]
+			if b[i] >= 'A' && b[i] <= 'Z' {
+				b[i] |= ('a' - 'A')
+			}
+		}
+		if h, ok := mux.z[string(b[:l])]; ok { // 'causes garbage, might want to change the map key
+			if t != TypeDS {
+				return h
+			}
+			// Continue for DS to see if we have a parent too, if so delegeate to the parent
+			handler = h
+		}
+		off, end = NextLabel(q, off)
+		if end {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	// Wildcard match, if we have found nothing try the root zone as a last resort.
+	if h, ok := mux.z["."]; ok {
+		return h
+	}
+	return handler
+}
+
+// Handle adds a handler to the ServeMux for pattern.
+func (mux *ServeMux) Handle(pattern string, handler Handler) {
+	if pattern == "" {
+		panic("dns: invalid pattern " + pattern)
+	}
+	mux.m.Lock()
+	mux.z[Fqdn(pattern)] = handler
+	mux.m.Unlock()
+}
+
+// HandleFunc adds a handler function to the ServeMux for pattern.
+func (mux *ServeMux) HandleFunc(pattern string, handler func(ResponseWriter, *Msg)) {
+	mux.Handle(pattern, HandlerFunc(handler))
+}
+
+// HandleRemove deregistrars the handler specific for pattern from the ServeMux.
+func (mux *ServeMux) HandleRemove(pattern string) {
+	if pattern == "" {
+		panic("dns: invalid pattern " + pattern)
+	}
+	mux.m.Lock()
+	delete(mux.z, Fqdn(pattern))
+	mux.m.Unlock()
+}
+
+// ServeDNS dispatches the request to the handler whose
+// pattern most closely matches the request message. If DefaultServeMux
+// is used the correct thing for DS queries is done: a possible parent
+// is sought.
+// If no handler is found a standard SERVFAIL message is returned
+// If the request message does not have exactly one question in the
+// question section a SERVFAIL is returned, unlesss Unsafe is true.
+func (mux *ServeMux) ServeDNS(w ResponseWriter, request *Msg) {
+	var h Handler
+	if len(request.Question) < 1 { // allow more than one question
+		h = failedHandler()
+	} else {
+		if h = mux.match(request.Question[0].Name, request.Question[0].Qtype); h == nil {
+			h = failedHandler()
+		}
+	}
+	h.ServeDNS(w, request)
+}
+
+// Handle registers the handler with the given pattern
+// in the DefaultServeMux. The documentation for
+// ServeMux explains how patterns are matched.
+func Handle(pattern string, handler Handler) { DefaultServeMux.Handle(pattern, handler) }
+
+// HandleRemove deregisters the handle with the given pattern
+// in the DefaultServeMux.
+func HandleRemove(pattern string) { DefaultServeMux.HandleRemove(pattern) }
+
+// HandleFunc registers the handler function with the given pattern
+// in the DefaultServeMux.
+func HandleFunc(pattern string, handler func(ResponseWriter, *Msg)) {
+	DefaultServeMux.HandleFunc(pattern, handler)
+}
+
+// Writer writes raw DNS messages; each call to Write should send an entire message.
+type Writer interface {
+	io.Writer
+}
+
+// Reader reads raw DNS messages; each call to ReadTCP or ReadUDP should return an entire message.
+type Reader interface {
+	// ReadTCP reads a raw message from a TCP connection. Implementations may alter
+	// connection properties, for example the read-deadline.
+	ReadTCP(conn net.Conn, timeout time.Duration) ([]byte, error)
+	// ReadUDP reads a raw message from a UDP connection. Implementations may alter
+	// connection properties, for example the read-deadline.
+	ReadUDP(conn *net.UDPConn, timeout time.Duration) ([]byte, *SessionUDP, error)
+}
+
+// defaultReader is an adapter for the Server struct that implements the Reader interface
+// using the readTCP and readUDP func of the embedded Server.
+type defaultReader struct {
+	*Server
+}
+
+func (dr *defaultReader) ReadTCP(conn net.Conn, timeout time.Duration) ([]byte, error) {
+	return dr.readTCP(conn, timeout)
+}
+
+func (dr *defaultReader) ReadUDP(conn *net.UDPConn, timeout time.Duration) ([]byte, *SessionUDP, error) {
+	return dr.readUDP(conn, timeout)
+}
+
+// DecorateReader is a decorator hook for extending or supplanting the functionality of a Reader.
+// Implementations should never return a nil Reader.
+type DecorateReader func(Reader) Reader
+
+// DecorateWriter is a decorator hook for extending or supplanting the functionality of a Writer.
+// Implementations should never return a nil Writer.
+type DecorateWriter func(Writer) Writer
+
+// A Server defines parameters for running an DNS server.
+type Server struct {
+	// Address to listen on, ":dns" if empty.
+	Addr string
+	// if "tcp" or "tcp-tls" (DNS over TLS) it will invoke a TCP listener, otherwise an UDP one
+	Net string
+	// TCP Listener to use, this is to aid in systemd's socket activation.
+	Listener net.Listener
+	// TLS connection configuration
+	TLSConfig *tls.Config
+	// UDP "Listener" to use, this is to aid in systemd's socket activation.
+	PacketConn net.PacketConn
+	// Handler to invoke, dns.DefaultServeMux if nil.
+	Handler Handler
+	// Default buffer size to use to read incoming UDP messages. If not set
+	// it defaults to MinMsgSize (512 B).
+	UDPSize int
+	// The net.Conn.SetReadTimeout value for new connections, defaults to 2 * time.Second.
+	ReadTimeout time.Duration
+	// The net.Conn.SetWriteTimeout value for new connections, defaults to 2 * time.Second.
+	WriteTimeout time.Duration
+	// TCP idle timeout for multiple queries, if nil, defaults to 8 * time.Second (RFC 5966).
+	IdleTimeout func() time.Duration
+	// Secret(s) for Tsig map[<zonename>]<base64 secret>.
+	TsigSecret map[string]string
+	// Unsafe instructs the server to disregard any sanity checks and directly hand the message to
+	// the handler. It will specifically not check if the query has the QR bit not set.
+	Unsafe bool
+	// If NotifyStartedFunc is set it is called once the server has started listening.
+	NotifyStartedFunc func()
+	// DecorateReader is optional, allows customization of the process that reads raw DNS messages.
+	DecorateReader DecorateReader
+	// DecorateWriter is optional, allows customization of the process that writes raw DNS messages.
+	DecorateWriter DecorateWriter
+
+	// Graceful shutdown handling
+
+	inFlight sync.WaitGroup
+
+	lock    sync.RWMutex
+	started bool
+}
+
+// ListenAndServe starts a nameserver on the configured address in *Server.
+func (srv *Server) ListenAndServe() error {
+	srv.lock.Lock()
+	defer srv.lock.Unlock()
+	if srv.started {
+		return &Error{err: "server already started"}
+	}
+	addr := srv.Addr
+	if addr == "" {
+		addr = ":domain"
+	}
+	if srv.UDPSize == 0 {
+		srv.UDPSize = MinMsgSize
+	}
+	switch srv.Net {
+	case "tcp", "tcp4", "tcp6":
+		a, err := net.ResolveTCPAddr(srv.Net, addr)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		l, err := net.ListenTCP(srv.Net, a)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		srv.Listener = l
+		srv.started = true
+		srv.lock.Unlock()
+		err = srv.serveTCP(l)
+		srv.lock.Lock() // to satisfy the defer at the top
+		return err
+	case "tcp-tls", "tcp4-tls", "tcp6-tls":
+		network := "tcp"
+		if srv.Net == "tcp4-tls" {
+			network = "tcp4"
+		} else if srv.Net == "tcp6" {
+			network = "tcp6"
+		}
+
+		l, err := tls.Listen(network, addr, srv.TLSConfig)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		srv.Listener = l
+		srv.started = true
+		srv.lock.Unlock()
+		err = srv.serveTCP(l)
+		srv.lock.Lock() // to satisfy the defer at the top
+		return err
+	case "udp", "udp4", "udp6":
+		a, err := net.ResolveUDPAddr(srv.Net, addr)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		l, err := net.ListenUDP(srv.Net, a)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if e := setUDPSocketOptions(l); e != nil {
+			return e
+		}
+		srv.PacketConn = l
+		srv.started = true
+		srv.lock.Unlock()
+		err = srv.serveUDP(l)
+		srv.lock.Lock() // to satisfy the defer at the top
+		return err
+	}
+	return &Error{err: "bad network"}
+}
+
+// ActivateAndServe starts a nameserver with the PacketConn or Listener
+// configured in *Server. Its main use is to start a server from systemd.
+func (srv *Server) ActivateAndServe() error {
+	srv.lock.Lock()
+	defer srv.lock.Unlock()
+	if srv.started {
+		return &Error{err: "server already started"}
+	}
+	pConn := srv.PacketConn
+	l := srv.Listener
+	if pConn != nil {
+		if srv.UDPSize == 0 {
+			srv.UDPSize = MinMsgSize
+		}
+		if t, ok := pConn.(*net.UDPConn); ok {
+			if e := setUDPSocketOptions(t); e != nil {
+				return e
+			}
+			srv.started = true
+			srv.lock.Unlock()
+			e := srv.serveUDP(t)
+			srv.lock.Lock() // to satisfy the defer at the top
+			return e
+		}
+	}
+	if l != nil {
+		srv.started = true
+		srv.lock.Unlock()
+		e := srv.serveTCP(l)
+		srv.lock.Lock() // to satisfy the defer at the top
+		return e
+	}
+	return &Error{err: "bad listeners"}
+}
+
+// Shutdown gracefully shuts down a server. After a call to Shutdown, ListenAndServe and
+// ActivateAndServe will return. All in progress queries are completed before the server
+// is taken down. If the Shutdown is taking longer than the reading timeout an error
+// is returned.
+func (srv *Server) Shutdown() error {
+	srv.lock.Lock()
+	if !srv.started {
+		srv.lock.Unlock()
+		return &Error{err: "server not started"}
+	}
+	srv.started = false
+	srv.lock.Unlock()
+
+	if srv.PacketConn != nil {
+		srv.PacketConn.Close()
+	}
+	if srv.Listener != nil {
+		srv.Listener.Close()
+	}
+
+	fin := make(chan bool)
+	go func() {
+		srv.inFlight.Wait()
+		fin <- true
+	}()
+
+	select {
+	case <-time.After(srv.getReadTimeout()):
+		return &Error{err: "server shutdown is pending"}
+	case <-fin:
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// getReadTimeout is a helper func to use system timeout if server did not intend to change it.
+func (srv *Server) getReadTimeout() time.Duration {
+	rtimeout := dnsTimeout
+	if srv.ReadTimeout != 0 {
+		rtimeout = srv.ReadTimeout
+	}
+	return rtimeout
+}
+
+// serveTCP starts a TCP listener for the server.
+// Each request is handled in a separate goroutine.
+func (srv *Server) serveTCP(l net.Listener) error {
+	defer l.Close()
+
+	if srv.NotifyStartedFunc != nil {
+		srv.NotifyStartedFunc()
+	}
+
+	reader := Reader(&defaultReader{srv})
+	if srv.DecorateReader != nil {
+		reader = srv.DecorateReader(reader)
+	}
+
+	handler := srv.Handler
+	if handler == nil {
+		handler = DefaultServeMux
+	}
+	rtimeout := srv.getReadTimeout()
+	// deadline is not used here
+	for {
+		rw, err := l.Accept()
+		if err != nil {
+			if neterr, ok := err.(net.Error); ok && neterr.Temporary() {
+				continue
+			}
+			return err
+		}
+		m, err := reader.ReadTCP(rw, rtimeout)
+		srv.lock.RLock()
+		if !srv.started {
+			srv.lock.RUnlock()
+			return nil
+		}
+		srv.lock.RUnlock()
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		srv.inFlight.Add(1)
+		go srv.serve(rw.RemoteAddr(), handler, m, nil, nil, rw)
+	}
+}
+
+// serveUDP starts a UDP listener for the server.
+// Each request is handled in a separate goroutine.
+func (srv *Server) serveUDP(l *net.UDPConn) error {
+	defer l.Close()
+
+	if srv.NotifyStartedFunc != nil {
+		srv.NotifyStartedFunc()
+	}
+
+	reader := Reader(&defaultReader{srv})
+	if srv.DecorateReader != nil {
+		reader = srv.DecorateReader(reader)
+	}
+
+	handler := srv.Handler
+	if handler == nil {
+		handler = DefaultServeMux
+	}
+	rtimeout := srv.getReadTimeout()
+	// deadline is not used here
+	for {
+		m, s, err := reader.ReadUDP(l, rtimeout)
+		srv.lock.RLock()
+		if !srv.started {
+			srv.lock.RUnlock()
+			return nil
+		}
+		srv.lock.RUnlock()
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		srv.inFlight.Add(1)
+		go srv.serve(s.RemoteAddr(), handler, m, l, s, nil)
+	}
+}
+
+// Serve a new connection.
+func (srv *Server) serve(a net.Addr, h Handler, m []byte, u *net.UDPConn, s *SessionUDP, t net.Conn) {
+	defer srv.inFlight.Done()
+
+	w := &response{tsigSecret: srv.TsigSecret, udp: u, tcp: t, remoteAddr: a, udpSession: s}
+	if srv.DecorateWriter != nil {
+		w.writer = srv.DecorateWriter(w)
+	} else {
+		w.writer = w
+	}
+
+	q := 0 // counter for the amount of TCP queries we get
+
+	reader := Reader(&defaultReader{srv})
+	if srv.DecorateReader != nil {
+		reader = srv.DecorateReader(reader)
+	}
+Redo:
+	req := new(Msg)
+	err := req.Unpack(m)
+	if err != nil { // Send a FormatError back
+		x := new(Msg)
+		x.SetRcodeFormatError(req)
+		w.WriteMsg(x)
+		goto Exit
+	}
+	if !srv.Unsafe && req.Response {
+		goto Exit
+	}
+
+	w.tsigStatus = nil
+	if w.tsigSecret != nil {
+		if t := req.IsTsig(); t != nil {
+			secret := t.Hdr.Name
+			if _, ok := w.tsigSecret[secret]; !ok {
+				w.tsigStatus = ErrKeyAlg
+			}
+			w.tsigStatus = TsigVerify(m, w.tsigSecret[secret], "", false)
+			w.tsigTimersOnly = false
+			w.tsigRequestMAC = req.Extra[len(req.Extra)-1].(*TSIG).MAC
+		}
+	}
+	h.ServeDNS(w, req) // Writes back to the client
+
+Exit:
+	if w.tcp == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	// TODO(miek): make this number configurable?
+	if q > maxTCPQueries { // close socket after this many queries
+		w.Close()
+		return
+	}
+
+	if w.hijacked {
+		return // client calls Close()
+	}
+	if u != nil { // UDP, "close" and return
+		w.Close()
+		return
+	}
+	idleTimeout := tcpIdleTimeout
+	if srv.IdleTimeout != nil {
+		idleTimeout = srv.IdleTimeout()
+	}
+	m, err = reader.ReadTCP(w.tcp, idleTimeout)
+	if err == nil {
+		q++
+		goto Redo
+	}
+	w.Close()
+	return
+}
+
+func (srv *Server) readTCP(conn net.Conn, timeout time.Duration) ([]byte, error) {
+	conn.SetReadDeadline(time.Now().Add(timeout))
+	l := make([]byte, 2)
+	n, err := conn.Read(l)
+	if err != nil || n != 2 {
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, ErrShortRead
+	}
+	length := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(l)
+	if length == 0 {
+		return nil, ErrShortRead
+	}
+	m := make([]byte, int(length))
+	n, err = conn.Read(m[:int(length)])
+	if err != nil || n == 0 {
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, ErrShortRead
+	}
+	i := n
+	for i < int(length) {
+		j, err := conn.Read(m[i:int(length)])
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		i += j
+	}
+	n = i
+	m = m[:n]
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+func (srv *Server) readUDP(conn *net.UDPConn, timeout time.Duration) ([]byte, *SessionUDP, error) {
+	conn.SetReadDeadline(time.Now().Add(timeout))
+	m := make([]byte, srv.UDPSize)
+	n, s, err := ReadFromSessionUDP(conn, m)
+	if err != nil || n == 0 {
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return nil, nil, ErrShortRead
+	}
+	m = m[:n]
+	return m, s, nil
+}
+
+// WriteMsg implements the ResponseWriter.WriteMsg method.
+func (w *response) WriteMsg(m *Msg) (err error) {
+	var data []byte
+	if w.tsigSecret != nil { // if no secrets, dont check for the tsig (which is a longer check)
+		if t := m.IsTsig(); t != nil {
+			data, w.tsigRequestMAC, err = TsigGenerate(m, w.tsigSecret[t.Hdr.Name], w.tsigRequestMAC, w.tsigTimersOnly)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			_, err = w.writer.Write(data)
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	data, err = m.Pack()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	_, err = w.writer.Write(data)
+	return err
+}
+
+// Write implements the ResponseWriter.Write method.
+func (w *response) Write(m []byte) (int, error) {
+	switch {
+	case w.udp != nil:
+		n, err := WriteToSessionUDP(w.udp, m, w.udpSession)
+		return n, err
+	case w.tcp != nil:
+		lm := len(m)
+		if lm < 2 {
+			return 0, io.ErrShortBuffer
+		}
+		if lm > MaxMsgSize {
+			return 0, &Error{err: "message too large"}
+		}
+		l := make([]byte, 2, 2+lm)
+		binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(l, uint16(lm))
+		m = append(l, m...)
+
+		n, err := io.Copy(w.tcp, bytes.NewReader(m))
+		return int(n), err
+	}
+	panic("not reached")
+}
+
+// LocalAddr implements the ResponseWriter.LocalAddr method.
+func (w *response) LocalAddr() net.Addr {
+	if w.tcp != nil {
+		return w.tcp.LocalAddr()
+	}
+	return w.udp.LocalAddr()
+}
+
+// RemoteAddr implements the ResponseWriter.RemoteAddr method.
+func (w *response) RemoteAddr() net.Addr { return w.remoteAddr }
+
+// TsigStatus implements the ResponseWriter.TsigStatus method.
+func (w *response) TsigStatus() error { return w.tsigStatus }
+
+// TsigTimersOnly implements the ResponseWriter.TsigTimersOnly method.
+func (w *response) TsigTimersOnly(b bool) { w.tsigTimersOnly = b }
+
+// Hijack implements the ResponseWriter.Hijack method.
+func (w *response) Hijack() { w.hijacked = true }
+
+// Close implements the ResponseWriter.Close method
+func (w *response) Close() error {
+	// Can't close the udp conn, as that is actually the listener.
+	if w.tcp != nil {
+		e := w.tcp.Close()
+		w.tcp = nil
+		return e
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/sig0.go

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto"
+	"crypto/dsa"
+	"crypto/ecdsa"
+	"crypto/rsa"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"math/big"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Sign signs a dns.Msg. It fills the signature with the appropriate data.
+// The SIG record should have the SignerName, KeyTag, Algorithm, Inception
+// and Expiration set.
+func (rr *SIG) Sign(k crypto.Signer, m *Msg) ([]byte, error) {
+	if k == nil {
+		return nil, ErrPrivKey
+	}
+	if rr.KeyTag == 0 || len(rr.SignerName) == 0 || rr.Algorithm == 0 {
+		return nil, ErrKey
+	}
+	rr.Header().Rrtype = TypeSIG
+	rr.Header().Class = ClassANY
+	rr.Header().Ttl = 0
+	rr.Header().Name = "."
+	rr.OrigTtl = 0
+	rr.TypeCovered = 0
+	rr.Labels = 0
+
+	buf := make([]byte, m.Len()+rr.len())
+	mbuf, err := m.PackBuffer(buf)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if &buf[0] != &mbuf[0] {
+		return nil, ErrBuf
+	}
+	off, err := PackRR(rr, buf, len(mbuf), nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	buf = buf[:off:cap(buf)]
+
+	hash, ok := AlgorithmToHash[rr.Algorithm]
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, ErrAlg
+	}
+
+	hasher := hash.New()
+	// Write SIG rdata
+	hasher.Write(buf[len(mbuf)+1+2+2+4+2:])
+	// Write message
+	hasher.Write(buf[:len(mbuf)])
+
+	signature, err := sign(k, hasher.Sum(nil), hash, rr.Algorithm)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	rr.Signature = toBase64(signature)
+	sig := string(signature)
+
+	buf = append(buf, sig...)
+	if len(buf) > int(^uint16(0)) {
+		return nil, ErrBuf
+	}
+	// Adjust sig data length
+	rdoff := len(mbuf) + 1 + 2 + 2 + 4
+	rdlen := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[rdoff:])
+	rdlen += uint16(len(sig))
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(buf[rdoff:], rdlen)
+	// Adjust additional count
+	adc := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[10:])
+	adc++
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(buf[10:], adc)
+	return buf, nil
+}
+
+// Verify validates the message buf using the key k.
+// It's assumed that buf is a valid message from which rr was unpacked.
+func (rr *SIG) Verify(k *KEY, buf []byte) error {
+	if k == nil {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+	if rr.KeyTag == 0 || len(rr.SignerName) == 0 || rr.Algorithm == 0 {
+		return ErrKey
+	}
+
+	var hash crypto.Hash
+	switch rr.Algorithm {
+	case DSA, RSASHA1:
+		hash = crypto.SHA1
+	case RSASHA256, ECDSAP256SHA256:
+		hash = crypto.SHA256
+	case ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		hash = crypto.SHA384
+	case RSASHA512:
+		hash = crypto.SHA512
+	default:
+		return ErrAlg
+	}
+	hasher := hash.New()
+
+	buflen := len(buf)
+	qdc := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[4:])
+	anc := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[6:])
+	auc := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[8:])
+	adc := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[10:])
+	offset := 12
+	var err error
+	for i := uint16(0); i < qdc && offset < buflen; i++ {
+		_, offset, err = UnpackDomainName(buf, offset)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		// Skip past Type and Class
+		offset += 2 + 2
+	}
+	for i := uint16(1); i < anc+auc+adc && offset < buflen; i++ {
+		_, offset, err = UnpackDomainName(buf, offset)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		// Skip past Type, Class and TTL
+		offset += 2 + 2 + 4
+		if offset+1 >= buflen {
+			continue
+		}
+		var rdlen uint16
+		rdlen = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf[offset:])
+		offset += 2
+		offset += int(rdlen)
+	}
+	if offset >= buflen {
+		return &Error{err: "overflowing unpacking signed message"}
+	}
+
+	// offset should be just prior to SIG
+	bodyend := offset
+	// owner name SHOULD be root
+	_, offset, err = UnpackDomainName(buf, offset)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	// Skip Type, Class, TTL, RDLen
+	offset += 2 + 2 + 4 + 2
+	sigstart := offset
+	// Skip Type Covered, Algorithm, Labels, Original TTL
+	offset += 2 + 1 + 1 + 4
+	if offset+4+4 >= buflen {
+		return &Error{err: "overflow unpacking signed message"}
+	}
+	expire := binary.BigEndian.Uint32(buf[offset:])
+	offset += 4
+	incept := binary.BigEndian.Uint32(buf[offset:])
+	offset += 4
+	now := uint32(time.Now().Unix())
+	if now < incept || now > expire {
+		return ErrTime
+	}
+	// Skip key tag
+	offset += 2
+	var signername string
+	signername, offset, err = UnpackDomainName(buf, offset)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	// If key has come from the DNS name compression might
+	// have mangled the case of the name
+	if strings.ToLower(signername) != strings.ToLower(k.Header().Name) {
+		return &Error{err: "signer name doesn't match key name"}
+	}
+	sigend := offset
+	hasher.Write(buf[sigstart:sigend])
+	hasher.Write(buf[:10])
+	hasher.Write([]byte{
+		byte((adc - 1) << 8),
+		byte(adc - 1),
+	})
+	hasher.Write(buf[12:bodyend])
+
+	hashed := hasher.Sum(nil)
+	sig := buf[sigend:]
+	switch k.Algorithm {
+	case DSA:
+		pk := k.publicKeyDSA()
+		sig = sig[1:]
+		r := big.NewInt(0)
+		r.SetBytes(sig[:len(sig)/2])
+		s := big.NewInt(0)
+		s.SetBytes(sig[len(sig)/2:])
+		if pk != nil {
+			if dsa.Verify(pk, hashed, r, s) {
+				return nil
+			}
+			return ErrSig
+		}
+	case RSASHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA512:
+		pk := k.publicKeyRSA()
+		if pk != nil {
+			return rsa.VerifyPKCS1v15(pk, hash, hashed, sig)
+		}
+	case ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384:
+		pk := k.publicKeyECDSA()
+		r := big.NewInt(0)
+		r.SetBytes(sig[:len(sig)/2])
+		s := big.NewInt(0)
+		s.SetBytes(sig[len(sig)/2:])
+		if pk != nil {
+			if ecdsa.Verify(pk, hashed, r, s) {
+				return nil
+			}
+			return ErrSig
+		}
+	}
+	return ErrKeyAlg
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/singleinflight.go

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Adapted for dns package usage by Miek Gieben.
+
+package dns
+
+import "sync"
+import "time"
+
+// call is an in-flight or completed singleflight.Do call
+type call struct {
+	wg   sync.WaitGroup
+	val  *Msg
+	rtt  time.Duration
+	err  error
+	dups int
+}
+
+// singleflight represents a class of work and forms a namespace in
+// which units of work can be executed with duplicate suppression.
+type singleflight struct {
+	sync.Mutex                  // protects m
+	m          map[string]*call // lazily initialized
+}
+
+// Do executes and returns the results of the given function, making
+// sure that only one execution is in-flight for a given key at a
+// time. If a duplicate comes in, the duplicate caller waits for the
+// original to complete and receives the same results.
+// The return value shared indicates whether v was given to multiple callers.
+func (g *singleflight) Do(key string, fn func() (*Msg, time.Duration, error)) (v *Msg, rtt time.Duration, err error, shared bool) {
+	g.Lock()
+	if g.m == nil {
+		g.m = make(map[string]*call)
+	}
+	if c, ok := g.m[key]; ok {
+		c.dups++
+		g.Unlock()
+		c.wg.Wait()
+		return c.val, c.rtt, c.err, true
+	}
+	c := new(call)
+	c.wg.Add(1)
+	g.m[key] = c
+	g.Unlock()
+
+	c.val, c.rtt, c.err = fn()
+	c.wg.Done()
+
+	g.Lock()
+	delete(g.m, key)
+	g.Unlock()
+
+	return c.val, c.rtt, c.err, c.dups > 0
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/tlsa.go

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"crypto/sha512"
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"errors"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// CertificateToDANE converts a certificate to a hex string as used in the TLSA record.
+func CertificateToDANE(selector, matchingType uint8, cert *x509.Certificate) (string, error) {
+	switch matchingType {
+	case 0:
+		switch selector {
+		case 0:
+			return hex.EncodeToString(cert.Raw), nil
+		case 1:
+			return hex.EncodeToString(cert.RawSubjectPublicKeyInfo), nil
+		}
+	case 1:
+		h := sha256.New()
+		switch selector {
+		case 0:
+			io.WriteString(h, string(cert.Raw))
+			return hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil)), nil
+		case 1:
+			io.WriteString(h, string(cert.RawSubjectPublicKeyInfo))
+			return hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil)), nil
+		}
+	case 2:
+		h := sha512.New()
+		switch selector {
+		case 0:
+			io.WriteString(h, string(cert.Raw))
+			return hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil)), nil
+		case 1:
+			io.WriteString(h, string(cert.RawSubjectPublicKeyInfo))
+			return hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil)), nil
+		}
+	}
+	return "", errors.New("dns: bad TLSA MatchingType or TLSA Selector")
+}
+
+// Sign creates a TLSA record from an SSL certificate.
+func (r *TLSA) Sign(usage, selector, matchingType int, cert *x509.Certificate) (err error) {
+	r.Hdr.Rrtype = TypeTLSA
+	r.Usage = uint8(usage)
+	r.Selector = uint8(selector)
+	r.MatchingType = uint8(matchingType)
+
+	r.Certificate, err = CertificateToDANE(r.Selector, r.MatchingType, cert)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Verify verifies a TLSA record against an SSL certificate. If it is OK
+// a nil error is returned.
+func (r *TLSA) Verify(cert *x509.Certificate) error {
+	c, err := CertificateToDANE(r.Selector, r.MatchingType, cert)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err // Not also ErrSig?
+	}
+	if r.Certificate == c {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return ErrSig // ErrSig, really?
+}
+
+// TLSAName returns the ownername of a TLSA resource record as per the
+// rules specified in RFC 6698, Section 3.
+func TLSAName(name, service, network string) (string, error) {
+	if !IsFqdn(name) {
+		return "", ErrFqdn
+	}
+	p, err := net.LookupPort(network, service)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", err
+	}
+	return "_" + strconv.Itoa(p) + "._" + network + "." + name, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/tsig.go

@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"crypto/hmac"
+	"crypto/md5"
+	"crypto/sha1"
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"crypto/sha512"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"hash"
+	"io"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// HMAC hashing codes. These are transmitted as domain names.
+const (
+	HmacMD5    = "hmac-md5.sig-alg.reg.int."
+	HmacSHA1   = "hmac-sha1."
+	HmacSHA256 = "hmac-sha256."
+	HmacSHA512 = "hmac-sha512."
+)
+
+// TSIG is the RR the holds the transaction signature of a message.
+// See RFC 2845 and RFC 4635.
+type TSIG struct {
+	Hdr        RR_Header
+	Algorithm  string `dns:"domain-name"`
+	TimeSigned uint64 `dns:"uint48"`
+	Fudge      uint16
+	MACSize    uint16
+	MAC        string `dns:"size-hex:MACSize"`
+	OrigId     uint16
+	Error      uint16
+	OtherLen   uint16
+	OtherData  string `dns:"size-hex:OtherLen"`
+}
+
+// TSIG has no official presentation format, but this will suffice.
+
+func (rr *TSIG) String() string {
+	s := "\n;; TSIG PSEUDOSECTION:\n"
+	s += rr.Hdr.String() +
+		" " + rr.Algorithm +
+		" " + tsigTimeToString(rr.TimeSigned) +
+		" " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.Fudge)) +
+		" " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.MACSize)) +
+		" " + strings.ToUpper(rr.MAC) +
+		" " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.OrigId)) +
+		" " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.Error)) + // BIND prints NOERROR
+		" " + strconv.Itoa(int(rr.OtherLen)) +
+		" " + rr.OtherData
+	return s
+}
+
+// The following values must be put in wireformat, so that the MAC can be calculated.
+// RFC 2845, section 3.4.2. TSIG Variables.
+type tsigWireFmt struct {
+	// From RR_Header
+	Name  string `dns:"domain-name"`
+	Class uint16
+	Ttl   uint32
+	// Rdata of the TSIG
+	Algorithm  string `dns:"domain-name"`
+	TimeSigned uint64 `dns:"uint48"`
+	Fudge      uint16
+	// MACSize, MAC and OrigId excluded
+	Error     uint16
+	OtherLen  uint16
+	OtherData string `dns:"size-hex:OtherLen"`
+}
+
+// If we have the MAC use this type to convert it to wiredata. Section 3.4.3. Request MAC
+type macWireFmt struct {
+	MACSize uint16
+	MAC     string `dns:"size-hex:MACSize"`
+}
+
+// 3.3. Time values used in TSIG calculations
+type timerWireFmt struct {
+	TimeSigned uint64 `dns:"uint48"`
+	Fudge      uint16
+}
+
+// TsigGenerate fills out the TSIG record attached to the message.
+// The message should contain
+// a "stub" TSIG RR with the algorithm, key name (owner name of the RR),
+// time fudge (defaults to 300 seconds) and the current time
+// The TSIG MAC is saved in that Tsig RR.
+// When TsigGenerate is called for the first time requestMAC is set to the empty string and
+// timersOnly is false.
+// If something goes wrong an error is returned, otherwise it is nil.
+func TsigGenerate(m *Msg, secret, requestMAC string, timersOnly bool) ([]byte, string, error) {
+	if m.IsTsig() == nil {
+		panic("dns: TSIG not last RR in additional")
+	}
+	// If we barf here, the caller is to blame
+	rawsecret, err := fromBase64([]byte(secret))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+
+	rr := m.Extra[len(m.Extra)-1].(*TSIG)
+	m.Extra = m.Extra[0 : len(m.Extra)-1] // kill the TSIG from the msg
+	mbuf, err := m.Pack()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	buf := tsigBuffer(mbuf, rr, requestMAC, timersOnly)
+
+	t := new(TSIG)
+	var h hash.Hash
+	switch strings.ToLower(rr.Algorithm) {
+	case HmacMD5:
+		h = hmac.New(md5.New, []byte(rawsecret))
+	case HmacSHA1:
+		h = hmac.New(sha1.New, []byte(rawsecret))
+	case HmacSHA256:
+		h = hmac.New(sha256.New, []byte(rawsecret))
+	case HmacSHA512:
+		h = hmac.New(sha512.New, []byte(rawsecret))
+	default:
+		return nil, "", ErrKeyAlg
+	}
+	io.WriteString(h, string(buf))
+	t.MAC = hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil))
+	t.MACSize = uint16(len(t.MAC) / 2) // Size is half!
+
+	t.Hdr = RR_Header{Name: rr.Hdr.Name, Rrtype: TypeTSIG, Class: ClassANY, Ttl: 0}
+	t.Fudge = rr.Fudge
+	t.TimeSigned = rr.TimeSigned
+	t.Algorithm = rr.Algorithm
+	t.OrigId = m.Id
+
+	tbuf := make([]byte, t.len())
+	if off, err := PackRR(t, tbuf, 0, nil, false); err == nil {
+		tbuf = tbuf[:off] // reset to actual size used
+	} else {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	mbuf = append(mbuf, tbuf...)
+	// Update the ArCount directly in the buffer.
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(mbuf[10:], uint16(len(m.Extra)+1))
+
+	return mbuf, t.MAC, nil
+}
+
+// TsigVerify verifies the TSIG on a message.
+// If the signature does not validate err contains the
+// error, otherwise it is nil.
+func TsigVerify(msg []byte, secret, requestMAC string, timersOnly bool) error {
+	rawsecret, err := fromBase64([]byte(secret))
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	// Strip the TSIG from the incoming msg
+	stripped, tsig, err := stripTsig(msg)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	msgMAC, err := hex.DecodeString(tsig.MAC)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	buf := tsigBuffer(stripped, tsig, requestMAC, timersOnly)
+
+	// Fudge factor works both ways. A message can arrive before it was signed because
+	// of clock skew.
+	now := uint64(time.Now().Unix())
+	ti := now - tsig.TimeSigned
+	if now < tsig.TimeSigned {
+		ti = tsig.TimeSigned - now
+	}
+	if uint64(tsig.Fudge) < ti {
+		return ErrTime
+	}
+
+	var h hash.Hash
+	switch strings.ToLower(tsig.Algorithm) {
+	case HmacMD5:
+		h = hmac.New(md5.New, rawsecret)
+	case HmacSHA1:
+		h = hmac.New(sha1.New, rawsecret)
+	case HmacSHA256:
+		h = hmac.New(sha256.New, rawsecret)
+	case HmacSHA512:
+		h = hmac.New(sha512.New, rawsecret)
+	default:
+		return ErrKeyAlg
+	}
+	h.Write(buf)
+	if !hmac.Equal(h.Sum(nil), msgMAC) {
+		return ErrSig
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Create a wiredata buffer for the MAC calculation.
+func tsigBuffer(msgbuf []byte, rr *TSIG, requestMAC string, timersOnly bool) []byte {
+	var buf []byte
+	if rr.TimeSigned == 0 {
+		rr.TimeSigned = uint64(time.Now().Unix())
+	}
+	if rr.Fudge == 0 {
+		rr.Fudge = 300 // Standard (RFC) default.
+	}
+
+	if requestMAC != "" {
+		m := new(macWireFmt)
+		m.MACSize = uint16(len(requestMAC) / 2)
+		m.MAC = requestMAC
+		buf = make([]byte, len(requestMAC)) // long enough
+		n, _ := packMacWire(m, buf)
+		buf = buf[:n]
+	}
+
+	tsigvar := make([]byte, DefaultMsgSize)
+	if timersOnly {
+		tsig := new(timerWireFmt)
+		tsig.TimeSigned = rr.TimeSigned
+		tsig.Fudge = rr.Fudge
+		n, _ := packTimerWire(tsig, tsigvar)
+		tsigvar = tsigvar[:n]
+	} else {
+		tsig := new(tsigWireFmt)
+		tsig.Name = strings.ToLower(rr.Hdr.Name)
+		tsig.Class = ClassANY
+		tsig.Ttl = rr.Hdr.Ttl
+		tsig.Algorithm = strings.ToLower(rr.Algorithm)
+		tsig.TimeSigned = rr.TimeSigned
+		tsig.Fudge = rr.Fudge
+		tsig.Error = rr.Error
+		tsig.OtherLen = rr.OtherLen
+		tsig.OtherData = rr.OtherData
+		n, _ := packTsigWire(tsig, tsigvar)
+		tsigvar = tsigvar[:n]
+	}
+
+	if requestMAC != "" {
+		x := append(buf, msgbuf...)
+		buf = append(x, tsigvar...)
+	} else {
+		buf = append(msgbuf, tsigvar...)
+	}
+	return buf
+}
+
+// Strip the TSIG from the raw message.
+func stripTsig(msg []byte) ([]byte, *TSIG, error) {
+	// Copied from msg.go's Unpack() Header, but modified.
+	var (
+		dh  Header
+		err error
+	)
+	off, tsigoff := 0, 0
+
+	if dh, off, err = unpackMsgHdr(msg, off); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if dh.Arcount == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, ErrNoSig
+	}
+
+	// Rcode, see msg.go Unpack()
+	if int(dh.Bits&0xF) == RcodeNotAuth {
+		return nil, nil, ErrAuth
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < int(dh.Qdcount); i++ {
+		_, off, err = unpackQuestion(msg, off)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+	}
+
+	_, off, err = unpackRRslice(int(dh.Ancount), msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	_, off, err = unpackRRslice(int(dh.Nscount), msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	rr := new(TSIG)
+	var extra RR
+	for i := 0; i < int(dh.Arcount); i++ {
+		tsigoff = off
+		extra, off, err = UnpackRR(msg, off)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if extra.Header().Rrtype == TypeTSIG {
+			rr = extra.(*TSIG)
+			// Adjust Arcount.
+			arcount := binary.BigEndian.Uint16(msg[10:])
+			binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(msg[10:], arcount-1)
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	if rr == nil {
+		return nil, nil, ErrNoSig
+	}
+	return msg[:tsigoff], rr, nil
+}
+
+// Translate the TSIG time signed into a date. There is no
+// need for RFC1982 calculations as this date is 48 bits.
+func tsigTimeToString(t uint64) string {
+	ti := time.Unix(int64(t), 0).UTC()
+	return ti.Format("20060102150405")
+}
+
+func packTsigWire(tw *tsigWireFmt, msg []byte) (int, error) {
+	// copied from zmsg.go TSIG packing
+	// RR_Header
+	off, err := PackDomainName(tw.Name, msg, 0, nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(tw.Class, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint32(tw.Ttl, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+
+	off, err = PackDomainName(tw.Algorithm, msg, off, nil, false)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint48(tw.TimeSigned, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(tw.Fudge, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+
+	off, err = packUint16(tw.Error, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(tw.OtherLen, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packStringHex(tw.OtherData, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func packMacWire(mw *macWireFmt, msg []byte) (int, error) {
+	off, err := packUint16(mw.MACSize, msg, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packStringHex(mw.MAC, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}
+
+func packTimerWire(tw *timerWireFmt, msg []byte) (int, error) {
+	off, err := packUint48(tw.TimeSigned, msg, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	off, err = packUint16(tw.Fudge, msg, off)
+	if err != nil {
+		return off, err
+	}
+	return off, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/types_generate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+//+build ignore
+
+// types_generate.go is meant to run with go generate. It will use
+// go/{importer,types} to track down all the RR struct types. Then for each type
+// it will generate conversion tables (TypeToRR and TypeToString) and banal
+// methods (len, Header, copy) based on the struct tags. The generated source is
+// written to ztypes.go, and is meant to be checked into git.
+package main
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"go/format"
+	"go/importer"
+	"go/types"
+	"log"
+	"os"
+	"strings"
+	"text/template"
+)
+
+var skipLen = map[string]struct{}{
+	"NSEC":  {},
+	"NSEC3": {},
+	"OPT":   {},
+}
+
+var packageHdr = `
+// *** DO NOT MODIFY ***
+// AUTOGENERATED BY go generate from type_generate.go
+
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"net"
+)
+
+`
+
+var TypeToRR = template.Must(template.New("TypeToRR").Parse(`
+// TypeToRR is a map of constructors for each RR type.
+var TypeToRR = map[uint16]func() RR{
+{{range .}}{{if ne . "RFC3597"}}  Type{{.}}:  func() RR { return new({{.}}) },
+{{end}}{{end}}                    }
+
+`))
+
+var typeToString = template.Must(template.New("typeToString").Parse(`
+// TypeToString is a map of strings for each RR type.
+var TypeToString = map[uint16]string{
+{{range .}}{{if ne . "NSAPPTR"}}  Type{{.}}: "{{.}}",
+{{end}}{{end}}                    TypeNSAPPTR:    "NSAP-PTR",
+}
+
+`))
+
+var headerFunc = template.Must(template.New("headerFunc").Parse(`
+// Header() functions
+{{range .}}  func (rr *{{.}}) Header() *RR_Header { return &rr.Hdr }
+{{end}}
+
+`))
+
+// getTypeStruct will take a type and the package scope, and return the
+// (innermost) struct if the type is considered a RR type (currently defined as
+// those structs beginning with a RR_Header, could be redefined as implementing
+// the RR interface). The bool return value indicates if embedded structs were
+// resolved.
+func getTypeStruct(t types.Type, scope *types.Scope) (*types.Struct, bool) {
+	st, ok := t.Underlying().(*types.Struct)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+	if st.Field(0).Type() == scope.Lookup("RR_Header").Type() {
+		return st, false
+	}
+	if st.Field(0).Anonymous() {
+		st, _ := getTypeStruct(st.Field(0).Type(), scope)
+		return st, true
+	}
+	return nil, false
+}
+
+func main() {
+	// Import and type-check the package
+	pkg, err := importer.Default().Import("github.com/miekg/dns")
+	fatalIfErr(err)
+	scope := pkg.Scope()
+
+	// Collect constants like TypeX
+	var numberedTypes []string
+	for _, name := range scope.Names() {
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		if o == nil || !o.Exported() {
+			continue
+		}
+		b, ok := o.Type().(*types.Basic)
+		if !ok || b.Kind() != types.Uint16 {
+			continue
+		}
+		if !strings.HasPrefix(o.Name(), "Type") {
+			continue
+		}
+		name := strings.TrimPrefix(o.Name(), "Type")
+		if name == "PrivateRR" {
+			continue
+		}
+		numberedTypes = append(numberedTypes, name)
+	}
+
+	// Collect actual types (*X)
+	var namedTypes []string
+	for _, name := range scope.Names() {
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		if o == nil || !o.Exported() {
+			continue
+		}
+		if st, _ := getTypeStruct(o.Type(), scope); st == nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if name == "PrivateRR" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Check if corresponding TypeX exists
+		if scope.Lookup("Type"+o.Name()) == nil && o.Name() != "RFC3597" {
+			log.Fatalf("Constant Type%s does not exist.", o.Name())
+		}
+
+		namedTypes = append(namedTypes, o.Name())
+	}
+
+	b := &bytes.Buffer{}
+	b.WriteString(packageHdr)
+
+	// Generate TypeToRR
+	fatalIfErr(TypeToRR.Execute(b, namedTypes))
+
+	// Generate typeToString
+	fatalIfErr(typeToString.Execute(b, numberedTypes))
+
+	// Generate headerFunc
+	fatalIfErr(headerFunc.Execute(b, namedTypes))
+
+	// Generate len()
+	fmt.Fprint(b, "// len() functions\n")
+	for _, name := range namedTypes {
+		if _, ok := skipLen[name]; ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		st, isEmbedded := getTypeStruct(o.Type(), scope)
+		if isEmbedded {
+			continue
+		}
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "func (rr *%s) len() int {\n", name)
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "l := rr.Hdr.len()\n")
+		for i := 1; i < st.NumFields(); i++ {
+			o := func(s string) { fmt.Fprintf(b, s, st.Field(i).Name()) }
+
+			if _, ok := st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Slice); ok {
+				switch st.Tag(i) {
+				case `dns:"-"`:
+					// ignored
+				case `dns:"cdomain-name"`, `dns:"domain-name"`, `dns:"txt"`:
+					o("for _, x := range rr.%s { l += len(x) + 1 }\n")
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+				}
+				continue
+			}
+
+			switch {
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"-"`:
+				// ignored
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"cdomain-name"`, st.Tag(i) == `dns:"domain-name"`:
+				o("l += len(rr.%s) + 1\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"octet"`:
+				o("l += len(rr.%s)\n")
+			case strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-base64`):
+				fallthrough
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"base64"`:
+				o("l += base64.StdEncoding.DecodedLen(len(rr.%s))\n")
+			case strings.HasPrefix(st.Tag(i), `dns:"size-hex`):
+				fallthrough
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"hex"`:
+				o("l += len(rr.%s)/2 + 1\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"a"`:
+				o("l += net.IPv4len // %s\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"aaaa"`:
+				o("l += net.IPv6len // %s\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"txt"`:
+				o("for _, t := range rr.%s { l += len(t) + 1 }\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == `dns:"uint48"`:
+				o("l += 6 // %s\n")
+			case st.Tag(i) == "":
+				switch st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Basic).Kind() {
+				case types.Uint8:
+					o("l += 1 // %s\n")
+				case types.Uint16:
+					o("l += 2 // %s\n")
+				case types.Uint32:
+					o("l += 4 // %s\n")
+				case types.Uint64:
+					o("l += 8 // %s\n")
+				case types.String:
+					o("l += len(rr.%s) + 1\n")
+				default:
+					log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name())
+				}
+			default:
+				log.Fatalln(name, st.Field(i).Name(), st.Tag(i))
+			}
+		}
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "return l }\n")
+	}
+
+	// Generate copy()
+	fmt.Fprint(b, "// copy() functions\n")
+	for _, name := range namedTypes {
+		o := scope.Lookup(name)
+		st, isEmbedded := getTypeStruct(o.Type(), scope)
+		if isEmbedded {
+			continue
+		}
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "func (rr *%s) copy() RR {\n", name)
+		fields := []string{"*rr.Hdr.copyHeader()"}
+		for i := 1; i < st.NumFields(); i++ {
+			f := st.Field(i).Name()
+			if sl, ok := st.Field(i).Type().(*types.Slice); ok {
+				t := sl.Underlying().String()
+				t = strings.TrimPrefix(t, "[]")
+				if strings.Contains(t, ".") {
+					splits := strings.Split(t, ".")
+					t = splits[len(splits)-1]
+				}
+				fmt.Fprintf(b, "%s := make([]%s, len(rr.%s)); copy(%s, rr.%s)\n",
+					f, t, f, f, f)
+				fields = append(fields, f)
+				continue
+			}
+			if st.Field(i).Type().String() == "net.IP" {
+				fields = append(fields, "copyIP(rr."+f+")")
+				continue
+			}
+			fields = append(fields, "rr."+f)
+		}
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "return &%s{%s}\n", name, strings.Join(fields, ","))
+		fmt.Fprintf(b, "}\n")
+	}
+
+	// gofmt
+	res, err := format.Source(b.Bytes())
+	if err != nil {
+		b.WriteTo(os.Stderr)
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	// write result
+	f, err := os.Create("ztypes.go")
+	fatalIfErr(err)
+	defer f.Close()
+	f.Write(res)
+}
+
+func fatalIfErr(err error) {
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/miekg/dns/udp.go

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+// +build !windows,!plan9
+
+package dns
+
+import (
+	"net"
+	"syscall"
+)
+
+// SessionUDP holds the remote address and the associated
+// out-of-band data.
+type SessionUDP struct {
+	raddr   *net.UDPAddr
+	context []byte
+}
+
+// RemoteAddr returns the remote network address.
+func (s *SessionUDP) RemoteAddr() net.Addr { return s.raddr }
+
+// setUDPSocketOptions sets the UDP socket options.
+// This function is implemented on a per platform basis. See udp_*.go for more details
+func setUDPSocketOptions(conn *net.UDPConn) error {
+	sa, err := getUDPSocketName(conn)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	switch sa.(type) {
+	case *syscall.SockaddrInet6:
+		v6only, err := getUDPSocketOptions6Only(conn)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		setUDPSocketOptions6(conn)
+		if !v6only {
+			setUDPSocketOptions4(conn)
+		}
+	case *syscall.SockaddrInet4:
+		setUDPSocketOptions4(conn)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ReadFromSessionUDP acts just like net.UDPConn.ReadFrom(), but returns a session object instead of a
+// net.UDPAddr.
+func ReadFromSessionUDP(conn *net.UDPConn, b []byte) (int, *SessionUDP, error) {
+	oob := make([]byte, 40)
+	n, oobn, _, raddr, err := conn.ReadMsgUDP(b, oob)
+	if err != nil {
+		return n, nil, err
+	}
+	return n, &SessionUDP{raddr, oob[:oobn]}, err
+}
+
+// WriteToSessionUDP acts just like net.UDPConn.WritetTo(), but uses a *SessionUDP instead of a net.Addr.
+func WriteToSessionUDP(conn *net.UDPConn, b []byte, session *SessionUDP) (int, error) {
+	n, _, err := conn.WriteMsgUDP(b, session.context, session.raddr)
+	return n, err
+}